US20210307186A1 - Foldable device and an electronic device - Google Patents
Foldable device and an electronic device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20210307186A1 US20210307186A1 US17/211,106 US202117211106A US2021307186A1 US 20210307186 A1 US20210307186 A1 US 20210307186A1 US 202117211106 A US202117211106 A US 202117211106A US 2021307186 A1 US2021307186 A1 US 2021307186A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- hinge
- foldable
- connecting rod
- assembly
- foldable device
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F16—ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
- F16C—SHAFTS; FLEXIBLE SHAFTS; ELEMENTS OR CRANKSHAFT MECHANISMS; ROTARY BODIES OTHER THAN GEARING ELEMENTS; BEARINGS
- F16C11/00—Pivots; Pivotal connections
- F16C11/04—Pivotal connections
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F1/00—Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
- G06F1/16—Constructional details or arrangements
- G06F1/1613—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
- G06F1/1633—Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
- G06F1/1637—Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing
- G06F1/1652—Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing the display being flexible, e.g. mimicking a sheet of paper, or rollable
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F16—ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
- F16C—SHAFTS; FLEXIBLE SHAFTS; ELEMENTS OR CRANKSHAFT MECHANISMS; ROTARY BODIES OTHER THAN GEARING ELEMENTS; BEARINGS
- F16C11/00—Pivots; Pivotal connections
- F16C11/04—Pivotal connections
- F16C11/10—Arrangements for locking
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F16—ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
- F16C—SHAFTS; FLEXIBLE SHAFTS; ELEMENTS OR CRANKSHAFT MECHANISMS; ROTARY BODIES OTHER THAN GEARING ELEMENTS; BEARINGS
- F16C11/00—Pivots; Pivotal connections
- F16C11/04—Pivotal connections
- F16C11/12—Pivotal connections incorporating flexible connections, e.g. leaf springs
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F1/00—Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
- G06F1/16—Constructional details or arrangements
- G06F1/1613—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
- G06F1/1615—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers with several enclosures having relative motions, each enclosure supporting at least one I/O or computing function
- G06F1/1616—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers with several enclosures having relative motions, each enclosure supporting at least one I/O or computing function with folding flat displays, e.g. laptop computers or notebooks having a clamshell configuration, with body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis parallel to the plane they define in closed position
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F1/00—Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
- G06F1/16—Constructional details or arrangements
- G06F1/1613—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
- G06F1/1633—Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
- G06F1/1637—Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing
- G06F1/1641—Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing the display being formed by a plurality of foldable display components
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F1/00—Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
- G06F1/16—Constructional details or arrangements
- G06F1/1613—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
- G06F1/1633—Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
- G06F1/1656—Details related to functional adaptations of the enclosure, e.g. to provide protection against EMI, shock, water, or to host detachable peripherals like a mouse or removable expansions units like PCMCIA cards, or to provide access to internal components for maintenance or to removable storage supports like CDs or DVDs, or to mechanically mount accessories
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F1/00—Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
- G06F1/16—Constructional details or arrangements
- G06F1/1613—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
- G06F1/1633—Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
- G06F1/1675—Miscellaneous details related to the relative movement between the different enclosures or enclosure parts
- G06F1/1681—Details related solely to hinges
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/30—Arrangements for executing machine instructions, e.g. instruction decode
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09F—DISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
- G09F9/00—Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
- G09F9/30—Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09F—DISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
- G09F9/00—Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
- G09F9/30—Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
- G09F9/301—Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements flexible foldable or roll-able electronic displays, e.g. thin LCD, OLED
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
- H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
- H04M1/02—Constructional features of telephone sets
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
- H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
- H04M1/02—Constructional features of telephone sets
- H04M1/0202—Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
- H04M1/0206—Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings
- H04M1/0208—Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings characterized by the relative motions of the body parts
- H04M1/0214—Foldable telephones, i.e. with body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis parallel to the plane they define in closed position
- H04M1/0216—Foldable in one direction, i.e. using a one degree of freedom hinge
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
- H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
- H04M1/02—Constructional features of telephone sets
- H04M1/0202—Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
- H04M1/026—Details of the structure or mounting of specific components
- H04M1/0266—Details of the structure or mounting of specific components for a display module assembly
- H04M1/0268—Details of the structure or mounting of specific components for a display module assembly including a flexible display panel
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K5/00—Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
- H05K5/0017—Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus with operator interface units
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K5/00—Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
- H05K5/02—Details
- H05K5/0217—Mechanical details of casings
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K5/00—Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
- H05K5/02—Details
- H05K5/0217—Mechanical details of casings
- H05K5/0226—Hinges
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to the field of support for flexible members, and particularly to a foldable device for supporting a flexible member and an electronic device provided with the foldable device.
- a bendable and ultra-thin electronic display screen (that is, a flexible member) has been developed.
- the flexible member is widely favored by consumers due to its advantages such as foldability and flexibility in comparison with a traditional display device.
- Existing plate-type support structures obviously cannot meet requirements of the flexible member, thus the industry has developed a support structure that can adapt to bendability of the flexible member.
- the flexible member In order to compensate for the difference in length due to bending, the flexible member is normally connected to a hinge via a sliding member. However, when an end of the flexible member is impacted by an external force, the sliding member will drive the flexible member to slide relative to the hinge, thereby causing arching of the flexible member, which easily damages the flexible member.
- the present disclosure provides a foldable device with a flexible member which is not easily damaged, and an electronic device provided with the foldable device.
- a foldable device includes a foldable assembly, a connecting hinge disposed on a side of the foldable assembly, a drop limiting mechanism, and a positioning member.
- the connecting hinge is slidable relative to the foldable assembly.
- the positioning member is connected to the foldable assembly.
- the drop limiting mechanism includes a connecting member connected with the foldable assembly and a first connecting rod connecting with the connecting hinge and the connecting member.
- the positioning member includes a first limiting portion.
- the electronic device includes a flexible member, a housing, and the foldable device.
- the housing includes a first frame and a second frame.
- the foldable device is disposed between the first frame and the second frame.
- the flexible member is disposed on the housing and the foldable device, the flexible member is bent or unfolded with the foldable device.
- the foldable device of the electronic device provided in the present disclosure includes the foldable assembly and the drop limiting mechanism.
- the drop limiting mechanism includes a connecting member connected with the foldable assembly and a first connecting rod connecting the connecting hinge and the connecting member.
- the positioning member includes the first limiting portion.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic perspective view of an electronic device according to an implementation of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 2 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the electronic device which includes a flexible member, a housing, and a supporting sheet illustrated in FIG. 1 .
- FIG. 3 is an enlarged schematic view of a foldable device of the electronic device illustrated in FIG. 2 .
- FIG. 4 is a partial schematic perspective view of the foldable device illustrated in FIG. 3 from another perspective.
- FIG. 5 is a partial exploded schematic perspective view of the foldable device illustrated in FIG. 3 .
- FIG. 6 is another exploded schematic perspective view of the foldable device illustrated in FIG. 4 .
- FIG. 7 is an exploded schematic perspective view of a middle hinge assembly and two connecting assemblies illustrated in FIG. 5 .
- FIG. 8 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the middle hinge assembly and the two connecting assembles illustrated in FIG. 7 from another perspective.
- FIG. 9 is an exploded schematic perspective view of a first connecting hinge illustrated in FIG. 5 .
- FIG. 10 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the first connecting hinge illustrated in FIG. 9 from another perspective.
- FIG. 11 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the second connecting hinge illustrated in FIG. 5 .
- FIG. 12 is a schematic perspective view of the second connecting hinge illustrated in FIG. 11 from another perspective.
- FIG. 13 is an enlarged schematic perspective view of one of the two connecting assemblies illustrated in FIG. 7 .
- FIG. 14 is a schematic perspective view of the connecting assembly illustrated in FIG. 13 from another perspective.
- FIG. 15 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the connecting assembly illustrated in FIG. 13 .
- FIG. 16 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the connecting assembly illustrated in FIG. 15 .
- FIG. 17 is an enlarged schematic perspective view of one of positioning members illustrated in FIG. 16 .
- FIG. 18 is an enlarged perspective view of a shielding mechanism on the foldable device illustrated in FIG. 5 .
- FIG. 19 is a schematic perspective view of the shielding mechanism illustrated in FIG. 18 .
- FIG. 20 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the shielding mechanism illustrated in FIG. 19 .
- FIG. 21 is a schematic perspective view of structures at an end of the foldable device illustrated in FIG. 3 .
- FIG. 22 is a schematic structural view of front structures of the foldable device illustrated in FIG. 3 .
- FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXIII-XXIII of FIG. 22 .
- FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXIV-XXIV of FIG. 22 .
- FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXV-XXV of FIG. 22 .
- FIG. 26 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXVI-XXVI of FIG. 22 .
- FIG. 27 is a schematic perspective view of the electronic device illustrated in FIG. 1 in a folded state.
- FIG. 28 is a schematic perspective view of the foldable device of the electronic device in the folded state according to the present disclosure.
- FIG. 29 is a schematic side view of the foldable device illustrated in FIG. 28 .
- FIG. 30 is a schematic view of structures at an end of the foldable device in FIG. 28 .
- FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXXI-XXXI of FIG. 29 .
- FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXXII-XXXII of FIG. 29 .
- FIG. 33 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXXIII-XXXIII of FIG. 29 .
- FIG. 34 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXXIV-XXXIV of FIG. 29 .
- FIG. 35 is an exploded schematic perspective view of an electronic device which includes a flexible member, a housing, and a supporting sheet according to an implementation of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 36 is a partial exploded schematic perspective view of a foldable device of the electronic device illustrated in FIG. 35 .
- FIG. 37 is a further exploded schematic perspective view of the foldable device of the electronic device illustrated in FIG. 36 .
- FIG. 38 is a schematic perspective view of the foldable device illustrated in FIG. 37 from another perspective.
- FIG. 39 is an enlarged schematic perspective view of one of connecting assemblies of the foldable device illustrated in FIG. 37 .
- FIG. 40 is an enlarged schematic perspective view of another one of the connecting assembly of the foldable device illustrated in FIG. 37 .
- FIG. 41 is a cross-sectional view of the foldable device of the electronic device in a folded state according to an implementation of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 42 is a schematic perspective view of an electronic device according to an implementation of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 43 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the electronic device which includes a flexible member, a supporting member, and a housing illustrated in FIG. 42 .
- FIG. 44 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the electronic device which includes the flexible member, the supporting member, the foldable device, and the housing illustrated in FIG. 42 from another perspective.
- FIG. 45 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XLV-XLV of FIG. 42 ;
- FIG. 46 is an enlarged view of structures in circle XLVI of FIG. 45 .
- FIG. 47 is an enlarged schematic perspective view of the foldable device illustrated in FIG. 44 .
- FIG. 48 is a partially exploded schematic perspective view of the foldable device illustrated in FIG. 47 .
- FIG. 49 is a schematic perspective view of FIG. 48 from another perspective.
- FIG. 50 is an exploded schematic perspective view of a shielding mechanism illustrated in FIG. 49 .
- FIG. 51 is a partially exploded schematic perspective view of the fixing member illustrated in FIG. 50 .
- FIG. 52 is a schematic perspective view of the shielding mechanism illustrated in FIG. 50 from another perspective.
- FIG. 53 is an enlarged schematic view of a covering member and an elastic member illustrated in FIG. 50 .
- FIG. 54 is a schematic perspective view of the shielding mechanism according to another implementation.
- FIG. 55 is an exploded perspective view of a bendable mechanism illustrated in FIG. 48 .
- FIG. 56 is an exploded schematic perspective view of a middle hinge assembly illustrated in FIG. 55 .
- FIG. 57 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the bendable mechanism illustrated in FIG. 49 .
- FIG. 58 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the middle hinge assembly illustrated in FIG. 57 ;
- FIG. 59 is an exploded schematic perspective view of a positioning member 27 illustrated in FIG. 55 .
- FIG. 60 is schematic perspective view of the folding-assisting assembly illustrated FIG. 59 from another perspective.
- FIG. 61 is a cross-sectional view taken along line LXI-LXI of FIG. 47 .
- FIG. 62 is a schematic perspective view of one of positioning members illustrated in FIG. 57 .
- FIG. 63 is a schematic perspective view of the positioning member illustrated in FIG. 62 from another perspective.
- FIG. 64 is a cross-sectional view taken along line LXIV-LXIV illustrated in FIG. 47 .
- FIG. 65 is an enlarged view of structures in circle LXV illustrated in FIG. 64 .
- coupling may be a fixed coupling, a removable coupling, or an integrated coupling, may be a mechanical coupling, and may be a direct coupling, an indirect coupling through a medium, or a communication coupling between two components, unless stated otherwise.
- coupling may be a fixed coupling, a removable coupling, or an integrated coupling, may be a mechanical coupling, and may be a direct coupling, an indirect coupling through a medium, or a communication coupling between two components, unless stated otherwise.
- the above terms in the present disclosure can be understood according to specific situations.
- an electronic device 100 in an implementation of the present disclosure includes a housing 20 and a flexible member 30 disposed on the housing 20 .
- the flexible member 30 can be a flexible component with corresponding functions such as a flexible display, a flexible touch screen, and a flexible touch display.
- the flexible member 30 can be a flexible component to which a flexible support plate is fixedly attached, such as a flexible display screen or a flexible touch screen to which a flexible steel plate is attached.
- the housing 20 includes a first frame 21 , a second frame 23 , and a foldable device 22 connected between the first frame 21 and the second frame 23 .
- a supporting member 50 is attached to a front surface of the foldable device 22 .
- the supporting member 50 is a bendable supporting sheet.
- the flexible member 30 is disposed on the first frame 21 , the second frame 23 , and the foldable device 22 which is disposed on the front surface of the foldable device 22 .
- the flexible member 30 has a bendable region 31 corresponding to the foldable device 22 and two non-bendable regions 33 connected to two opposite sides of the bendable region 31 .
- the two non-bendable regions 33 of the flexible member 30 can be fixed on the first frame 21 and the second frame 23 respectively.
- the foldable device 22 is used to support the bendable region 31 of the flexible member 30 .
- the flexible member 30 is operable to be bent or unfolded with the foldable device 22 .
- the foldable device 22 includes a bendable mechanism 25 , two connecting assemblies 24 , and a shielding mechanism 29 .
- the two connecting assemblies 24 are disposed at two opposite ends of the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the bendable mechanism 25 is a hinge.
- the bendable mechanism 25 can also be other mechanisms that can meet requirements of bending, such as a flexible belt, a spring, soft rubber, a flexible steel plate, a rubber sheet, and so on.
- the bendable mechanism 25 includes a middle hinge assembly 250 and a connecting hinge disposed on two opposite sides of the middle hinge assembly 250 . Two opposite sides of the supporting member 50 are respectively fixedly connected to the connecting hinge which is disposed on the two opposite sides of the bendable mechanism 25 .
- Each connecting assembly 24 includes a drop limiting mechanism 26 , a positioning member 27 , and a linkage mechanism 28 .
- the drop limiting mechanism 26 includes a connecting member 260 connecting the middle hinge assembly 250 and the connecting hinge and a first connecting rod 263 connected between the connecting hinge and the connecting member 260 .
- the positioning member 27 includes a chain assembly.
- the connecting member 260 is connected between the middle hinge assembly 250 and the connecting hinge.
- the connecting member 260 can be bent and unfolded, along with the bendable mechanism 25 , to slide relative to the connecting hinge.
- the connecting assembly 24 includes a first limiting portion 2401 . In an implementation, the first limiting portion 2401 is disposed on the positioning member 27 .
- the first connecting rod 263 moves relative to the connecting member 260 and the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the first connecting rod 263 moves toward the first limiting portion 2401 relative to the connecting hinge, until the first connecting rod 263 abuts against or is adjacent to the first limiting portion 2401 to prevent or restrict a movement of the connecting hinge.
- the first connecting rod 263 abuts against or is adjacent to the first limiting portion 2401 , so as to prevent or restrict the bendable mechanism 25 from bending in a reverse direction.
- the bendable mechanism 25 can be bent until the first connecting rod 263 abuts against or is adjacent to the first limiting portion 2401 , so as to avoid an excessive bending of the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the middle hinge assembly 250 of the bendable mechanism 25 and the linkage mechanism 28 of the connecting assembly 24 cooperate to form a foldable assembly.
- the foldable device 22 includes the foldable assembly, the connecting hinge, the drop limiting mechanism 26 , and the positioning member 27 .
- the first limiting portion 2401 is connected to the foldable assembly.
- the connecting member 260 is also connected to the foldable assembly.
- the connecting hinge is located on a side of the foldable assembly and can slide relative to the foldable assembly.
- the foldable assembly may also include other corresponding matching elements, such as a second shaft, screws, and so on.
- the first limiting portion 2401 can rotate around the same axis as the connecting member 260 .
- the first limiting portion 2401 can rotate around an axis which is staggered with an axis around which the connecting member 260 rotates.
- the connecting member 260 slides relative to the corresponding connecting hinge.
- the first connecting rod 263 moves toward the first limiting portion 2401 relative to the connecting hinge, until the first connecting rod 263 abuts against or is adjacent to the first limiting portion 2401 to prevent the connecting hinge from further moving toward the foldable assembly.
- the connecting member 260 when unfolding the foldable device 22 , slides relative to the connecting hinge to drive the first connecting rod 263 to move relative to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when bending the foldable device 22 , the connecting member 260 slides relative to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, the foldable device 22 further includes a second limiting portion 2402 . When bending the foldable device 22 , the first connecting rod 263 moves relative to the connecting hinge toward the second limiting portion 2402 , until the first connecting rod 263 abuts against or is adjacent to the second limiting portion 2402 to prevent the connecting hinge from further moving toward the foldable assembly.
- each of two opposite sides of the middle hinge assembly 250 is provided with one connecting hinge.
- each first connecting rod 263 moves until it abuts against or is adjacent to a corresponding first limiting portion.
- each first connecting rod 263 moves until it abuts against or is adjacent to a corresponding second limiting portion.
- the connecting member 260 slides relative to the connecting hinge to drive the first connecting rod 263 to move relative to the connecting hinge.
- the shielding mechanism 29 is disposed on an inner side of the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the shielding mechanism 29 is connected between the middle hinge assembly 250 and one of the connecting hinge or the connecting member 260 .
- the connecting hinge can drive the shielding mechanism 29 to slide relative to the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the shielding mechanism 29 always covers the inner side of the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the shielding mechanism 29 rotates about a rotation axis relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the connecting hinge includes a first connecting hinge 255 movably disposed on one side of the middle hinge assembly 250 and a second connecting hinge 258 movably disposed on the other side of the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- Each connecting assembly 24 is connected with the middle hinge assembly 250 , the first connecting hinge 255 , and the second connecting hinge 258 .
- the connecting assembly 24 also includes the second limiting portion 2402 .
- the first connecting rod 263 moves relative to the connecting member 260 and the connecting hinge when bending the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the first connecting rod 263 moves toward the second limiting portion 2402 relative to the connecting hinge until the first connecting rod 263 abuts against or is adjacent to the second limiting portion 2402 to limit the movement of the connecting hinge.
- the positioning member 27 is connected to the foldable assembly.
- the first limiting portion 2401 is provided on the positioning member 27 .
- the positioning member 27 is also provided with a second limiting portion 2402 .
- the first connecting rod 263 When unfolding the bendable mechanism 25 , the first connecting rod 263 is moved, until the first connecting rod 263 abuts against or is adjacent to the first limiting portion 2401 to restrict the movement of the connecting hinge toward the middle hinge assembly 25 , and the first connecting rod 263 is separated from the second limiting portion 2402 .
- the first limiting portion 2401 is inclined relative to a bending axis of the bendable mechanism 25
- the second limiting portion 2402 is parallel to the bending axis of the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the first limiting portion 2401 is inclined relative to the second limiting portion 2402 .
- the first limiting portion 2401 is adjacent to or connected to the second limiting portion 2402 .
- the first connecting rod 263 has one end rotatably connected to the connecting member 260 and the other end slidably and rotatably connected to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, the first connecting rod 263 has one end slidably and rotatably connected to the connecting member 260 and the other end rotatably connected to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, the first connecting rod 263 includes two connecting pieces rotatably connected with one another, one of the two connecting pieces has one end rotatably connected to the connecting member 260 and the other end rotatably connected to one end of the other of the two connecting pieces, and the other end of the other of the two connecting pieces is rotatably connected to the connecting hinge.
- the connecting member 260 slides outward relative to the connecting hinge, and an end of the first connecting rod 263 connected to the connecting member 260 slides outward relative to the connecting hinge.
- the other end of the first connecting rod 263 connected to the connecting hinge slides inward relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 and also slides relative to the connecting hinge.
- the first connecting rod 263 rotates.
- the positioning member 27 slides outward relative to the connecting hinge.
- a sliding distance of the positioning member 27 relative to the connecting hinge is less than a sliding distance of the connecting member 260 relative to the connecting hinge.
- the positioning member 27 is rotatable on an axis which is different from an axis on which the connecting member 260 is configured to rotate.
- the axis of the positioning member 27 is not coplanar with the axis of the connecting member 260 .
- the axis of the positioning member 27 is closer to the flexible member 30 than the axis of the connecting member 260 .
- a side surface of the first connecting rod 263 is abutted against or is adjacent to the second limiting portion 2402 .
- the connecting member 260 slides inward relative to the connecting hinge, and the end of the first connecting rod 263 connected to the connecting member 260 slides inward relative to the connecting hinge.
- the other end of the first connecting rod 263 connected to the connecting hinge slides outward relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 and at the same time also slides relative to the connecting hinge.
- the first connecting rod 263 rotates in a reverse direction.
- the positioning member 27 slides outward relative to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when unfolding the bendable mechanism 25 , a sliding distance of the positioning member 27 relative to the connecting hinge is less than a sliding distance of the connecting member 260 slides relative to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when the bendable mechanism 25 is unfolded at a predetermined angle to an unfolded state, the side surface of the first connecting rod 263 is abutted against or is adjacent to the first limiting portion 2401 . In an implementation, the unfolded state and the bent state are relative terms, and the bendable mechanism 25 has a greater deployment angle in the unfolded state than the bent state.
- the unfolded state may include a flatten state
- the bent state may include a folded state
- the second limiting portion 2402 may also be a positioning block formed on the connecting hinge, and the positioning block is disposed opposite to an end of the connecting member 260 .
- the end of the connecting member 260 is gradually moved toward the positioning block until it abuts against or is adjacent to the positioning block to prevent the connecting hinge from further moving toward the middle hinge assembly 250 , thereby providing a movement limiting effect when the electronic device 100 is dropped.
- the first limiting portion 2401 may also be a positioning block formed on the connecting member 260 , and the positioning block is disposed opposite to the side surface of the first connecting rod 263 .
- the side surface of the first connecting rod 263 is gradually moved toward the positioning block until it abuts against or is adjacent to the positioning block to prevent the connecting hinge from further moving toward the middle hinge assembly 250 , thereby providing a movement limiting effect when the electronic device 100 is dropped.
- a distance between a connecting rod (for example, the first connecting rod 263 ) and a limiting portion (for example, the first limiting portion 2401 or the second limiting portion 2402 ) is less than a preset length.
- the preset length may be any value greater than zero and less than or equal to 1 cm, such as, 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . . 10 mm, and so on.
- the preset length can be any value greater than zero and less than or equal to 0.8 cm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . .
- the preset length can be any value greater than zero and less than or equal to 0.6 cm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . . 6 mm, and so on.
- the preset length can be any value greater than zero and less than or equal to 0.5 cm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . . 5 mm, and so on.
- the preset length can also be any value greater than zero and less than 3 mm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . .
- the preset length can also be any value greater than zero and less than 1 mm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . . 1 mm, and so on.
- the preset length can also be any value greater than zero and less than 0.8 mm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . . 0.8 mm, and so on.
- the preset length can also be any value greater than zero and less than 0.6 mm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . .
- the preset length can also be any value greater than zero and less than 0.5 mm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . . 0.5 mm, and so on.
- the preset length can also be any value greater than zero and less than 0.3 mm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . . 0.3 mm, and so on.
- the preset length can also be any value greater than zero and less than 0.2 mm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . .
- the preset length can also be any value greater than zero and less than 0.1 mm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, and so on.
- limiting/restricting the movement of the connecting hinge toward the middle hinge assembly 250 or the foldable assembly refers to limiting/restricting a movement stroke of the connecting hinge toward the middle hinge assembly 250 or the foldable assembly 24 .
- the movement stroke depends on a distance between the first connecting rod 263 and the first limiting portion 2401 /the second limiting portion 2402 , or depends on a distance between the second connecting rod 267 and the third limiting portion 25553 /the fourth limit portion 25554 .
- the movement stroke is equal to zero.
- the movement stroke depends on a range of the aforementioned value which is defined by the terms such as “adjacent to” or “close to” (for example, the preset length).
- limiting/restricting the movement of the connecting hinge toward the middle hinge assembly 250 or the foldable assembly does not mean completely stopping the movement of connecting hinge toward the middle hinge assembly 250 or the foldable assembly (that is, the movement stroke equals zero), but the movement stroke within the range of the aforementioned value, which is defined by the terms such as “adjacent to” or “close to”, also falls within the definition of limiting/restricting the movement of the connecting hinge toward the middle hinge assembly 250 or the foldable assembly.
- the front surface refers to a surface which faces the same direction as a light emitting surface of the flexible screen
- a rear surface refers to a surface which faces an opposite direction to the light emitting surface of the flexible screen.
- the electronic device 100 is, for example, but not limited to, a product or an element with display functions such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a display, a liquid crystal panel, an OLED panel, a television, a smart watch, a VR head-mounted displays, a car display, and the like.
- Term “connect” described in implementations of the present disclosure may refer to direct connect or indirect connect.
- A when A is connected with B, it may refer to that A is directly connected with B or is indirectly connected with B via a third element C or more other elements.
- the terms “connect” may also refer to integrally connect or non-integrally connect.
- Term “integrally connect” refers to that A and B are integrally formed and connected, while term “non-integrally connect” refers to that A and B are non-integrally formed and connected.
- connection in implementations of the present disclosure can be understood to include but not limited to fixedly connect, rotationally connect, slidably connect, pivotedly connect, threadingly connects, movably connect, connect with interference, frictionally connect, elastically connect, rigidly connect, and connect via an adhesive, etc.
- fixing in implementations of the present disclosure may refer to, but not limited to, directly fix two elements, and may also refer to indirectly fix via a third-party element or more elements.
- connection relationships such as “rotationally connect”, “slidably connect”, “elastically connect”, “rigidly connect”, “fixedly connect”, “movably connect”, “pivotedly connect”, and “threadingly connects” are not limited to directly connect two elements, but may also refer to indirectly connect two elements via a third-party element or more other elements, unless otherwise clearly specified that the two elements are directly connected.
- the foldable device 22 of the electronic device 100 herein includes the bendable mechanism 25 and the drop limiting mechanism 26 .
- the drop limiting mechanism 26 includes the connecting member 260 connected with the middle hinge assembly 250 and the connecting hinge and the first connecting rod 263 connected between the connecting hinge and the connecting member 260 .
- When bending the bendable mechanism 25 it can drive the connecting member 260 to move relative to the connecting hinge.
- When unfolding the bendable mechanism 25 the first connecting rod 263 is moved relative to the connecting hinge toward the first limiting portion 2401 until it abuts against or is adjacent to the first limiting portion 2401 .
- the first connecting rod 263 When bending the bendable mechanism 25 , the first connecting rod 263 is moved relative to the connecting hinge toward the second limiting portion 2402 until it abuts against or is adjacent to the second limiting portion 2402 . In this way, the connecting hinge can be prevented from collapsing on the bendable mechanism 25 when the electronic device 100 is dropped, so as to prevent the supporting member 50 fixedly connected to the connecting hinge from arching and damaging the flexible member 30 .
- the drop limiting mechanism 26 in this implementation is integrated into the outermost hinge (that is, the connecting hinge) of the bendable mechanism 25 , and internal structures of the connecting hinge serve as limiting movement of the connecting hinge without additional components when the electronic device 100 is dropped, the space occupied by the bendable mechanism 25 can be saved, and the arrangement of other components of the electronic device 100 can be facilitated.
- the first connecting rod 263 has one end movably connected to the connecting member 260 and the other end movably connected to the connecting hinge.
- one end of the first connecting rod 263 of each connecting assembly 24 close to the first connecting hinge 255 is movably connected to a corresponding connecting member 260
- the other end of the first connecting rod 263 is movably connected to the first connecting hinge 255 .
- the first connecting hinge 255 rotates relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 to allow the corresponding connecting member 260 to move relative to the first connecting hinge 255 , such that the first connecting rod 263 is moved until it abuts against or is adjacent to a corresponding first limiting portion 2401 or a corresponding second limiting portion 2402 of the first connecting rod 263 .
- first connecting rod 263 of each connecting assembly 24 close to the second connecting hinge 258 is movably connected to a corresponding connecting member 260
- second connecting hinge 258 rotates relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 to allow the corresponding connecting member 260 to move relative to the second connecting hinge 258 , such that the first connecting rod 263 is moved until it abuts against or is adjacent to a corresponding first limiting portion 2401 or a corresponding second limiting portion 2402 of the first connecting rod 263 .
- the linkage mechanism 28 is connected between the drop limiting mechanism 26 and the middle hinge assembly 250 . That is, the linkage mechanism 28 is connected between the two drop limiting mechanisms 26 .
- one connecting hinge rotates, it drives one connecting member 260 on the same side with the one connecting hinge to rotate, and through the linkage mechanism 28 , the other connecting member 260 on the other side is driven to rotate, and the other connecting member 260 then drives the other connecting hinge to rotate.
- the first connecting hinge 255 rotates, it drives the connecting member 260 connected therewith to rotate, the connecting member 260 connected with the first connecting hinge 255 drives the other connecting member 260 opposite thereto to rotate through the linkage mechanism 28 , and the other connecting member 260 then drives the second connecting hinge 258 to rotate.
- the second connecting hinge 258 When the second connecting hinge 258 rotates, it drives the connecting member 260 connected with the second connecting hinge 258 to rotate, the connecting member 260 connected with the second connecting hinge 258 drives the other connecting member 260 opposite thereto to rotate through the linkage mechanism 28 , and the other connecting member 260 drives the first connecting hinge 255 to rotate. In this way, the linkage of components of the bendable mechanism 25 is realized.
- the movement of the connecting hinge relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 includes rotating movement relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 and sliding movement relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 . That is, the connecting hinge rotates relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 while sliding relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the first connecting hinge 255 rotates relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 while sliding relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the second connecting hinge 258 rotates relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 while sliding relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- when bending the bendable mechanism 25 the connecting hinge slides toward the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the connecting hinge slides away from the middle hinge assembly 250 relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- Each connecting member 260 is connected between the middle hinge assembly 250 and the corresponding connecting hinge and can slide relative to the connecting hinge when bending the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the shielding mechanism 29 is disposed on the inner side of the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the shielding mechanism 29 is connected between the middle hinge assembly 250 and the connecting hinge.
- the shielding mechanism 29 is connected between the middle hinge assembly 250 and the connecting member 260 .
- the connecting member 260 connects the middle hinge assembly 250 with the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 .
- the middle hinge assembly 250 includes an intermediate hinge 251 and two rotating hinges 253 disposed on two opposite sides of the intermediate hinge 251 .
- the intermediate hinge 251 is strip-shaped.
- the intermediate hinge 251 includes a front surface with a circular arc-shaped cross section and a rear surface 2510 opposite to the front surface.
- the intermediate hinge 251 defines two fixing grooves 2511 on two opposite ends the rear surface 2510 of the intermediate hinge 251 .
- the intermediate hinge 251 also defines a connecting groove 2515 close to the middle of the intermediate hinge 251 on the rear surface 2510 .
- the intermediate hinge 251 defines two avoidance holes 2512 spaced apart from one another and a fixing hole 2513 between the two avoidance holes 2512 on a bottom surface of each fixing groove 2511 .
- the intermediate hinge 251 is provided with a rotating space 2516 on two opposite inner sides of the connecting groove 2515 .
- the intermediate hinge 251 also defines a cutout 2517 on each of two opposite sidewalls of the intermediate hinge 251 .
- the cutout 2517 is in communication with the rotating space 2516 .
- the intermediate hinge 251 defines a fixing hole 2518 on a bottom surface of the connecting groove 2515 .
- the intermediate hinge 251 defines two connecting holes 2519 spaced apart from one another on two opposite ends of the intermediate hinge 251 .
- the connecting holes 2519 are used to respectively connect the corresponding connecting assemblies 24 .
- the rotating hinge 253 is strip-shaped.
- the rotating hinge 253 includes a front surface with a circular arc-shaped cross section and a rear surface opposite to the front surface.
- the middle hinge assembly 250 is provided with a reinforcing assembly.
- the reinforcing assembly is fixedly connected to the rotating hinge 253 and rotatably connected to the intermediate hinge 251 and a moving hinge 256 .
- the reinforcing assembly includes a connecting portion 2530 protruding from the middle of the rear surface of the rotating hinge 253 .
- the connecting portion 2530 includes a connecting shaft 2531 disposed on a side of the connecting portion 2530 close to the intermediate hinge 251 and a hinge portion 2533 connected to the connecting shaft 2531 .
- the connecting shaft 2531 extends along a length direction parallel to the rotating hinge 253 .
- the hinge portion 2533 defines a hinge hole 2534 along an axial direction parallel to the connecting shaft 2531 .
- the hinge hole 2534 and the connecting shaft 2531 are respectively located at two opposite ends of the hinge portion 2533 .
- the rotating hinge 253 is provided with a connecting end piece 2535 in a substantial waist-shape on two opposite ends of the rotating hinge 253 .
- the connecting end piece 2535 defines a through hole 2536 at each of two opposite ends of the connecting end piece 2535 .
- the rotating hinge 253 is provided with a connecting post 2537 , between each connecting end piece 2535 and the connecting portion 2530 , on the rear surface of the rotating hinge 253 .
- the reinforcing assembly further includes a positioning plate 2504 and a locking member 2508 disposed on the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the positioning plate 2504 is substantially rectangular.
- the positioning plate 2504 defines a through hole 2505 on the middle of the positioning plate 2504 .
- the positioning plate 2504 defines a cutout 2506 at each of two opposite ends of the positioning plate 2504 .
- the connecting shafts 2531 of two rotating hinges 253 are respectively accommodated in the two rotating spaces 2516 of the intermediate hinge 251 , and the two hinge portions 2533 are respectively accommodated in the two cutouts 2517 of the intermediate hinge 251 .
- the positioning plate 2504 is placed in the connecting groove 2515 of the intermediate hinge 251 , such that the through hole 2505 of the positioning plate 2504 faces the fixing hole 2518 of the intermediate hinge 251 , and the two cutouts 2506 respectively face the hinge portions 2533 of the two rotating hinges 253 .
- the locking member 2508 is then inserted through the through hole 2505 to be locked to the fixing hole 2518 , such that the two rotating hinges 253 are rotatably connected to the intermediate hinge 251 .
- the rotating hinge 253 and the intermediate hinge 251 are connected through the reinforcing assembly, such that the connection between the rotating hinge 253 and the intermediate hinge 251 is stabilized.
- the first connecting hinge 255 includes a first plate body 2551 which is strip-shaped and two second plate bodies 2553 disposed at two opposite ends of the first plate body 2551 .
- Each sliding member 259 is disposed on a side of the first connecting hinge 255 away from the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the middle hinge assembly 250 further includes two moving hinges 256 that are slidably connected to the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 , respectively.
- the moving hinge 256 is slidably connected to a side of the first connecting hinge 255 away from the two sliding members 259 .
- the first plate body 2551 is provided with a connecting block 2552 on each of two opposite ends of the first plate body 2551 .
- Each connecting block 2552 defines a fixing hole thereon and is provided with a bump.
- Each of the two second plate bodies 2553 defines a positioning groove 2554 corresponding to the connecting block 2552 at one end thereof close to the first plate body 2551 .
- the positioning groove 2554 defines a connecting hole corresponding to the fixing hole of the connecting block 2552 and a positioning hole corresponding to the bump of the connecting block 2552 on an inner surface of the positioning groove 2554 .
- each second plate body 2553 is provided with a lug 2555 , which extends vertically outward from a side of the second plate body 2553 , at one end thereof away from the first plate body 2551 , away from the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- Each second plate body 2553 is provided with a sliding piece 2556 , which is disposed close to a rear surface of the second plate body 2553 , at one end thereof facing the first plate body 2551 .
- the sliding piece 2556 extends in a direction parallel to the lug 2555 .
- Each lug 2555 defines a first guide groove 2557 , extending from an extending direction of the lug 2555 , at a rear surface of the lug 2555 .
- the first guide groove 2557 extends through the second plate body 2553 and the lug 2555 .
- Each second plate body 2553 defines a second guide groove 2558 , which is close to the lug 2555 and parallel to the first guide groove 2557 , at a surface of the second plate body 2553 facing the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the second guide groove 2558 penetrates the second plate body 2553 .
- Each second plate body 2553 defines two avoidance groove spaced apart from one another on a front surface of the second plate body 2553 .
- Each avoidance groove defines a positioning hole 2559 on a bottom surface of the avoidance groove.
- a positioning block 25590 is inserted into the positioning hole 2559 .
- the positioning hole 2559 is used to fixedly connect a rear surface of the supporting member 50 with the second plate body 2553 .
- the lug 2555 defines a through hole 25551 , which is in communication with the first guide groove 2557 , on a front surface of the lug 2555 .
- the lug 2555 is provided with a stop bar 25552 at one end of the through hole 25551 away from the second plate body 2553 .
- the bendable mechanism 25 includes the third limiting portion 25553 and the fourth limiting portion 25554 disposed on the first connecting hinge 255 . Both the third limiting portion 25553 and the fourth limiting portion 25554 are formed on an inner wall of the through hole 25551 .
- the third limiting portion 25553 is formed at one end of the inner wall of the through hole 25551 close to the second plate body 2553 .
- the drop limiting mechanism 26 also includes the second connecting rod 267 connected between the connecting member 260 and the sliding member 259 (as illustrated in FIG. 3 ).
- the second connecting rod 267 is substantially sheet-shaped and has one end rotatably connected to the connecting member 260 and the other end slidably and rotatably connected to the sliding member 259 .
- the second connecting rod 267 may have one end slidably and rotatably connected to the connecting member 260 and the other end rotatably connected to the sliding member 259 .
- the second connecting rod 267 may be composed of two connecting pieces rotatably connected with one another.
- One of the two connecting pieces has one end rotatably connected to the connecting member 260 and the other end rotatably connected to one end of the other one of two connecting pieces, and the other end of the other one of the two connecting pieces rotatably connected to the sliding member 259 .
- the second connecting rod 267 is located between the stop bar 25552 and the third limiting portion 25553 . When unfolding, the bendable mechanism 25 can drive the second connecting rod 26 to move relative to the sliding member 259 .
- the second connecting rod 267 moves toward the third limiting portion 25553 relative to the sliding member 259 , until the second connecting rod 267 abuts against or is adjacent to the third limiting portion 25553 to prevent the sliding member 259 from further moving relative to the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the third limiting portion 25553 is an inclined limiting surface disposed on the lug 2555
- the fourth limiting portion 25554 is disposed on the lug 2555 .
- the fourth limiting portion 25554 is adjacent to the third limiting portion 25553 .
- the fourth limiting portion 25554 is parallel to the bending axis of the bendable mechanism 250 .
- the third limiting portion 25553 is inclined relative to the bending axis of the bendable mechanism 250 .
- the third limiting portion 25553 has a limiting surface which is inclined with respect to a limiting surface of the fourth limiting portion 25554 .
- the third limiting portion 25553 is a side surface of an extending piece extending from the second plate body 2553 to the through hole 25551 .
- the through hole 25551 serves as a receiving groove at one side of the third limiting portion 25553 .
- the limiting surface of the third limiting portion 25553 is disposed at one end of the extending piece away from the second plate body 2553 .
- the limiting surface of the fourth limiting portion 25554 is connected with the limiting surface of the third limiting portion 25553 and is parallel to a length direction of the second plate body 2553 .
- the second connecting rod 267 moves relative to the connecting member 260 and the sliding member 259 when bending the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the second connecting rod 267 moves relative to the sliding member 259 toward the fourth limiting portion 25554 until it abuts against or is adjacent to the fourth limiting portion 25554 .
- the connecting member 260 slides outward relative to the first connecting hinge 255
- the sliding member 259 slides inward relative to the first connecting hinge 255 .
- the sliding distance of the connecting member 260 relative to the first connecting hinge 255 is related to a bending angle of the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the sliding distance of the connecting member 260 relative to the first connecting hinge 255 is proportional to the bending angle of the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the sliding distance of the sliding member 259 relative to the first connecting hinge 255 is less than the sliding distance of the connecting member 260 relative to the first connecting hinge 255 .
- the connecting member 260 drives one end of the second connecting rod 267 close to the connecting member 260 to rotate in such a way that the second connecting rod 267 moves gradually away from the third limiting portion 25553 .
- the other end of the second connecting rod 267 away from the connecting member 260 slides and rotates relative to the first connecting hinge 255 to gradually approach the fourth limiting portion 25554 .
- the bendable mechanism 25 is in the folded state, the other end of the second connecting rod 267 abuts against or is adjacent to the fourth limiting portion 25554 .
- the fourth limiting portion 25554 may also disposed on the sliding member 259 . That is, the sliding member 259 is provided with a protrusion, and a surface of the protrusion opposite to a distal end of the connecting member 260 serves as the fourth limiting portion 25554 .
- the bendable mechanism 25 is in the folded state, a distal end of the second connecting rod 267 is in contact with or adjacent to the fourth limiting portion 25554 .
- the sliding member 259 is connected with the connecting hinge via an elastic member 25531 .
- the sliding member 259 slides relative to the connecting hinge in such a way that the elastic member 25531 is compressed.
- the sliding member 259 can be fixed to the first frame 21 or the second frame 23 .
- the second plate body 2553 is provided with two elastic members 25531 , which are respectively located at two sides of the lug 2555 , on a side surface of the second plate body 2553 facing the sliding member 259 . That is, the elastic member 25531 is disposed between the sliding member 259 and the second plate body 2553 so that the elastic member 25531 can elastically drive the sliding member 259 .
- the elastic member 25535 is disposed between the connecting hinge and the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the elastic member 25535 is used to drive the connecting hinge to move away from the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the elastic member 25535 is disposed and elastically compressed between the first connecting hinge 255 and the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the elastic member 25535 includes a compression spring and a rod connected to one end of the compression spring.
- the second plate body 2553 defines at least one receiving groove 25532 , which is between the first guide groove 2557 and the second guide groove 2558 , on a side surface of the second plate body 2553 away from the lug 2555 .
- the at least one receiving groove 25532 is used for accommodating the elastic member 25535 .
- the elastic member 25535 is elastically abutted between the first connecting hinge 255 and the corresponding connecting member 260 .
- Each second plate body 2553 defines a receiving groove 25536 , which is in communication with the second guide groove 2558 , on the rear surface of the second plate body 2553 .
- the receiving groove 25536 is used for accommodating the first connecting rod 263 .
- the second plate body 2553 is provided with a shaft 25537 protruded from a bottom surface of the receiving groove 25536 .
- the shaft 25537 is used for movably connecting to the first connecting rod 263 .
- Each lug 2555 is slidably sleeved with one sliding member 259 .
- the second connecting rod 267 is movably accommodated in the through hole 25551 of each lug 2555 .
- the sliding member 259 defines a guide groove 2591 on a front surface of the sliding member 259 .
- the lug 2555 can be slidably inserted into the guide groove 2591 .
- the sliding member 259 is provided with a connecting post 2593 which protrudes into the sliding groove 2591 and corresponds to the through hole 25551 of the lug 2555 .
- the connecting post 2593 axially defines a connecting hole 2594 .
- the sliding member 259 is provided with two positioning posts 2595 respectively located at two opposite sides of the guide groove 2591 .
- the positioning posts 2595 are clamped into cutouts on the lug 2555 .
- the sliding member 259 can be positioned relative to the lug 2555 during pre-assembly, and the positioning posts 2595 are removed from the cutouts on the lug 2555 after complete assembly.
- the moving hinge 256 includes a connecting plate 2561 in a stripe shape.
- the reinforcing assembly includes multiple connecting rings 2563 arranged on a side of the connecting plate 2561 away from the first connecting hinge 255 .
- the connecting plate 2561 is provided with one connecting ring 2563 at each of the two opposite ends of connecting plate 2561 .
- the connecting plate 2561 is further provided with two connecting rings 2563 spaced apart from one other at the middle of the connecting plate 2561 , the two connecting rings 2563 cooperate to define a receiving groove which is used for accommodating the hinge portion 2533 of the rotating hinge 253 , so that the hinge portion 2533 is sandwiched between the two connecting rings 2563 .
- a hinge pin is inserted into the connecting ring 2563 and the hinge hole 2534 of the hinge portion 2533 to rotatably connect the moving hinge 256 and the rotating hinge.
- the connecting plate 2561 defines two through holes 2566 spaced apart from one another on a front surface of the connecting plate 2561 .
- the reinforcing assembly is connected with the moving hinge 256 , the rotating hinge 253 , and the intermediate hinge 251 in series, good reinforcement effect is achieved, and stable connections among the moving hinge 256 , the rotating hinge 253 , and the intermediate hinge 251 are reinforced.
- the connecting blocks 2552 at the two opposite ends of the first plate body 2551 are first engaged with the two second plate bodies 2553 correspondingly, where the bump of the connecting block 2552 is inserted into the positioning hole of the positioning groove 2554 , and a locking member is inserted into and lock the fixing hole of the connecting block 2552 and the connecting hole of the positioning groove 2554 .
- each sliding member 259 is sleeved on a corresponding one of the lugs 2555 , and the two elastic members 25531 is installed between the sliding member 259 and a corresponding one of the second plate bodies 2553 .
- the moving hinge 256 connected to the rotating hinge 253 is movably covered on a front surface of the first connecting hinge 255 .
- the second connecting hinge 258 is similar to the first connecting hinge 255 in structure, except that compared with the first connecting hinge 255 , the second connecting hinge 258 is not provided with the first plate body 2551 and the sliding member 259 , which is descried in detail below.
- the second connecting hinge 258 includes a mounting frame but does not include two sliding members 259 .
- the mounting frame includes two plate bodies 2583 .
- Each one of the two plate bodies 2583 is provided with a connecting plate 2584 at one end thereof facing the other one of the two plate bodies 2583 .
- the connecting plate 2584 defines several connecting holes thereon.
- the connecting plate 2584 is connected with the second frame 23 .
- the connecting plate 2584 of each of the two plate bodies 2583 is provided with a sliding piece 2586 protruded from a side of the connecting plate 2584 that faces the other one of the two plate bodies 2583 .
- the sliding piece 2586 extends in a direction parallel to the connecting plate 2584 .
- the plate body 2583 defines a first guide groove 2587 , which is on a side surface of the plate body 2583 facing the middle hinge assembly 250 , at one end of the plate body 2583 away from the sliding plate 2586 .
- the first guide groove 2587 extends through the plate body 2583 .
- the plate body 2583 defines a second guide groove 2588 , which is on the side surface of the plate body 2583 facing the middle hinge assembly 250 , at the other end of the plate body 2583 close to the sliding plate 2586 .
- the second guide groove 2588 extends through the plate body 2583 .
- the plate body 2583 defines a receiving groove 2589 , which is located between the first guide groove 2587 and the second guide groove 2588 , on the side surface of the plate body 2583 facing the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- Each plate body 2583 is provided with an elastic member 2582 which is between the connecting hinge and the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the elastic member 2582 is used to drive the second connecting hinge 258 to move away from the middle hinge assembly 250 . That is, the elastic member 2582 is elastically abutted between the second connecting hinge 258 and the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the elastic member 2582 includes a compression spring and a rod connected with one end of the compression spring of the elastic member 2582 .
- the compression spring of the elastic member 2582 has the other end which is away from the rod and positioned in the receiving groove 2589 .
- the elastic member 2582 is elastically abutted between the second connecting hinge 258 and the corresponding connecting member 260 .
- Each plate body 2583 defines a receiving groove 25832 , which in communication with the second guide groove 2588 , on a rear surface thereof.
- the receiving groove 25832 is used for accommodating the first connecting rod 263 .
- the plate body 2583 is provided with a shaft 25834 protruded from a bottom surface of the receiving groove 25832 .
- the shaft 25834 is movably connected to the first connecting rod 263 .
- the second connecting hinge 258 movably connected with the moving hinge 256 .
- each connecting assembly 24 includes one linkage mechanism 28 , the two drop limiting mechanisms 26 disposed on two opposite sides of the linkage mechanism 28 , and the positioning member 27 disposed at one end of the linkage mechanism 28 .
- the positioning member 27 is connected to one end of the middle hinge assembly 25 , so as to realize connection of the connecting assembly 24 to the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the drop limiting mechanism 26 includes the two connecting members 260 disposed on two opposite sides thereof, the two first connecting rods 263 , and one second connecting rod 267 .
- the connecting member 260 includes a hinge portion 261 , a first connecting portion 262 , which is disposed on a side of the hinge portion 261 away from the linkage mechanism 28 , at one end of the hinge portion 261 , and a second connecting portion 264 , which is disposed on the side of the hinge portion 261 away from the linkage mechanism 28 , at the other end of the hinge portion 261 .
- the hinge portion 261 , the first connecting portion 262 , and the second connecting portion 264 may be integrally formed.
- the first connecting portion 262 is spaced apart from the second connecting portion 264 .
- the hinge portion 261 defines a matching groove 2611 on a side of the hinge portion 261 away from the first connecting portion 262 .
- the matching groove 2611 has a cross section in a circular arc shape.
- the connecting sleeve 2613 defines a waist-shaped connecting hole 2615 which extends along an axial direction of the connecting sleeve 2613 .
- the first connecting portion 262 is a connecting rod extending in a direction perpendicular to the hinge portion 261 .
- the second connecting portion 264 is a connecting rod extending in a direction perpendicular to the hinge portion 261 .
- the first connecting portion 262 has a length less than the second connecting portion 264 .
- the hinge portion 261 defines a positioning hole 2616 , which is located between the first connecting portion 262 and the second connecting portion 264 , at a side of the hinge portion 261 away from the connecting sleeve 2613 , and the positioning hole 2616 is used for positioning the elastic member.
- the first connecting portion 262 is provided with a connecting post 2621 , which is disposed on a rear surface of the first connecting portion 262 , at one end thereof away from the hinge portion 261 .
- the connecting post 2621 is movably connected to one end of the corresponding first connecting rod 263 .
- the second connecting portion 264 defines a connecting hole 2641 at one end thereof away from the hinge portion 261 .
- the connecting hole 2641 is used for movably connecting the second connecting rod 267 .
- the connecting member 260 defines a positioning groove 2643 thereon.
- the second connecting portion 264 defines a positioning groove 2643 on a rear surface of the second connecting portion 264 , and the positioning groove 2643 is elongated along an extending direction of the second connecting portion 264 .
- An inner end wall of the positioning groove 2643 away from the hinge portion 261 is provided with a positioning post 2644 .
- the second connecting portion 264 defines a receiving groove 2640 on a front surface of the second connecting portion 264 , and the receiving groove 2640 is elongated along the extending direction of the second connecting portion 264 .
- the positioning groove 2643 is staggered with the receiving groove 2640 .
- An inner end wall of the receiving groove 2640 away from the hinge portion 261 is provided with two positioning posts 2642 spaced apart from one another.
- the receiving groove 2640 is provided with a partition plate 2645 on a bottom surface of the receiving groove 2640 , where the partition plate 2645 is between the two positioning posts 2642 to partition the receiving groove 2640 into two spaces.
- the receiving groove 2640 defines two receiving holes 2646 on an inner end wall thereof close to the hinge portion 261 .
- the two receiving holes 2646 is in communication with the two spaces of the receiving groove 2640 and the matching groove 2611 .
- Each drop limiting mechanism 26 also includes an elastic positioning member 268 arranged between the connecting member 260 and the linkage mechanism 28 .
- the elastic positioning member 268 is selectively clamped between the connecting member 260 and the linkage mechanism 28 to position the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the elastic positioning member 268 includes a connecting block 2681 , an elastic member 2683 disposed on one side of the connecting block 2681 , and a positioning head 2685 disposed on the other side of the connecting block 2681 away from the elastic member 2683 .
- the elastic member 2683 is connected between the positioning head 2685 and the connecting member 260 .
- the positioning head 2685 is slidably abutted against and positioned on the linkage mechanism 28 .
- each elastic positioning member 268 includes two elastic members 2683 disposed on one side of the connecting block 2681 and two positioning heads 2685 disposed on the other side of the connecting block 2681 away from the elastic member 2683 .
- One end of each of the two elastic members 2683 away from the positioning heads 2685 extends through a corresponding one of the two receiving holes 2646 and is clamped on a corresponding one of the two positioning posts 2642 .
- One end surface of each positioning head 2685 away from the elastic member 2683 is a spherical surface.
- the linkage mechanism 28 defines at least one first positioning hole 2866 (as illustrated in FIG. 15 or FIG. 16 ).
- the elastic member 2683 is used to elastically push the positioning head 2685 to move toward the linkage mechanism 28 , such that the positioning head 2685 is inserted into the first positioning hole 2866 , and the bendable mechanism 25 can be positioned in the unfolded state.
- each first connecting rod 263 is a substantially strip-shaped plate, which has two opposite end surfaces in a circular arc shape.
- the first connecting rod 263 defines an elongated hole 2631 at one end of the first connecting rod 263 and a connecting hole 2633 at the other end of the first connecting rod 263 .
- the elongated hole 2631 is movably connected to the connecting hinge or the connecting member 261 .
- the connecting hole 2633 is rotatably connected to the connecting member 261 or the connecting hinge.
- the elongated hole 2631 of the first connecting rod 263 is movably connected to the connecting member 261
- the connecting hole 2633 of the first connecting rod 263 is rotatably connected to the corresponding connecting hinge.
- the elongated hole 2631 of the first connecting rod 263 is movably connected to the corresponding connecting hinge, the connecting hole 2633 of the first connecting rod 263 is rotatably connected to the connecting member 261 .
- the elongated hole 2631 extends along a length direction of the first connecting rod 263 .
- the first connecting rod 263 is provided with a roller 2635 received the elongated hole 2631 .
- the shaft 25537 of the connecting hinge, the shaft 25834 of the connecting hinge, or the connecting post 2621 of the connecting member 261 can be inserted into the roller 2635 .
- each second connecting rod 267 is a substantially strip-shaped plate, which has two opposite end surfaces in a circular arc shape.
- the second connecting rod 267 defines an elongated hole 2671 at one end of the second connecting rod 267 and a connecting hole 2673 at the other end of the second connecting rod 267 .
- the elongated hole 2671 is movably connected to the sliding member 259 or the connecting member 261 .
- the connecting hole 2673 is rotatably connected to the connecting member 261 or the sliding member 259 .
- the elongated hole 2671 extends along a length direction of the second connecting rod 267 .
- the connecting hole 2673 of the second connecting rod 267 is aligned with the connecting hole 2641 of the second connecting portion 264 , and the two are connected via a pin so that the second connecting rod 267 and the second connecting portion 264 are rotationally connected.
- the elongated hole 2671 of the second connecting rod 267 is movably connected to the sliding member 259 via a pin, so that the second connecting rod 267 is movably connected to the sliding member 259 .
- the second connecting rod 267 is also provided with a roller (not illustrated) received in the elongated hole 2671 , and the pin is inserted into the roller.
- movably connect refers to at least one of rotatably connect or slidably connect.
- the linkage mechanism 28 includes two parallel first shafts 281 which are spaced apart from one another, a linkage 282 , two fixing piece assemblies 283 , a connecting frame 284 , a fixing block 286 , a connecting post 287 , and an end plate 288 .
- the two first shafts 281 are disposed on two opposite sides of the linkage 282 .
- the fixing piece assemblies 283 , the connecting frame 284 , and the fixing block 286 cooperate to connect the two first shafts 281 with the linkage 282 .
- the two first shafts 281 are solid. Each of the two first shafts 281 is connected to a corresponding one of the two connecting members 260 .
- the linkage 282 is connected between the two first shafts 281 .
- each connecting member 260 rotates, it drives one of the two first shafts 281 that is connected therewith to rotate, and the first shaft 281 connected with the connecting member 260 then drives the other one of the two first shafts 281 to rotate via the linkage 282 , such that the other one of the two connecting members 260 also rotates.
- the two first shafts 281 are symmetrical about the center line of the linkage 282 .
- Each first shaft 281 is connected to the linkage 282 through a spiral guide groove 2811 a sliding block 2821 that matches the spiral guide groove 2811 .
- One of the two first shafts 281 rotates to drive the sliding block 2821 to slide in the spiral guide groove 2811 matched with the sliding block 2821 , such that the linkage 282 moves in a direction parallel to the axial direction of the first shaft 281 to drive the other one of the two first shafts 281 to rotate together.
- the linkage 282 is in a block shape.
- the linkage 282 includes two opposite side surfaces 2822 .
- Each of the two side surfaces 2822 defines a receiving groove 2823 thereon which extends along the axial direction of the first shaft 281 .
- Each receiving groove 2823 has a cross section in a circular arc shape.
- the sliding block 2821 protrudes from an inner surface of the receiving groove 2823 .
- each sliding block 2821 has a spherical outer surface.
- the inner surface of each receiving groove 2823 has a semicircular cross section.
- the linkage 282 is provided with at least one sliding block 2821 , which extend along on an extending direction of the receiving groove 2823 , on the inner surface of each receiving groove 2823 of the linkage 282 .
- the linkage 282 defines a through hole 2825 , which extends along the extending direction of the receiving groove 2823 , at the middle of the linkage 282 .
- Each of the two first shafts 281 has an outer peripheral wall which is rotatably received in a corresponding one of the two receiving grooves 2823 .
- Each of the two first shafts 281 defines at least one spiral guide groove 2811 on the outer peripheral wall thereof.
- the sliding block 2821 in the receiving groove 2823 is slidably inserted into the spiral guide groove 2811 .
- each spiral guide groove 2811 has an inner surface which has a semicircular cross section. The outer surface of the sliding block 2821 is slidably fitted to the inner surface of the corresponding spiral guide groove 2811 .
- each first shaft 281 is provided with a rotating cylinder 2812 which is fixedly sleeved on the middle of the first shaft 281 .
- the rotating cylinder 2812 is a cylinder.
- the spiral guide groove 2811 is defined on an outer peripheral wall of the rotating cylinder 2812 .
- each rotating cylinder 2812 defines one spiral guide groove 2811 on the outer peripheral wall thereof.
- each rotating cylinder 2812 defines two or more spiral guide grooves 2811 , which are spaced apart from one another, on the outer peripheral wall thereof.
- the rotating cylinder 2812 has a radius equal to that of the receiving groove 2823 , so that the outer peripheral wall of each rotating cylinder 2812 is closely attached to an inner peripheral wall of the corresponding receiving groove 2823 .
- the rotating cylinder 2812 of each first shaft 281 defines an annular groove 2814 , which extends along a circumferential direction of the rotating cylinder 2812 , at two opposite end thereof.
- the groove 2814 is used for clamping the fixing piece assembly 283 .
- Each first shaft 281 has a first end 2815 which has a waist-shaped cross section and a second end 2816 which is opposite the first end 2815 and has a circular cross section.
- the first end 2815 of each first shaft 281 is used to be connected with the corresponding connecting member 260 , so that the connecting member 260 is fixedly connected to the first shaft 281 .
- Each fixing piece assembly 283 includes a clamping piece 2831 and a fixing piece 2835 .
- the clamping piece 2831 defines a hook 2832 at each of two opposite ends of the clamping piece 2831 and a clamping hole 2834 at the middle of the clamping piece 2831 .
- Each hook 2832 can be inserted into a corresponding one of the grooves 2814 .
- the fixing piece 2835 defines one shaft hole 2836 at each of two opposite ends of the fixing piece 2835 and a through hole 2837 at the middle of the fixing piece 2835 .
- the fixing piece 2835 defines one connecting hole 2838 between each shaft hole 2836 and the through hole 2837 .
- the connecting frame 284 includes an abutting block 2841 , a connecting block 2843 , and several spacers 2844 sandwiched between the abutting block 2841 and the connecting block 2843 .
- the abutting block 2841 is substantially strip-shaped.
- the abutting block 2841 has a front surface in a circular arc shape.
- the abutting block 2841 includes two opposite side surfaces.
- the abutting block 2841 defines two opposite receiving grooves 28411 , which extend along the axial direction of the first shaft 281 , on the two opposite side surfaces of the abutting block 2841 .
- the abutting block 2841 defines a connecting hole 28413 at the middle of the abutting block 2841 along the axial direction of the first shaft 281 .
- the connecting block 2843 is provided with a lap piece 28431 , which extends along the axial direction of the first shaft 281 , on one side surface of the connecting block 2843 and a positioning rod 28433 , which extends along the axial direction of the first shaft 281 , on the other side surface of the connecting block 2843 .
- the connecting block 2843 defines one shaft hole 28435 at two opposite ends of the connecting block 2843 and one connecting hole 28436 between each shaft hole 28435 and the lap piece 28431 .
- the several spacers 2844 are stacked in sequence. Each spacer 2844 defines one shaft hole 28441 at two opposite ends thereof and one positioning hole 28443 at the middle thereof. Each spacer 2844 defines a connecting hole 28445 between each shaft hole 28441 and the positioning hole 28443 . Each connecting hole 28445 communicates with the shaft hole 28441 close thereto.
- the fixing block 286 includes a front surface 2861 in a circular arc shape, two opposite end surfaces, and two opposite side surfaces 2862 .
- the front surface 2861 of the fixing block 286 defines a through hole 2863 at the middle thereof.
- the fixing block 286 is provided with a lap piece 2864 extended outward at the middle of one side of the fixing block 286 .
- the fixing block 286 is provided with one connecting cylinder 2865 , which extends along the axial direction of the first shaft 281 , on each of the two side surfaces 2862 of the fixed block 286 .
- the connecting cylinder 2865 defines two first positioning holes 2866 which is spaced apart from one another and two sliding grooves 2867 which each is aligned with a corresponding one of the two first positioning holes 2866 on an outer peripheral wall of the connecting cylinder 2865 .
- the connecting cylinder 2865 can be regarded as a first portion
- the connecting member 260 can be regarded as a second portion.
- the first portion includes but is not limited to a connecting cylinder
- the second portion includes but is not limited to a connecting member.
- the sliding groove 2867 extends along a circumferential direction of the connecting cylinder 2865 . Each sliding groove 2867 has a width less than a diameter of the first positioning hole 2866 .
- the fixing block 286 defines a positioning groove 2868 at the middle of the fixing block 286 along the axial direction of the first shaft 281 .
- the end plate 288 is provided with two positioning rods 2883 and a position post 2881 between two positioning rods 2883 , which protrude along the axial direction of the first shaft 281 , at a side of the end plate 288 facing the fixed block 286 .
- the positioning post 2881 corresponds to the positioning groove 2868 of the fixing block 286 .
- the two positioning rods 2883 correspond to inner cavities of the two connecting cylinders 2865 of the fixing block 286 .
- the first positioning hole 2866 is spaced apart from the sliding groove 2867 aligned with the first positioning hole 2866 , and the connecting cylinder 2865 is provided with a resisting portion between the first positioning hole 2866 and the sliding groove 2867 aligned with the first positioning hole 2866 .
- An outer diameter of the connecting cylinder 2865 at a position of the abutting portion is greater than its outer diameter at the first positioning hole 2866 and its outer diameter at the sliding groove 2867 .
- the first positioning hole 2866 has a diameter gradually inwardly decreased. In an implementation, the diameter of the first positioning hole 2866 gradually decreases from a side close to the elastic positioning member 268 to a side away from the elastic positioning member 268 .
- the first positioning hole 2866 is a through hole.
- the diameter of the first positioning hole 2866 at the side away from the elastic positioning member 268 is less than an outer diameter of the positioning head 2685 of the elastic positioning member 268 .
- the first positioning hole 2866 has a depth greater than the sliding groove 2867 .
- the elastic positioning member 268 can be clamped in the first positioning hole 2866 to provide force feedback when unfolding the foldable device 22 to the unfolded state.
- the elastic positioning member 268 can be clamped in the first positioning hole 2866 to provide transient damping when the foldable device 22 is bent from the unfolded state.
- the elastic positioning member 268 slides from the sliding groove 2867 to slide over the abutting portion, since the outer diameter of the connecting cylinder 2865 at the position of abutting portion is greater than its outer diameter at the sliding groove 2867 , the elastic member 2683 of the elastic positioning member 268 is further compressed.
- the elastic positioning member 268 slides into the first positioning hole 2866 from the resisting portion, the elastic member 2683 is instantaneously released, so that the elastic positioning member 268 is locked into the first positioning hole 2866 .
- the compression amount of the elastic positioning member 268 will first increase and then decrease.
- the elastic positioning member 268 has the maximum elastic potential energy when being abutted against the resisting portion, and the elastic potential energy stored in the elastic positioning member 268 will be released when the elastic positioning member 268 slides into the first positioning hole 2866 .
- the connecting cylinder 2865 may not be provided with a resisting portion, that is, the first positioning hole 2866 is in communication with the sliding groove 2867 . Since the elastic member 2683 has a greater compression amount when being at the groove 2867 than being at the first positioning hole 2866 , a similar force feedback or transient damping can also be achieved.
- the sliding groove 2867 has a depth which gradually decreases along a direction toward the first positioning hole 2866 .
- the elastic positioning member 268 will have a gradually increased elastic potential energy when sliding in the sliding groove 2867 toward the first positioning hole 2866 , and will have the maximum elastic potential energy when sliding to be abutted against the resisting portion.
- the elastic positioning member 268 when the foldable device 22 is in the unfolded state, is located at a first position in the groove 2867 . An end of the sliding groove 2867 between the first position and the resisting portion is referred to as a second position.
- the sliding groove 2867 has the maximum depth at the first position and the minimum depth at the second position.
- the sliding groove 2867 has a depth gradually decreased from the first position to the second position.
- the elastic positioning member 268 has the minimum compression when the foldable device 22 is in the folded state, so as to reduce the load of the elastic member 2683 in the folded state. Since the sliding groove 2867 has a continuously varied depth, the elastic positioning member 268 can be prevented from being stuck and jammed during sliding.
- the linkage mechanism 28 further defines at least a second positioning hole thereon.
- the elastic member 2683 elastically pushes the positioning head 2685 to move toward the linkage mechanism 28 , so that the positioning head 2685 snaps into the second positioning hole, so as to keep the bendable mechanism 25 in the bent state (for example, the folded state).
- the second positioning hole is defined on an outer peripheral surface of the connecting cylinder 2865 away from the first positioning hole 2866 .
- Each positioning member 27 includes two second elements, two first elements, and two second shafts 275 .
- the second element includes a middle connecting block 271
- the first element includes an end connecting block 273 .
- a surface of each of the middle connecting blocks 271 close to the other one of the middle connecting blocks 271 is a circular arc surface 2711 .
- the middle connecting block 271 defines a shaft hole 2712 at an end of the middle connecting block 271 close to the circular arc surface 2711 .
- the circular arc surface 2711 has an axis which is collinear with that of the shaft hole 2712 .
- Each of the middle connecting blocks 271 defines a matching groove 2714 , which has a circular arc-shaped cross section, on a side thereof away from the other one of the middle connecting blocks 271 .
- There is a connecting sleeve 2715 is provided on an inner surface of the matching groove 2714 .
- the connecting sleeve 2715 defined a shaft hole 2717 which extends along an extending direction of the connecting sleeve 2715 .
- Each middle connecting block 271 defines a connecting hole 2718 extended from a front surface to a rear surface of the middle connecting block 271 .
- the positioning member 27 is provided with the end connecting block 273 .
- the positioning member 27 is provided with the end connecting block 273 and the middle connecting block 271 .
- Each end connecting block 273 defines a matching groove 2731 at a side thereof close to the middle connecting block 271 .
- Each end connecting block 273 is provided with two connecting cylinders 2733 at two opposite ends of an inner surface of the matching groove 2731 .
- Each of the two connecting cylinders 2733 defines one shaft hole 2735 thereon, and the shaft hole 2735 extends along an extending direction of the connecting cylinder 2733 .
- the two connecting cylinders 2733 cooperates to define a receiving mouth 2736 therebetween.
- the end connecting block 273 is provided with a supporting plate 2737 on a side thereof away from the connecting cylinder 2733 .
- the supporting plate 2737 is used to support the first connecting rod 263 .
- each connecting assembly 24 includes two first limiting portions 2401 , and each first limiting portion 2401 corresponds to the first connecting rod 263 .
- the first limiting portion 2401 is a first limiting surface of the end connecting block 273 facing the first connecting rod 263 .
- the first connecting rod 263 includes a first positioning surface 2636 facing the first limiting surface. When the first positioning surface 2636 is in contact with the first limiting surface, the bendable mechanism 25 is in the unfolded state, and the first connecting rod 263 is inclined relative to an axial direction of the second shaft 275 here.
- each end connecting block 273 which is close to the support plate 2737 is provided with the first limit surface. That is, the first limiting surface is an inclined surface disposed on the side of the end connecting block 273 .
- the inclined surface inclinedly extends in a direction from the connecting hinge to the middle hinge 250 and the connecting member 260 .
- Each end connecting block 273 defines a connecting hole 2738 extending from a front side to a rear side thereof.
- the two second shafts 275 are arranged in parallel with and spaced apart from one another.
- the end connecting block 273 is also provided with the second limiting portion 2402 .
- the second limiting portion 2402 is in connection with the first limiting portion 2401 .
- the second limiting portion 2402 is parallel to the axial direction of the second shaft 275 .
- the second limiting portion 2402 is closer to the outside of the end connecting block 273 than the first limiting portion 2401 .
- the connecting member 260 slides relative to the connecting hinge.
- the positioning member 27 is bent and slides relative to the connecting hinge.
- the end connecting block 273 of the positioning member 27 rotates relative to the middle connecting block 271 and slides relative to the connecting hinge.
- a sliding distance of the positioning member 27 relative to the connecting hinge is less than a sliding distance of the connecting member 260 relative to the connecting hinge.
- the two first connecting rods 263 is mounted on the two connecting members 260 respectively.
- the connecting post 2621 of each of the two connecting members 260 is rotatably inserted into the connecting hole 2633 of a corresponding one of the two first connecting rods 263 .
- Each of the second connecting rods 267 is mounted on a corresponding one of the two connecting members 260 .
- the second connecting rod 267 is placed on the second connecting portion 264 of the connecting member 260 .
- the connecting hole 2673 of the second connecting rod 267 faces the connecting hole 2641 of the second connecting portion 264 , and a locking member extends through the connecting hole 2673 to be connected with the connecting hole 2641 .
- the end of the elastic member 2683 of each of the two elastic positioning members 268 away from the positioning head 2685 is inserted into the two receiving holes 2646 of a corresponding one of the two connecting members 260 , and further passes through the two receiving holes 2646 to be clamped with the positioning posts 2642 .
- the end of each positioning head 2685 away from the elastic member 2683 is exposed outside an inner peripheral surface of the matching groove 2611 .
- the rotating cylinder 2812 of each of the two first shafts 281 is accommodated in a corresponding one of the two receiving grooves 2823 of the linkage 282 , such that each sliding block 2821 is slidably accommodated in a corresponding one of the spiral guide grooves 2811 .
- Each hook 2832 of each of the clamping pieces 2831 of the two fixing piece assemblies 283 is inserted into a corresponding one of the grooves 2814 .
- the clamping holes 2834 of the two fixing pieces 2831 face the through hole 2825 of the linkage 282 .
- Each of the two fixing pieces 2835 is sleeved on a corresponding one of two opposite ends of the two first shafts 281 .
- the first ends 2815 of the two first shafts 281 are inserted into the two shaft holes 2836 of one of the two fixing pieces 2835
- the two second ends 2816 are inserted into the two shaft holes 2836 of the other one of the two fixing pieces 2835
- each of the two fixing pieces 2835 is abutted against a corresponding one of the two opposite ends of the rotating cylinder 2812 .
- the through hole 2837 of the fixing piece 2835 faces the clamping hole 2834 of the clamping piece 2831 .
- the clamping piece 2831 defines a through hole corresponding to the connecting hole 2838 of the fixing piece 2835 .
- Each of the two connecting members 260 is mounted on a corresponding one of the two first shafts 281 .
- the first end 2815 of each of the two first shafts 281 is inserted into the connecting hole 2615 of the connecting sleeve 2613 of a corresponding one of the two connecting members 260 , an outer peripheral surfaces of the two first shafts 281 are closely contacted to the inner peripheral surfaces of the matching grooves 2611 of the two connecting members 260 , so that the first connecting rod 263 is away from the connecting sleeve 2613 .
- the connecting frame 284 is mounted on the two first shafts 281 .
- the abutting block 2841 is placed on the connecting sleeves 2613 of the two connecting members 260 .
- the two connecting sleeves 2613 are rotatable relative to the abutting block 2841 .
- the connecting hole 28413 of the abutting block 2841 faces the through hole 2837 of the fixing piece 2835 .
- the two receiving grooves 28411 face the connecting holes 2838 of the fixing piece 2835 .
- the connecting post 287 sequentially extends through the through hole 2837 of the fixing piece 2835 , the clamping hole 2834 of one of the two clamping pieces 2831 , the through hole 2825 of the linkage 282 , the clamping hole 2834 of the other one of the two clamping pieces 2831 , and the through hole 2837 of the fixing piece 2835 to be fixedly connected to the connecting hole 28413 of the abutting block 2841 .
- the several spacers 2844 are sleeved on the first ends 2815 of the two first shafts 281 , that is, the first ends 2815 of the two first shafts 281 are inserted into the two shaft holes 28441 of each spacer 2844 .
- the connecting block 2843 is sleeved on the first ends 2815 of the two first shafts 281 , that is, the first ends 2815 of the two first shafts 281 are inserted into the two shaft holes 28435 of the connecting block 2843 , and the positioning rod 28433 of the connecting block 2843 is inserted into the positioning hole 28443 of each spacer 2844 .
- the positioning member 27 is mounted on one end of the linkage mechanism 28 .
- the connecting sleeves 2715 of the two middle connecting blocks 271 are first inserted into the receiving mouths 2736 of the two end connecting blocks 273 , such that the shaft hole 2717 of each connecting sleeve 2715 faces the shaft hole 2735 of a corresponding one of the end connecting blocks 273 .
- Two pin shafts are respectively inserted into the shaft holes 2735 of the two end connecting blocks 273 and the shaft holes 2717 of the middle connecting blocks 271 , so that the two end connecting blocks 273 are rotatably connected to the two middle connecting blocks 271 .
- each of the two second shafts 275 away from the connecting piece 2751 is inserted to pass through the shaft hole 2712 of the middle connecting block 271 , the connecting hole 28436 of the connecting block 2843 , the connecting hole 28445 of the spacer 2844 , the receiving groove 28411 of the abutting block 2841 , the connecting hole 2838 of the fixing piece 2835 , and the through hole of the clamping piece 2831 .
- the fixing block 286 is sleeved on the two first shafts 281 , that is, the second ends 2816 of the two first shafts 281 are inserted into the inner cavities of the two connecting cylinders 2865 of the fixing block 286 , so that the lap piece 2864 of the fixing block 286 covers a front surface of the sliding block 2821 , a front surface of the clamping piece 2831 , and a front surface of the fixing piece 2835 .
- the end plate 288 is then mounted on one end of the fixing block 286 away from the first shaft 281 , that is, the positioning post 2881 of the end plate 288 is inserted into the positioning groove 2868 of the fixing block 286 and the two positioning rods 2883 of the end plate 288 are inserted into the inner cavities of the connecting cylinders 2865 .
- the spherical surface of the positioning head 2685 of the elastic positioning member 268 of each connecting member 260 is clamped into a corresponding one of the first positioning holes 2866 , and the connecting assembly 24 is in an unfolded state here.
- the shielding mechanism 29 is disposed on the inner side of the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the shielding mechanism 29 is connected between the middle hinge assembly 250 and the connecting hinge.
- the shielding mechanism 29 is connected between the middle hinge assembly 250 and the connecting member 260 .
- the connecting hinge can drive the shielding mechanism 29 to slide relative to the bendable mechanism 29 .
- the shielding mechanism 29 includes two covering members 291 covering a rear portion of the bendable mechanism 25 and a hinge 295 disposed between the two covering members 291 .
- a side of each covering member 291 close to the middle hinge assembly 250 is hinged to the middle hinge assembly 250 along the rotation axis.
- each of the two covering members 291 rotates relative to the other one of the two covering members 291 via the hinge 295 when bending or unfolding the bendable mechanism 25 , so as to realize bending and unfolding of the two covering members 291 .
- Each covering member 291 includes a first covering portion 2911 covering the inner side of the bendable mechanism 25 and one second covering portion 2913 disposed at each of two opposite ends of the first covering portion 2911 .
- the second covering portion 2913 is used to cover ends of the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the first covering portion 2911 is a strip-shaped shielding sheet.
- the second covering portion 2913 is a shielding sheet protruded on an end side of the first covering portion 2911 .
- Each first covering portion 2911 is provided with two fixing pieces 2912 , which are spaced apart from one another, on a rear surface thereof. A side surface of each fixing piece 2912 away from the first connecting rod 263 is fixedly connected to the rear surface of the first covering portion 2911 .
- the covering member 291 is provided with a connecting sleeve 2916 on a side of the covering member 291 away from the connecting hinge.
- each fixing piece 2912 is provided with the connecting sleeve 2916 on a side thereof close to the hinge 295 .
- the covering member 291 is connected with the connecting hinge via matching between the guide grooves 2915 and the sliding pieces 2556 , 2586 .
- the guide groove extends along a direction perpendicular to a bending axis of the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the sliding piece slides in the guide groove to drive the covering member 291 to rotate with the connecting hinge relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- a sliding distance of the covering member 291 relative to the connecting hinge is greater than a sliding distance of the covering member 291 relative to the connecting member 260 .
- the guide grooves 2915 are disposed on the covering member 291 , and the sliding pieces 2556 , 2586 are provided on the connecting hinge.
- the first covering portion 2911 is provided with one guide bar 2914 at a position adjacent to each fixing piece 2912 on the rear surface of the covering portion 2911 .
- the guide bar 2914 extends along a length direction perpendicular to the first covering portion 2913 .
- Each guide bar 2914 defines the guide groove 2915 , which extends along the length direction of the guide bar 2914 , on a side surface thereof away from the other guide bar 2914 , and the guide groove 2915 extends through two opposite end surfaces of the guide bar 2914 .
- the covering member 291 is provided with a protrusion 2910 received in the positioning groove 2643 of the connecting member 260 .
- the protrusion 2910 slides in the positioning groove 2643 (see FIG. 16 ), and the elastic member 292 elastically abuts against the protrusion 2910 .
- the first covering portion 2913 is provided with the protrusion 2910 , which is on the rear surface of the first covering portion 2913 , at each of the two opposite ends of the first covering portion 2913 .
- Each protrusion 2910 can be slidably received in the positioning groove 2643 of a corresponding one of the connecting members 260 .
- the shielding mechanism 29 also includes four elastic members 292 .
- Each of the four elastic members 292 faces a corresponding one of the protrusions 2910 of the two covering members 291 .
- Each elastic member 292 is received in the positioning groove 2643 , and each protrusion 2910 abuts against a corresponding one of the four elastic members 292 .
- the protrusion 2910 slides in the positioning groove 2643 to enable the elastic member 292 to be elastically abutted against the protrusion 2910 , so that the covering member 291 remains tightening.
- the elastic member 292 applies an elastic force which is parallel to a sliding direction in which the covering member 291 slides relative to the bendable mechanism 25 , so as to prevent the covering member 291 from swinging back and forth along the sliding direction.
- the elastic member 292 abutted against the protrusion 2910 can also play a role in assisting the covering member 291 to slide, and prevent jamming at a certain bending angle.
- the elastic member 292 includes a compression spring 2921 and an abutting member 2923 disposed at one end of the compression spring 2921 .
- the compression spring 2921 and the abutting member 2923 are received in the positioning groove 2643 .
- the abutting member 2923 abuts against the protrusion 2910 .
- the positioning groove can also be defined on the connecting hinge.
- the elastic member 292 elastically abuts between an end of the positioning groove of the connecting hinge and the protrusion 2910 of the covering member 291 .
- the positioning groove 2643 is defined on the connecting member 260 , and the elastic member 292 elastically abuts between the connecting member 260 and the protrusion 2910 of the covering member 291 .
- the guide groove can be defined on the connecting hinge.
- the sliding piece is disposed on the covering member 291 .
- the first connecting hinge 255 defines the guide groove, which extends in a direction perpendicular to the bending axis of the bendable mechanism 25 , on the rear surface of the first connecting hinge 255 .
- the covering member 291 covering the rearing surface of the first connecting hinge 255 is provided with the sliding piece corresponding to the guide groove.
- Each hinge 295 includes a fixing member 296 connected to the middle hinge assembly 250 and a connecting rod 297 connected between the middle hinge assembly 250 and the covering member 291 .
- the connecting rod 297 is connected to the middle hinge assembly 250 via the fixing member 296 .
- Each connecting rod 297 is provided with one rotating shaft on each of two opposite ends thereof.
- One rotating shaft is rotatably connected to the middle hinge assembly 250
- the other rotating shaft is rotatably connected to the covering member 291 .
- the fixing member 296 includes a fixing block 2961 which is used to be fixed in the fixing groove 2511 of the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the fixing block 2961 is provided with one protrusion 2962 at each of two opposite ends of the fixing block 2961 .
- the fixing member 296 defines a through hole 2963 .
- the rotating shaft disposed one end of the connecting rod 297 is accommodated in the fixing groove 2511 and rotatably inserted into the through hole 2963 of the fixing member 296 .
- the rotating shaft disposed at the other end of the connecting rod 297 is rotatably inserted into the connecting sleeve 2916 .
- the two protrusions 2962 are staggered with one another.
- the fixing member 296 defines the through hole 2963 , which extends along a direction parallel to the rotation axis of the covering member 291 , at an end of each protrusion 2962 .
- the fixing block 2961 defines a through hole 2965 between the two protrusions 2962 .
- the fixing block 2961 is also provided with a clamping post at a rear surface thereof.
- the connecting rod 297 is provided with a rotating shaft at each of two opposite ends of the connecting rod 297 , where one of two rotating shafts is rotatably connected to the middle hinge assembly 250 , and the other one of the two rotating shafts is rotatably connected to the covering member 291 .
- each connecting rod 297 includes a rod 2971 and a rotating shaft disposed at each of two opposite ends of the rod 2971 .
- the rotating shaft includes a first rotating shaft 2972 disposed at one end of the rod 2971 and movably connected to the rod 2971 and a second rotating shaft 2974 at the other end of the rod 2971 .
- the rod 2971 defines a waist-shaped or circular hole 2973 at an end thereof away from the first rotating shaft 29723 .
- the second rotating shaft 2974 is inserted into the waist-shaped or circular hole 2973 and the through hole 2963 .
- the covering member 291 slides relative to the connecting hinge.
- the covering member 291 slides toward the connecting hinge, and the connecting rod also follows the covering member 291 to rotate toward a corresponding side.
- the second covering portion 2913 of the covering member 291 is sandwiched between the end plate 288 and the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the second covering portion 2913 partially overlaps the end plate 288 as well as the connecting hinge.
- an overlapping region between the second covering portion 2913 and the end plate 288 has an area greater than an overlapping region between the second covering portion 2913 and the connecting hinge.
- the overlapping region between the second covering portion 2913 and the end plate 288 when the foldable device 22 is in the bent state, the overlapping region between the second covering portion 2913 and the end plate 288 has an area greater than the overlapping region between the second covering portion 2913 and the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when bending the foldable device 22 , the overlapping region between the second covering portion 2913 and the end plate 288 has a decreased area, while the overlapping region between the second covering portion 2913 and the connecting hinge has an increased area.
- the end plate 288 has a semi-circular shape. The end plate 288 cooperates with the second covering part 2913 to cover a side of the foldable device 22 , such that internal portions are prevent from being exposed.
- the second covering portion 2913 rotates relative to the end plate 288 , the second covering portion 2913 slides relative to the end plate 288 and the connecting hinge, and the connecting hinge slides relative to the end plate 288 .
- the two covering members 291 are placed side by side and spaced apart from one another, and the hinge 295 is connected between the two covering members 291 .
- the first rotating shaft 2972 of each of the two connecting rods 297 of each hinge 295 is inserted into a corresponding one of the connecting sleeves 2916 .
- the waist-shaped or circular hole 2973 of each of the two connecting rods 297 faces a corresponding one of the through holes 2963 .
- the two second rotating shafts 2974 respectively extend through the waist-shaped or circular holes 2973 of the two connecting rods 297 and are connected to the through holes 2963 , such that each connecting rod 297 is rotatably connected between the fixing member 296 and the covering member 291 .
- the overlapping region between the second covering portion 2913 and the end plate 288 has an area greater than the overlapping region between the second covering portion 2913 and the connecting hinge.
- the overlapping region between the second covering portion 2913 and the end plate 288 has an area less than the overlapping region between the second covering portion 2913 and the connecting hinge.
- the two connecting assemblies 24 are respectively disposed at the two opposite ends of the intermediate hinge 251 , such that the two second shafts 275 of each connecting assembly 24 are respectively inserted into the two connecting holes 2519 of the intermediate hinge 251 .
- Two connecting end pieces 2535 of the two rotating hinges 253 are abutted against an end surface of the fixing block 286 away from the intermediate hinge 251 , such that adjacent through holes 2536 of the two connecting end pieces 2535 face the inner cavities of the two connecting cylinders 2865 of the fixing block 286 .
- Each of the connecting holes 2537 of each rotating hinge 253 faces a corresponding one of the connecting holes 2718 of the middle connecting block 271 .
- a locking member extends through the connecting hole 2537 and is locked in the connecting hole 2718 .
- the positioning post 2881 is inserted into the positioning grooves 2868 of the fixing block 286 , and the positioning rods 2883 pass through the through holes 2536 to insert into the inner cavities of the connecting cylinders 2865 .
- the two connecting assemblies 24 are respectively connected to the two opposite ends of the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the first connecting hinge 255 is placed on one side of the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the first connecting hinge 255 is placed on a side of the connecting member 260 where the second connecting rod 267 is provided, such that the first connecting portion 262 is slidably inserted into the first connecting hinge 255 and connected to the first connecting rod 263 , and the second connecting portion 264 is slidably inserted into the first connecting hinge 255 and connected to the second connecting rod 267 . That is, the first connecting portion 262 and the second connecting portion 264 of each of the connecting members 260 , which are on such side of the middle hinge assembly 250 , are slidably inserted into the first guide groove 2557 and the second guide groove 2558 of the first connecting hinge 255 .
- each of the supporting plates 2737 disposed on the same side is also inserted into the second guide groove 2558 , such that two opposite ends of each elastic member 25535 are respectively inserted into the receiving groove 25532 and the positioning hole 2616 of the connecting member 260 .
- Each first connecting rod 263 is accommodated in the receiving groove 25536 .
- the first connecting rod 263 is supported on the support plate 2737 .
- the elongated hole 2631 of the first connecting rod 263 is slidably sleeved on the shaft 25537 .
- the connecting hole 2673 of the second connecting rod 267 is slidably sleeved on the connecting post 2593 of the sliding member 259 .
- the connecting ring 2563 at each of the two opposite ends of the moving hinge 256 is contacted with the connecting end piece 2535 of the rotating hinge 253 , such that the connecting ring 2563 faces the through hole 2536 at an end of the connecting end piece 2535 away from the intermediate hinge 251 .
- a connecting shaft is inserted into an inner cavity of the connecting ring 2563 and the through hole 2536 .
- the hinge portion 2533 of the rotating hinge 253 is inserted into the receiving groove defined between the two connecting rings 2563 disposed at the middle of the moving hinge 256 .
- a connecting shaft is inserted into inner cavities of the two connecting rings 2563 and the hinge hole 2534 .
- the two through holes 2566 of the moving hinge 256 face the connecting holes 2738 of the two positioning members 27 .
- a locking member extends through the through holes 2566 and is locked in the corresponding connecting holes 2738 .
- the second connecting hinge 258 is placed on the other side of the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the second connecting hinge 258 is placed on a side of the connecting member 260 without the second connecting rod 267 , such that the first connecting portion 262 and the second connecting portion 264 of each of the connecting members 260 on the such side of the middle hinge assembly 250 are slidably inserted into the first guide groove 2587 and the second guide groove 2588 of the second connecting hinge 258 .
- each of the supporting plates 2737 disposed on such side of the middle hinge assembly 250 is also inserted into the second guide groove 2558 , such that two opposite ends of each elastic member 2582 are respectively inserted into the receiving groove 2589 and the positioning hole 2616 of the connecting member 260 .
- Each first connecting rod 263 is accommodated in the corresponding second guide groove 2588 .
- the first connecting rod 263 is supported on the support plate 2737 .
- the elongated hole 2631 of the first connecting rod 263 is slidably sleeved on the shaft 25834 .
- the connecting ring 2563 at each of the two opposite ends of the moving hinge 256 is contacted with the connecting end piece 2535 of the rotating hinge 253 , such that the connecting ring 2563 faces the through hole 2536 at an end of the connecting end piece 2535 away from the intermediate hinge 251 .
- a connecting shaft is inserted into an inner cavity of the connecting ring 2563 and the through hole 2536 .
- the hinge portion 2533 of the rotating hinge 253 is inserted into the receiving groove defined between the two connecting rings 2563 disposed at the middle of the moving hinge 256 .
- a connecting shaft is inserted into inner cavities of the two connecting rings 2563 and the hinge hole 2534 .
- the two through holes 2566 of the moving hinge 256 face the connecting holes 2738 of the two positioning members 27 .
- a locking member extends through the through holes 2566 and is locked in the corresponding connecting holes 2738 .
- the shielding mechanism 29 covers the rear surface of the middle hinge assembly 250 , such that the two sliding pieces 2556 of the first connecting hinge 255 are slidably inserted into the guide grooves 2915 of the two guide bars 2914 of one of the two covering members 291 , and the two sliding pieces 2586 of the second connecting hinge 258 are slidably inserted into the guide grooves 2915 of the two guide bars 2914 of the other one of the two covering members 291 .
- the two fixing members 296 of the shielding mechanism 29 are accommodated in the two fixing grooves 2511 of the intermediate hinge 251 .
- the two protrusions 2962 are accommodated in the two avoidance holes 2512 .
- the through hole 2965 of each fixing member 296 faces the fixing hole 2513 .
- a locking member extends through the through hole 2965 and is locked in the fixing hole 2513 .
- Each elastic member 292 is accommodated in a corresponding one of the positioning grooves 2643 , so that the end of the compression spring 2921 away from the abutting member 2923 is sleeved on the positioning post 2644 .
- the protrusion 2910 of the covering member 291 is inserted into the positioning groove 2643 and abuts against the abutting member 2923 .
- the shielding mechanism 29 is stably covered on the rear surface of the bendable mechanism 25 , dust and other impurities can be prevented from entering the foldable device 22 through the rear surface of the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the supporting member 50 is connected to the front surface of foldable device 22 .
- the rear surface of the supporting member 50 is fixedly connected to the front surface of the first connecting hinge 255 and the front surface of the second connecting hinge 258 .
- one side of the rear surface of the supporting member 50 is fixedly connected to a front surface of the positioning block 25590 of the first connecting hinge 255
- the other side of the rear surface of the supporting member 50 is fixedly connected to the front surface of the second connecting hinge 258 .
- the supporting member 50 is bent or unfolded along with the foldable device 22 .
- the second connecting hinge 258 is fixed to the second frame 23 .
- the sliding member 259 is fixed to the first frame 21 .
- One of two opposite sides of the flexible member 30 is fixed on the first frame 21 and the other one of the two opposite sides of the flexible member 30 is fixed on the second frame 23 .
- the supporting member 50 may have a relatively large length, where one side of the supporting member 50 is still fixed to the first connecting hinge 255 , and the other side of the supporting member 50 is fixed to the second frame 23 .
- both the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 slide toward the middle hinge assembly 250 , and the sliding member 259 slides toward the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- both the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 slide toward the moving hinge 256 relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the sliding member 259 slides relative to the first connecting hinge 255 .
- the sliding member 259 slides toward the middle hinge assembly 250 relative to the first connecting hinge 255 .
- the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 can slide relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 , such that the supporting member 50 suffers from to a reduced tensile force when bending the electronic device 100 . Since the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 can slide relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 , the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 are provided with a first-level drop limit structure (for example, the first connecting rods 263 ), so as to reduce or prevent a sliding movement of the first connecting hinge 255 or the second connecting hinge 258 due to being impacted when the electronic device 100 is dropped, and an undesirable arching of the supporting member 50 is avoided.
- a first-level drop limit structure for example, the first connecting rods 263
- the sliding member 259 can slide relative to the first connecting hinge 255 , such that the supporting member 50 suffers from to a reduced tensile force when bending the electronic device 100 . Since the sliding member 259 can slide relative to the first connecting hinge 255 , there is also provided with a second-level fall limit structure (for example, the second connecting rods 267 ), so as to reduce or prevent a sliding movement of the first connecting hinge 255 or the second connecting hinge 258 due to being impacted when the electronic device 100 is dropped, and an undesirable arching of the supporting member 50 is avoided.
- a second-level fall limit structure for example, the second connecting rods 267
- the sliding distance of the sliding member 259 relative to the first connecting hinge 255 is less than the sliding distance of the first connecting hinge 255 relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 . In an implementation, the sliding distance of the sliding member 259 relative to the first connecting hinge 255 is less than the sliding distance of the first connecting hinge 255 relative to the moving hinge 256 of the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the first-level drop limit structure is received within the foldable device 22 and does not occupy an internal space of the first frame 21 and the second frame 23 , facilitating arrangement of elements within the first frame 21 and the second frame 23 .
- the connecting assembly 24 connects the middle hinge assembly 250 with the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 , and is used to drive the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 to move relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 . That is, the connecting assembly 24 has a first end rotatably connected to the middle hinge assembly 250 and a second end slidably connected to one of the first connecting hinge 255 or the second connecting hinge 258 .
- each connecting assembly 24 has one end rotatably connected to the middle hinge assembly 250 and the other end slidably connected to the first connecting hinge 255
- the connecting member 260 on the other side of each connecting assembly 24 has one end rotatably connected to the middle hinge assembly 250 and the other end slidably connected to the second connecting hinge 258 .
- the first connecting hinge 255 when bending the foldable device 22 , the first connecting hinge 255 is rotated toward the second connecting hinge 258 .
- the first connecting portion 262 of each of the two connecting members 260 slides in a corresponding one of the second guide grooves 2558 of the first connecting hinge 255
- the second connecting portion 264 of each of the two connecting members 260 slides in a corresponding one of the first guide grooves 2557 of the first connecting hinge 255 .
- Each first connecting portion 262 slidably pushes a corresponding one of the first connecting rods 263 to rotate away from the middle hinge assembly 250 , such that one end of the first connecting rod 263 rotates along a corresponding one of the connecting posts 2621 , and the elongated hole 2631 at the other end of the first connecting rod 263 slides relative to and rotates around a corresponding one of the shaft 25537 .
- Each second connecting portion 264 slidably drives a corresponding one of the second connecting rods 267 to rotate away from the middle hinge assembly 250 , such that one end of the second connecting rod 267 rotates in a corresponding one of the connecting holes 2641 , and the elongated hole 2671 at the other end of the second connecting rod 267 slides relative to and rotates around the connecting post 2593 of a corresponding one of the sliding members 259 .
- the elastic positioning member 268 is elastically deformed such that the positioning head 2685 moves out of a corresponding one of the first positioning holes 2866 .
- the elastic member 25535 is elastically abutted between the middle hinge assembly 250 and the first connecting hinge 255 .
- Both of the first connecting portion 262 and the end connecting member 273 slide in the second guide groove 2558 of the first connecting hinge 255 , and the second connecting portion 264 slides in the first guide groove 2557 of the first connecting hinge 255 . Since the two connecting members 260 of each connecting assembly 24 are connected via the linkage mechanism 28 , when the connecting member 260 connected between the first connecting hinge 255 and the linkage mechanism 28 rotates, it will drive the first shaft 281 on one side of the linkage mechanism 28 to rotate.
- the first shaft 281 on the one side of the linkage mechanism 28 then drives the first shaft 281 on the other side of the linkage mechanism 28 to rotate via the linkage 282 , and the first shaft 281 on the other side of the linkage mechanism 28 in turn drives the connecting member 260 connected between the second connecting hinge 258 and the linkage mechanism 28 to rotate, such that the second connecting hinge 258 rotates toward the first connecting hinge 255 synchronously.
- the second connecting hinge 258 drives the first connecting portion 262 to slide in the second guide groove 2588 and drives the second connecting portion 264 to slide in the first guide groove 2587 .
- the first connecting portion 262 slidably drives a corresponding one of the first connecting rods 263 to rotate away from the middle hinge assembly 250 , such that the first connecting rod 263 moves apart from the first limiting portion 2401 until it comes into contact with the second limiting portion 2402 .
- the positioning head 2685 of the elastic positioning member 268 slides along the sliding groove 2867 until it slides to one end of the sliding groove 2867 away from the first positioning hole 2866 .
- the two connecting members 260 of each connecting assembly 24 are brought close to each other to realize linkage bending of the foldable device 22 . When bending the foldable device 22 , the elastic member 25535 is maintained in compression.
- the first connecting portion 262 of the connecting member 260 drives a first end of the first connecting rod 263 to rotate relative to the first connecting portion 262 and a second end of the first connecting rod 263 to slide and rotate relative to the shaft 25537 of the first connecting hinge 255 , such that the first connecting rod 263 moves away from the first limiting portion 2401 until it abuts against the second limiting portion 2402 .
- the second connecting portion 264 drives a first end of the second connecting rod 267 to rotate relative to the second connecting portion 264 and a second end of the second connecting rod 267 to slide and rotate relative to the connecting post 2593 of the sliding member 259 , such that the second connecting rod 267 moves away from the third limiting portion 25553 until it abuts against the fourth limiting portion 25554 .
- the first connecting hinge 255 rotates around the first shaft 281 relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the first connecting hinge 255 rotates around the first shaft 281 relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 as well as rotates and slides relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the moving hinge 256 connected with the first connecting hinge 255 rotates around the second shaft 275 with the positioning member 27 as well as slides relative to the mounting frame.
- the second connecting hinge 258 rotates around the other first shaft 281 relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 as well as slides relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the moving hinge 256 connected with the second connecting hinge 258 rotates along the second shaft 275 with the positioning member 27 as well as slides relative to the mounting frame.
- the two moving hinges 256 respectively drives the two rotating hinges 253 to rotate relative to the intermediate hinge 251 until the foldable device 22 is in the folded state or the unfolded state.
- a front surface of the intermediate hinge 251 , a front surface of the rotating hinge 253 , a front surface of the moving hinge 256 , a front surface of the first connecting hinge 255 , and a front surface of the second connecting hinge 258 cooperate together to form a continuous arc-shaped supporting surface, where each first connecting rod 263 is in contact with a corresponding one of the second limiting portions 2402 , and each second connecting rod 267 is in contact with a corresponding one of the fourth limiting portions 25554 .
- each first connecting rod 263 is in contact with a corresponding one of the first limiting portions 2401
- each second connecting rod 267 is in contact with a corresponding one of the third limiting portions 25553 .
- each covering member 291 rotates relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 via a corresponding one of the connecting rods 297 . That is, the first rotating shaft 2972 of the connecting rod 297 rotates in the through hole 2963 , and the waist-shaped or circular hole 2973 of the connecting rod 297 is movably connected to the connecting sleeve 2916 via the second rotating shaft 2974 .
- each of the two sliding pieces 2556 of the first connecting hinge 255 slides along a corresponding one of the guide grooves 2915
- each of the two sliding pieces 2586 of the second connecting hinge 258 slides along a corresponding one of the guide grooves 2915 , so that the two covering members 291 rotate and move toward one another.
- the covering member 291 remains in attachment to the rear surface of the foldable device 22 .
- the protrusion 2910 of the covering member 291 slidably pushes the elastic member 292 along the positioning groove 2643 to allow the elastic member 292 to be elastically abutted between the connecting member 260 and the covering member 291 , such that the covering member 291 can be positioned and prevented from swinging.
- the second connecting hinge 258 is rotated toward the first connecting hinge 255 .
- the first connecting portion 262 of each of the two connecting members 260 slides in a corresponding one of the second guide grooves 2558 of the two plate bodies 2583 of the second connecting hinge 258
- the second connecting portion 264 of each of the two connecting members 260 slides in a corresponding one of the first guide grooves 2557 of the two plate bodies 2583 of the second connecting hinge 258 .
- Each first connecting portion 262 slidably pushes a corresponding one of the first connecting rods 263 to rotate away from the middle hinge assembly 250 , such that one end of the first connecting rod 263 rotates along a corresponding one of the connecting posts 2621 , and the elongated hole 2631 at the other end of the first connecting rod 263 slides relative to and rotates around a corresponding one of the shaft 25834 .
- the elastic positioning member 268 is elastically deformed such that the positioning head 2685 moves out of a corresponding one of the first positioning holes 2866 .
- the elastic member 2582 is elastically abutted between the middle hinge assembly 250 and the second connecting hinge 258 .
- Both of the first connecting portion 262 and the end connecting member 273 slide in the second guide groove 2588 of the second connecting hinge 258 , and the second connecting portion 264 slides in the first guide groove 2587 of the second connecting hinge 258 . Since the two connecting members 260 of each connecting assembly 24 are connected via the linkage mechanism 28 , when the connecting member 260 connected between the second connecting hinge 258 and the linkage mechanism 28 rotates, it will drive the first shaft 281 on one side of the linkage mechanism 28 to rotate.
- the first shaft 281 on the one side of the linkage mechanism 28 then drives the first shaft 281 on the other side of the linkage mechanism 28 to rotate via the linkage 282 , and the first shaft 281 on the other side of the linkage mechanism 28 in turn drives the connecting member 260 connected between the first connecting hinge 255 and the linkage mechanism 28 to rotate, such that the first connecting hinge 255 rotates toward the second connecting hinge 258 synchronously.
- the first connecting hinge 255 drives the first connecting portion 262 to slide in the second guide groove 2558 and drives the second connecting portion 264 to slide in the first guide groove 2557 .
- the first connecting portion 262 slidably drives a corresponding one of the first connecting rods 263 to rotate away from the middle hinge assembly 250 , such that the first connecting rod 263 moves away from the first limiting portion 2401 until it comes into contact with the second limiting portion 2402 .
- the second connecting portion 264 slidably drives a corresponding one of the second connecting rods 267 to rotate away from the middle hinge assembly 250 , such that the second connecting rod 267 moves away from the third limiting portion 25553 until it comes into contact with the fourth limiting portion 25554 .
- the positioning head 2685 of the elastic positioning member 268 slides along the sliding groove 2867 until it slides to one end of the sliding groove 2867 away from the first positioning hole 2866 .
- the two connecting members 260 of each connecting assembly 24 are brought close to each other to realize linkage bending of the foldable device 22 . When bending the foldable device 22 , the elastic member 25535 is maintained in compression.
- first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 can also be simultaneously implemented to rotate toward one another. Since the two connecting members 260 of each connecting assembly 24 are connected with one another via the linkage mechanism 28 , the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 together drive the two connecting members 260 of each connecting assembly 24 to rotate to drive the two first shafts 281 to rotate. As such, the two connecting members 260 are brought close to each other, so that the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 are brought close to each other synchronously, and the foldable device 22 is bent accordingly.
- the first connecting hinge 255 When unfolding the foldable device 22 , the first connecting hinge 255 is rotated away from the second connecting hinge 258 .
- the first connecting portion 262 of each of the two connecting members 260 slides in a corresponding one of the second guide grooves 2558 of the first connecting hinge 255
- the second connecting portion 264 of each of the two connecting members 260 slides in a corresponding one of the first guide grooves 2557 of the first connecting hinge 255 .
- Each first connecting portion 262 slidably drives a corresponding one of the first connecting rods 263 to rotate close to the middle hinge assembly 250 , such that one end of the first connecting rod 263 rotates along a corresponding one of the connecting posts 2621 , and the elongated hole 2631 at the other end of the first connecting rod 263 slides relative to and rotates around a corresponding one of the shaft 25537 .
- Each second connecting portion 264 slidably drives a corresponding one of the second connecting rods 267 to rotate close to the middle hinge assembly 250 , such that one end of the second connecting rod 267 rotates around a corresponding one of the connecting holes 2641 , and the elongated hole 2671 at the other end of the second connecting rod 267 slides relative to and rotates around the connecting post 2593 of a corresponding one of the sliding members 259 .
- the positioning head 2685 of the elastic positioning member 268 slides along the sliding groove 2867 .
- the elastic positioning member 268 is elastically deformed such that the positioning head 2685 moves out of a corresponding one of the first positioning holes 2866 .
- the elastic member 25535 is elastically abutted between the middle hinge assembly 250 and the first connecting hinge 255 .
- Both of the first connecting portion 262 and the end connecting member 273 slide in the second guide groove 2558 of the first connecting hinge 255 , and the second connecting portion 264 slides in the first guide groove 2557 of the first connecting hinge 255 . Since the two connecting members 260 of each connecting assembly 24 are connected via the linkage mechanism 28 , when the connecting member 260 connected between the first connecting hinge 255 and the linkage mechanism 28 rotates, it will drive the first shaft 281 on one side of the linkage mechanism 28 to rotate.
- the first shaft 281 on the one side of the linkage mechanism 28 then drives the first shaft 281 on the other side of the linkage mechanism 28 to rotate via the linkage 282 , and the first shaft 281 on the other side of the linkage mechanism 28 in turn drives the connecting member 260 connected between the second connecting hinge 258 and the linkage mechanism 28 to rotate, such that the second connecting hinge 258 rotates away from the first connecting hinge 255 synchronously.
- the second connecting hinge 258 drives the first connecting portion 262 to slide in the second guide groove 2588 and drives the second connecting portion 264 to slide in the first guide groove 2587 .
- the first connecting portion 262 slidably drives a corresponding one of the first connecting rods 263 to rotate toward the middle hinge assembly 250 , such that the first connecting rod 263 moves apart from the second limiting portion 2402 until it comes into contact with the first limiting portion 2401 .
- the positioning head 2685 of the elastic positioning member 268 is abutted and stopped in the first positioning hole 2866 .
- the two connecting members 260 of each connecting assembly 24 are brought away from each other to realize linkage unfolding of the foldable device 22 .
- the elastic member 25535 is maintained in compression.
- the first connecting portion 262 of the connecting member 260 drives the first end of the first connecting rod 263 to rotate relative to the first connecting portion 262 and the second end of the first connecting rod 263 to slide and rotate relative to the shaft 25537 of the first connecting hinge 255 , such that the first connecting rod 263 moves apart from the first limiting portion 2401 until it abuts against the first limiting portion 2401 .
- the second connecting portion 264 drives the first end of the second connecting rod 267 to rotate relative to the second connecting portion 264 and the second end of the second connecting rod 267 to slide and rotate relative to the connecting post 2593 of the sliding member 259 , such that the second connecting rod 267 moves apart from the fourth limiting portion 25554 until it abuts against the third limiting portion 25553 of the first connecting hinge 255 .
- the first connecting hinge 255 rotates around the first shaft 281 relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the first connecting hinge 255 rotates around the first shaft 281 relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 to away from the second connecting hinge 258 , as well as slides relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the moving hinge 256 connected with the first connecting hinge 255 rotates around the second shaft 275 with the positioning member 27 as well as slides relative to the mounting frame.
- the second connecting hinge 258 rotates around the other first shaft 281 relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 to away from the first connecting hinge 255 , as well as slides relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the moving hinge 256 connected with the second connecting hinge 258 rotates along the second shaft 275 with the positioning member 27 as well as slides relative to the mounting frame.
- the two moving hinges 256 move away from one another to drive the two rotating hinges 253 to rotate relative to the intermediate hinge 251 and away from one another, until the foldable device 22 is in the unfolded state.
- each first connecting rod 263 is in contact with a corresponding one of the first limiting portions 2401
- each second connecting rod 267 is in contact with a corresponding one of the third limiting portions 25553 .
- the positioning head 2685 of the elastic positioning member 268 snaps into the first positioning hole 2866 .
- each covering member 291 rotates relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 via a corresponding one of the connecting rods 297 . That is, the first rotating shaft 2972 of the connecting rod 297 rotates in the through hole 2963 , and the waist-shaped or circular hole 2973 of the connecting rod 297 is movably connected to the connecting sleeve 2916 via the second rotating shaft 2974 .
- each of the two sliding pieces 2556 of the first connecting hinge 255 slides along a corresponding one of the guide grooves 2915
- each of the two sliding pieces 2586 of the second connecting hinge 258 slides along a corresponding one of the guide grooves 2915 , so that the two covering members 291 rotate to be unfolded relative to one another.
- the covering member 291 remains in attachment to the rear surface of the foldable device 22 .
- the protrusion 2910 of the covering member 291 slidably pushes the elastic member 292 along the positioning groove 2643 to allow the elastic member 292 to be elastically abutted between the connecting member 260 and the covering member 291 , such that the covering member 291 can be positioned and prevented from swinging.
- the second connecting hinge 258 is rotated away from the first connecting hinge 255 .
- the first connecting portion 262 of each of the two connecting members 260 slides in a corresponding one of the second guide grooves 2558 of the two plate bodies 2583 of the second connecting hinge 258
- the second connecting portion 264 of each of the two connecting members 260 slides in a corresponding one of the first guide grooves 2557 of the two plate bodies 2583 of the second connecting hinge 258 .
- Each first connecting portion 262 slidably drives a corresponding one of the first connecting rods 263 to rotate close to the middle hinge assembly 250 , such that one end of the first connecting rod 263 rotates along a corresponding one of the connecting posts 2621 , and the elongated hole 2631 at the other end of the first connecting rod 263 slides relative to and rotates around a corresponding one of the shaft 25834 .
- the positioning head 2685 of the elastic positioning member 268 slides along the sliding groove 2867 .
- the elastic member 2582 is elastically abutted between the middle hinge assembly 250 and the second connecting hinge 258 .
- Both of the first connecting portion 262 and the end connecting member 273 slide in the second guide groove 2588 of the second connecting hinge 258 , and the second connecting portion 264 slides in the first guide groove 2587 of the second connecting hinge 258 . Since the two connecting members 260 of each connecting assembly 24 are connected via the linkage mechanism 28 , when the connecting member 260 connected between the second connecting hinge 258 and the linkage mechanism 28 rotates, it will drive the first shaft 281 on one side of the linkage mechanism 28 to rotate.
- the first shaft 281 on the one side of the linkage mechanism 28 then drives the first shaft 281 on the other side of the linkage mechanism 28 to rotate via the linkage 282 , and the first shaft 281 on the other side of the linkage mechanism 28 in turn drives the connecting member 260 connected between the first connecting hinge 255 and the linkage mechanism 28 to rotate, such that the first connecting hinge 255 rotates away from the second connecting hinge 258 synchronously.
- the first connecting hinge 255 drives the first connecting portion 262 to slide in the second guide groove 2558 and drives the second connecting portion 264 to slide in the first guide groove 2557 .
- the first connecting portion 262 slidably drives a corresponding one of the first connecting rods 263 to rotate close to the middle hinge assembly 250 , such that the first connecting rod 263 moves until it comes into contact with the first limiting portion 2401 .
- the second connecting portion 264 slidably drives a corresponding one of the second connecting rods 267 to rotate toward the middle hinge assembly 250 , such that the second connecting rod 267 moves until it comes into contact with the third limiting portion 25553 .
- the positioning head 2685 of the elastic positioning member 268 slides along the sliding groove 2867 until it slides to be clamped in the first positioning hole 2866 .
- the two connecting members 260 of each connecting assembly 24 are brought to move away from each other to realize linkage unfolding of the foldable device 22 . When unfolding the foldable device 22 , the elastic member 25535 is maintained in compression.
- first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 can also be simultaneously implemented to rotate away from one another. Since the two connecting members 260 of each connecting assembly 24 are connected with one another via the linkage mechanism 28 , the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 together drive the two connecting members 260 of each connecting assembly 24 to rotate to drive the two first shafts 281 to rotate. As such, the two connecting members 260 are brought to move away from each other, so that the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 are brought to move away from each other synchronously, and the foldable device 22 is unfolded accordingly.
- the drop limiting mechanism 26 slides relative to the connecting hinge.
- the connecting member 260 connected between the first connecting hinge 255 and the middle hinge assembly 250 slides relative to the first connecting hinge 255 .
- the connecting member 260 connected between the second connecting hinge 258 and the middle hinge assembly 250 slides relative to the second connecting hinge 258 .
- the first connecting rod 263 can be in close contact with the first limiting portion 2401 .
- the second connecting rod 267 can be in close contact with the third limiting portion 25553 .
- the positioning head 2685 of the elastic positioning member 268 is snapped into the first positioning hole 2866 .
- the elastic member 25535 is elastically abutted between the first connecting hinge 258 and the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the elastic member 2582 is elastically abutted between the middle hinge assembly 250 and the second connecting hinge 258 .
- the sliding member 259 is prevented from retracting into the lug 2555 and the connecting hinges are prevented from retracting relative to one another, damage to the flexible screen which is fixedly connected to the foldable device 22 due to arching is avoided.
- the first connecting rod 263 can be in close contact with the second limiting portion 2402
- the second connecting rod 267 can be in close contact with the fourth limiting portion 25554 .
- the positioning head 2685 of the elastic positioning member 268 is positioned at one end of the sliding groove 2867 .
- the elastic member 25535 is elastically abutted between the first connecting hinge 258 and the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the elastic member 2582 is elastically abutted between the middle hinge assembly 250 and the second connecting hinge 258 . As such, when the foldable device 22 is dropped, the sliding member 259 can also be prevented from retracted into the lug 2555 and the connecting hinges can also be prevented from retracting relative to one another, damage to the flexible screen which is fixedly connected to the foldable device 22 due to arching is avoided.
- the assembled foldable device 22 is disposed between the first frame 21 and the second frame 23 .
- the two lugs 2555 of the first connecting hinge 255 are received within the first frame 21 .
- the sliding members 259 are received and fixed within the first frame 21 .
- the moving hinge 256 and the mounting frame 255 are slidable relative to one another along a direction perpendicular to the bending axis of the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the elastic member 25535 exerts an elastic pushing force to the mounting frame 255 in a direction away from the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the elastic member 25531 exerts an elastic pushing force on the sliding member 259 in a direction away from the first connecting hinge 255 .
- one sliding member 259 is disposed on one side of the bendable mechanism 25 and is connected to the first frame 21 .
- the second frame 23 is connected to the other side of the bendable mechanism 25 away from the one sliding member 259 .
- the elastic member 2582 exerts an elastic pushing force on the mounting frame in a direction away from the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- all of the elastic members 25535 , the elastic members 2582 , and the elastic members 25531 are pre-compressed and mounted in corresponding positions.
- the front surface of the supporting member 50 on the foldable device 22 is coplanar with a front surface of the first frame 21 as well as a front surface of the second frame 23 .
- the rear surface of the flexible screen 30 is fixed to the front surface of the first frame 21 and the front surface of the second frame 23 .
- the rear surface of the flexible screen 30 is slidably connected to the front surface of the supporting member 50 , and optionally, via an elastic adhesive.
- the rear surface of the supporting member 50 is slidably connected to the middle hinge assembly 250 , and optionally, via an elastic adhesive.
- the supporting member 50 includes a first connecting region 522 , a second connecting region 524 , and a bendable region 526 located between the first connecting region 522 and the second connecting region 524 .
- the first connecting region 522 of the supporting member 50 is connected to the first connecting hinge 255
- the second connecting region 524 is connected to the second connecting hinge 258 .
- the first connecting region 522 of the supporting member 50 is fixed to the first connecting hinge 255
- the second connecting region 524 is fixed to the second connecting hinge 258 .
- the supporting member 50 may have a relatively large length, and in this case, the first connecting region 522 of the supporting member 50 is connected to the first connecting hinge 255 , and the second connecting region 524 is connected to the second frame 23 and the second connecting hinge 258 .
- the bendable region 526 of the supporting member 50 is slidably connected with the middle hinge assembly 250 located between the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 . When bending the foldable device 22 , the bendable region 526 of the supporting member 50 slides relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 located between the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 .
- both the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 slide relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 to allow the supporting member 50 to suffer from a reduced tensile force and to have a constant or basically constant length. Since the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 is capable of providing sliding compensation by themselves when bending the foldable device 22 , there is no need to additionally provide any components to realize the sliding compensation for bending the foldable device 22 , which can effectively save the space occupied by the foldable device 22 .
- the flexible member 30 includes a first connecting portion 301 , a second connecting portion 303 , and a bendable portion 305 located between the first connecting portion 301 and the second connecting portion 303 .
- the bendable portion 305 faces the bendable region 526 of the supporting member 50 .
- the first connecting portion 301 and the second connecting portion 303 include the non-bendable region 33
- the bendable portion 305 includes the bendable region 31 .
- the first connecting portion 301 and the second connecting portion 303 may also be bendable.
- the first connecting portion 301 is connected to the first frame 21 .
- the second connecting portion 303 is connected to one of the second frame 23 or the second connecting region 524 of the supporting member 50 .
- the bendable portion 305 is slidably connected to the bendable region 526 of the supporting member 50 .
- the first connecting portion 301 is fixed to the first frame 21
- the second connecting portion 303 is fixed to one of the second frame 23 or the second connecting region 524 of the supporting member 50 .
- the first frame 21 is connected to the sliding member 259 .
- the first frame 21 is elastically connected or fixedly connected to the sliding member 259 .
- the first frame 21 and the second frame 23 slide relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 , the first frame 21 slides relative to the first connecting hinge 255 , the second frame 23 is fixed relative to the second connecting hinge 258 , and the bendable portion 305 slides relative to the bendable region 526 of the supporting member 50 .
- the tensile force exerted on the flexible member 30 is reduced and the flexible member 30 has a constant or basically constant length.
- two opposite sides of the bendable region 526 of the supporting member 50 slide inward relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the whole bendable portion 305 of the flexible member 30 slides relative to the bendable region 526 of the supporting member 50 in a direction from the bendable region 526 to the second connecting region 524 of the supporting member 50 .
- the bendable portion 305 slides relative to the bendable region 526 in a same direction in which a side of the bendable region 526 of the supporting member 50 adjacent to the first connecting region 522 slides relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- a sliding distance of one side of the bendable portion 305 of the flexible member 30 close to the second connecting portion 303 relative to the supporting member 50 is less than a sliding distance of the flexible member 30 on the other side of the bendable portion 305 close to the first connecting portion 301 relative to the supporting member 50 .
- a sliding distance of the bendable portion 305 of the flexible member 30 relative to the supporting member 50 is less than a sliding distance of the first connecting portion 301 relative to the supporting member 50 .
- both a sliding distance of the first connecting hinge 255 and a sliding distance of the second connecting hinge 258 slides can be reduced, thereby improving the reliability of handing the foldable device 22 .
- the sliding compensation is implemented unidirectionally outside the foldable device 22 , such that a reduced space is occupied within the second frame 23 , and a layout of components in the second frame 23 can be optimized, for example, a large capacity battery can be accommodated in the second frame 23 .
- the sliding compensation is also implemented unidirectionally inside the foldable device 22 . That is, only one of the connecting hinges on one side of the foldable device 22 is slidable, and the other one of the connecting hinges on the other side of the foldable device 22 is fixedly or rotatably connected with the adjacent middle hinge assembly.
- the first connecting rod 263 of the drop limiting mechanism 26 is in contact with or adjacent to the first limiting portion 2401
- the second connecting rod 267 is in contact with or adjacent to the third limiting portion 25553 .
- the first connecting rod 263 of the drop limiting mechanism 26 is in contact with or adjacent to the second limiting portion 2402
- the second connecting rod 267 is in contact with to or adjacent to the fourth limiting portion 25554 .
- the supporting member 50 is fixedly connected to the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 .
- the mounting frame can be driven to slide relative to the moving hinge 256 .
- the supporting member 50 can be bent when bending the foldable device 22 .
- the bendable region 31 of the flexible member 30 can be bent when bending the supporting member 50 .
- the supporting member 50 has a constant size.
- the elastic members 25535 and 2582 are pushed against the first frame 21 and the second frame 23 outward to allow the supporting member 50 to be at tension.
- the elastic member 25531 pushes the sliding member 259 outward to allow the flexible screen 30 to be at tension.
- each elastic positioning member 268 When the flexible member 30 is in the unfolded state, the positioning head 2685 of each elastic positioning member 268 is snapped into the corresponding first positioning hole 2866 .
- the first connecting rod 263 is abutted against the first limiting portion 2401
- the second connecting rod 267 is abutted against the third limiting portion 25553 to position the bendable mechanism 25 to remain in the unfolded state.
- a bending force is applied to at least one of the first frame 21 or the second frame 23 of the electronic device 100 , which allows the first connecting hinge 255 connected to the first frame 21 and the second connecting hinge 258 connected to the second frame 23 to rotate toward one another, so as to bend the foldable device 22 via two connecting assemblies 24 , and the bendable region 31 of the flexible member 30 is bent when bending the supporting member 50 .
- the first frame 21 drives the first connecting hinge 255 to rotate around the first shaft 281 relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 in a direction away from the flexible member 30 .
- the first connecting hinge 255 drives the corresponding connecting members 260 of the two connecting assemblies 24 to rotate.
- the two first connecting portions 262 slide in the two second guide grooves 2558 of the first connecting hinge 255 , the two second connecting portions 264 respectively slide in the two first guide grooves 2557 of the first connecting hinge 255 , such that the elastic positioning member 268 is elastically deformed to allow the positioning head 2685 to disengage from the corresponding first positioning hole 2866 . Since the two connecting members 260 of each connecting assembly 24 are connected via the linkage mechanism 28 , when the connecting member 260 connecting the first connecting hinge 255 and the linkage mechanism 28 rotates, it will drive the first shaft 281 on one side of the linkage mechanism 28 to rotate.
- the first shaft 281 on the one side of the linkage mechanism 28 then drives the first shaft 281 on the other side of the linkage mechanism 28 to rotate via the linkage 282 , and the first shaft 281 on the other side of the linkage mechanism 28 in turn drives the connecting member 260 connecting the second connecting hinge 258 and the linkage mechanism 28 to rotate, such that the second connecting hinge 258 rotates toward the first connecting hinge 255 synchronously.
- Each of the two first connecting rods 263 rotates toward the second limiting portion 2402 in the receiving groove 25536 of the first connecting hinge 255 , and each of the two second connecting rods 267 rotates in the through hole 25551 toward the fourth limiting portion 25554 , so that the two connecting members 260 of each connecting assembly 24 are also close to each other, and thus the foldable device 22 is bent accordingly.
- the bendable region 31 of the flexible member 30 is bent when bending the foldable device 22 until the rear surface of the first frame 21 comes into contact with the rear surface of the second frame 23 .
- the foldable device 22 is bent and in the folded state, and the flexible member 30 is bent along with the foldable device 22 .
- the front surface of the middle hinge assembly 250 , the front surface of the first connecting hinge 255 , and the front surface of the second connecting hinge 258 are connected to form an arcuate surface in an arch shape, thereby facilitating attaching of the flexible member 30 .
- each of the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 rotates around the corresponding first shaft 281 relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the two covering members 291 of the shielding mechanism 29 rotate relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 when bending the foldable device 22 , so that the covering member 291 always covers the rear surface of the bendable mechanism 25 to prevent dust and other impurities from entering the foldable device 22 from the rear surface of the electronic device 100 .
- the electronic device 100 can also be bent in other manners. As an example, it is also possible to apply the bending force only to the second frame 23 .
- the second frame 23 drives the second connecting hinge 258 to rotate around the first shaft 281 relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 in a direction away from the flexible member 30 .
- the second connecting hinge 255 drives the corresponding connecting members 260 of the two connecting assemblies 24 to rotate.
- the two first connecting portions 262 respectively slide in the two second guide grooves 2588 of the second connecting hinge 258
- the two second connecting portions 264 respectively slide in the two first guide grooves 2587 of the second connecting hinge 258 , such that the elastic positioning member 268 is elastically deformed to allow the positioning head 2685 to disengage from the corresponding first positioning hole 2866 .
- each connecting assembly 24 Since the two connecting members 260 of each connecting assembly 24 are connected via the linkage mechanism 28 , when the connecting member 260 connected between the second connecting hinge 258 and the linkage mechanism 28 rotates, it will drive the first shaft 281 on one side of the linkage mechanism 28 to rotate.
- the first shaft 281 on the one side of the linkage mechanism 28 then drives the first shaft 281 on the other side of the linkage mechanism 28 to rotate via the linkage 282 , and the first shaft 281 on the other side of the linkage mechanism 28 in turn drives the connecting member 260 connected between the first connecting hinge 255 and the linkage mechanism 28 to rotate, such that the first connecting hinge 255 rotates toward the second connecting hinge 258 synchronously.
- Each of the two first connecting rods 263 rotates toward the second limiting portion 2402 in the receiving groove 25536 of the first connecting hinge 255
- each of the two second connecting rods 267 rotates toward the fourth limiting portion 25554 in the through hole 25551 , so that the two connecting members 260 of each connecting assembly 24 are also close to each other, and thus the foldable device 22 is bent accordingly.
- the bendable region 31 of the flexible member 30 is bent when bending the foldable device 22 until the rear surface of the first frame 21 comes into contact with the rear surface of the second frame 23 .
- the electronic device 100 can also be bent in other manners. For example, it is also possible to apply a bending force to the first frame 21 and the second frame 23 at the same time.
- the first frame 21 and the second frame 23 respectively drive the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 to rotate away from the flexible member 30 , and implement the bending of the electronic device 100 via the foldable device 22 .
- the first frame 21 or the second frame 23 When unfolding the electronic device 100 , the first frame 21 or the second frame 23 is pulled outward, so that the first connecting hinge 255 connected to the first frame 21 and the second connecting hinge 258 connected to the second frame 23 rotate away from one another.
- an outward pulling force is applied to at least one of the first frame 21 or the second frame 23 of the electronic device 100 , so that the first connecting hinge 255 connected to the first frame 21 and the second connecting hinge 258 connected to the second frame 23 rotate away from one another.
- the first frame 21 drives the connecting member 260 of the first connecting hinge 255 to rotate around the first shaft 281 toward one side of the flexible member 30 .
- the first connecting portion 262 of each of the two connecting members 260 slides in a corresponding one of the second guide grooves 2558 of the first connecting hinge 255
- the second connecting portion 264 of each of the two connecting members 260 slides in a corresponding one of the first guide grooves 2557 of the first connecting hinge 255 , such that the first connecting rod 263 and the second connecting rod 267 are driven to rotate toward the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the elastic positioning member 268 is elastically deformed, and the positioning head 2685 slides along the corresponding sliding groove 2867 .
- each connecting assembly 24 Since the two connecting members 260 of each connecting assembly 24 are connected through the linkage mechanism 28 , when the connecting member 260 connected between the first connecting hinge 255 and the linkage mechanism 28 rotates, it can drive the corresponding first shaft 281 to rotate.
- the first shaft 281 drives the other side first shaft 281 to rotate through the linkage mechanism 28 .
- the rotation of the first shaft 281 on the other side drives the connecting member 260 connected between the second connecting hinge 258 and the linkage mechanism 28 to rotate, so that the second connecting hinge 258 rotates synchronously away from the first connecting hinge 255 .
- the connecting member 260 connected to second the connecting hinge 258 drives the corresponding first connecting rod 263 and the second connecting rod 267 to rotate toward the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the elastic positioning member 268 is elastically deformed until the positioning head 2685 snaps into the corresponding first positioning hole 2866 . As such, the two connecting members 260 of each connecting assembly 24 are also moved away from one another until the foldable device 22 comes into the unfolded state. The bendable region 31 of the flexible member 30 is unfolded when unfolding the foldable device 22 .
- the electronic device 100 can also be unfolded in other manners. For example, it is also possible to apply an outward pulling force to the second frame 23 only, and the second frame 23 implements the unfolding of the electronic device 100 via the foldable device 22 .
- the electronic device 100 can also be unfolded in other manners. For example, it is also possible to simultaneously apply an outward pulling force to each of the first frame 21 and the second frame 23 .
- the first frame 21 and the second frame 23 respectively drive the corresponding connecting hinge to rotate around the corresponding first shaft 281 toward one side of the flexible member 30 . As such, the electronic device 100 can be unfolded.
- an electronic device 100 a provided according to another implementation of the present implementation is substantially identical with the electronic device 100 illustrated in FIG. 1 to FIG. 34 in structure, except in the electronic device 100 a , a connecting assembly 24 a , a drop limiting mechanism 26 a , a shielding mechanism 29 a , and an elastic member 25535 illustrated in FIGS. 35 to 41 are different from those illustrated in FIGS. 1 to 34 in structure.
- the foldable device of the electronic device 100 a illustrated in FIGS. 35 to 41 is not provided with the positioning member 27 , and each connecting assembly 24 a is directly connected to the connecting hinge and the middle hinge assembly 250 . Details are described as follows.
- the connecting assembly 24 a also includes the drop limiting mechanism and the linkage mechanism 28 .
- the drop limiting mechanism includes a connecting member 260 a connected with the middle hinge assembly 250 and the connecting hinge, and a first connecting rod 263 and a second connecting rod 267 connected between the connecting hinge and the connecting member 260 a .
- the connecting member 260 a includes a first connecting member 2601 and a second connecting member 2602 connected to the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the first connecting member 2601 and the second connecting member 2602 are separated.
- the first connecting member 2601 has one end connected to the first shaft 281 and the other end, which is away from the middle hinge assembly 250 , inserted into the connecting hinge and connected to the first connecting rod 263 .
- the second connecting member 2602 has one end connected to the first shaft 281 and the other end, which is away from the middle hinge assembly 250 , inserted into the connecting hinge and connected to the second connecting rod 267 .
- the first connecting member 2601 of each connecting member 260 a close to the first connecting hinge 255 is provided with a first connecting portion 2603 at one end away from the first shaft 281 .
- the first connecting portion 2603 is slidably inserted into the second guide groove 2558 of the first connecting hinge 255 .
- the first connecting rod 263 is connected between the first connecting portion 2603 and the shaft 25537 of the first connecting hinge 255 .
- the second connecting member 2602 of each connecting member 260 a close to the first connecting hinge 255 is provided with a second connecting portion 2604 at one end away from the first shaft 281 .
- the second connecting portion 2604 is slidingly inserted into the first guide groove 2557 of the first connecting hinge 255 .
- the second connecting rod 267 is connected between the second connecting portion 2604 and the connecting post 2593 of the corresponding sliding member 259 .
- the first connecting member 2601 and the second connecting member 2602 of the connecting member 260 a are separated.
- the elastic member 25535 is elastically abutted between the connecting member 260 a and the first connecting hinge 255 .
- the elastic member 25535 is elastically abutted between the first connecting portion 2603 and the first connecting hinge 255 .
- the first connecting hinge 255 is provided with a protruding post on one side of the first connecting portion 2603 facing the first connecting hinge 255 .
- the first connecting hinge 255 defines a receiving groove thereon. The elastic member 25535 is received in the receiving groove, and the elastic member 25535 is fixedly sleeved on the protruding post at one end of the elastic member 25535 .
- the shielding mechanism 29 a is also rotatably connected to the rear surface of the middle hinge assembly 250 via the hinge 295 .
- the shielding mechanism 29 a includes two covering members 291 .
- Each covering member 291 is connected to the corresponding connecting member 26 a via an elongated hole and a guide portion.
- the elongated hole extends in a direction perpendicular to the bending axis of the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the guide portion has one end slidably received in the elongated hole and the other end connected to the covering member 291 or the connecting member 26 a .
- the elongated hole is defined on one of the connecting member 26 a or the covering member 291 .
- the guide portion slides in the corresponding elongated hole.
- the elongated hole is used as the strip groove 2606 .
- the strip groove 2606 is defined on the second connecting member 2602 and extends in a direction perpendicular to the axis of the first shaft 281 .
- the guide portion is a sliding rod 2918 disposed on the covering member 291 . One end of the sliding rod 2918 away from the covering member 291 is slidably received in the strip groove 2606 .
- the strip groove may also be defined in the covering member 291 .
- the strip groove extends in a direction perpendicular to the axis of the first shaft 281 .
- the guide portion may be a sliding rod disposed on the connecting member 26 a . One end of the sliding rod away from the connecting member 26 a is slidably accommodated in the elongated hole.
- the sliding rod 2918 is connected to the strip groove 2606 via a locking member 2919 .
- the locking member 2919 is slidably disposed in the strip groove 2606 .
- the first connecting portion 2603 is provided with an elastic positioning member 268 . That is, the first connecting portion 2603 defines a receiving groove thereon, and the elastic positioning member 268 is received in the receiving groove.
- the elastic positioning member 268 has one end abutted against an end wall of the receiving groove away from the first shaft 281 and the other end which passes through the first connecting portion 2603 and is clamped to the first positioning hole 2866 of the linkage mechanism, so as to position the foldable device 22 a to be in the unfolded state or the bent state.
- each hinge 295 is arranged adjacent to connection between the two covering members 291 along a length direction of the covering member 291 .
- Two opposite ends of each hinge 295 are respectively hinged with a connecting rod 297 .
- One end of the connecting rod 297 away from the hinge 295 is hinged to one of the covering members 291
- one end of the other connecting rod 297 away from the hinge 295 is hinged to the other covering member 291 .
- the middle hinge assembly 250 defines several fixing grooves 2511 , which face the hinges 295 of the shielding mechanism 29 a , on the rear surface of the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- each connecting rod 297 defines a limiting groove 2975 on one side thereof facing the corresponding covering member 291 .
- one side of the covering member 291 close to the hinge 295 is accommodated in the limiting groove 2975 of the corresponding connecting rod 297 to position the covering member 291 . That is, when the foldable device 22 a is folded, an edge of the covering member 291 close to the hinge 295 is matched with the limiting groove 2975 of the corresponding connecting rod 297 to position the covering member 291 .
- the hinge 295 and the middle hinge assembly 250 may also be integrally formed.
- each covering member 291 rotates relative to the middle hinge assembly 250 via a corresponding connecting rod 297 .
- the two sliding rods 2918 of the covering member 291 slide along the corresponding two strip grooves 2606 , so that the two covering members 291 rotate and move toward one other.
- the covering member 291 is always in contact with the rear surface of the foldable device 22 to prevent dust and other impurities from entering the foldable device 22 from the rear surface of the foldable device 22 .
- an electronic device 100 b provided according to another implementation of the present disclosure is substantially identical with the electronic device 100 illustrated in FIGS. 1 to 34 in structure, except in the electronic device 100 b , the supporting member, the shielding mechanism 29 b , the drop limiting mechanism 26 b , and the positioning member illustrated in FIGS. 42 to 50 are different from those illustrated in FIGS. 1 to 34 in structure.
- Elements, structures, functions, effects, functions, coordination relationships, connection relationships, assembly manners, operating principles, and operating modes that are not mentioned or explicitly mentioned in this implementation are identical with or similar to the foregoing implementations, and reference can be made to descriptions of the foregoing implementations.
- the supporting member 50 a is provided between the flexible member 30 and the foldable device 22 b .
- the supporting member 50 a includes a supporting member 52 and a supporting layer 54 laminated with the supporting member 52 .
- the supporting member 52 has two opposite sides which are respectively connected to front surfaces of the connecting hinges on two opposite sides of the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the two opposite sides of the supporting member 52 are respectively fixedly connected to the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 .
- first frame 21 and the second frame 23 are disposed on two opposite sides of the bendable mechanism 25 .
- first connecting hinge 255 is connected to the first frame 21
- second connecting hinge 258 is connected to the second frame 23 .
- the supporting member 52 has one side fixedly connected to the first connecting hinge 255 and the other side which is away from the first connecting hinge 255 and can be fixedly connected to the second connecting hinge 258 and the second frame 23 .
- Both the supporting member 52 and the supporting layer 54 are bendable supporting sheets. Two opposite sides of a rear surface of the supporting member 52 are respectively fixedly connected to a front surface of the first connecting hinge 255 and a front surface of the second connecting hinge 258 of the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the supporting member 52 has a cross section, which is perpendicular to the bending axis of the bendable mechanism 25 , with a constant length. That is, the length of the cross section of the supporting member 52 when the foldable device 22 is unfolded remains the same as that of the supporting member 52 when the foldable device 22 is folded.
- Both the supporting member 52 and the supporting layer 54 can be, but are not limited to, a sheet made of copper foil, liquid metal, plastic or other composite materials.
- the supporting member 52 is a liquid metal sheet.
- the supporting layer 54 may also be a flexible transparent cover plate, such as a transparent polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film layer, a polyimide (PI) film layer, and the like.
- PET polyethylene terephthalate
- PI polyimide
- the supporting member 52 is fixedly connected to the front surface of the connecting hinge via clamping posts and clamping holes matched with the clamping posts.
- the supporting member 52 is connected with the connecting hinge via an adhesive.
- the supporting member 52 is provided with multiple clamping posts 521 on the rear surface thereof, and each of the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 defines multiple clamping holes on the front surface thereof. The multiple clamping posts 521 of the supporting member 52 are respectively clamped into the corresponding clamping holes, so that the supporting member 52 is fixedly connected between the first connecting hinge 255 and the second connecting hinge 258 .
- the first connecting hinge 255 defines multiple clamping holes 25501 on the front surface of the first connecting hinge 255 along its length direction.
- the supporting member 52 is provided with multiple clamping posts 521 on the rear surface of the supporting member 52 corresponding to the multiple clamping holes 25501 .
- Each clamping post 521 is clamped in the corresponding clamping hole 25501 to fix one side of the supporting member 52 to the first connecting hinge 255 .
- several clamping holes 25501 are defined on the front surface of the first connecting hinge 255 , and the clamping posts 521 of the supporting member 52 are respectively clamped into the corresponding clamping holes 25501 to fixedly connect to the first connecting hinge 255 .
- the other side of the supporting member 52 away from the first connecting hinge 255 is fixedly connected to the second connecting hinge 258 and the second frame 23 via an adhesive.
- each of two opposite ends of one side of the first connecting hinge 255 away from the second connecting hinge 258 is provided with the lug 2555 which extends vertically outwardly.
- the first frame 21 is connected to the sliding member 259 .
- the second frame 23 is connected to the second connecting hinge 258 .
- the rear surface of the supporting member 52 is fixedly connected to the first connecting hinge 255 , the second connecting hinge 258 , and the second frame 23 .
- the supporting layer 54 can be considered as a part of the flexible member 30 . That is, the flexible member 30 includes a flexible screen and a supporting layer 54 attached to the bottom of the flexible screen.
- the supporting layer 54 can have a same size as the flexible screen.
- the supporting layer 54 can be fixedly connected with the flexible screen via an adhesive.
- the rear surface of the supporting layer 54 has one side fixedly connected to the first frame 21 and the sliding member 259 and the other side fixedly connected to the second frame 23 .
- the first frame 21 and the sliding member 259 slide with the supporting layer 54 relative to the corresponding connecting hinge, and the supporting member 52 is slidable relative to the supporting layer.
- the supporting layer 54 is laminated on the front surface of the supporting member 52 .
- the rear surface of the supporting layer 54 has one end fixedly connected to the front surface of the supporting member 52 away from the bendable mechanism 25 (that is, the rear surface of the supporting layer 54 is fixedly connected to the supporting member 52 which is on the front surface of the second frame 23 ) and the other side fixedly connected to the first frame 21 .
- the supporting member 52 is in sliding contact with the supporting layer 54 at a bendable region.
- the supporting member 52 can be connected with the supporting layer 54 by means of adhesive connection, clamping connection, etc.
- the supporting layer 54 can be connected with the first frame 21 by means of adhesive connection, clamping connection, screw connection, etc.
- the supporting member 50 further includes a supporting plate 56 which is fixedly covered on the front surface of the first frame 21 .
- the supporting plate 56 is connected to the front surface of the first frame 21 , the front surface of the supporting member 52 is coplanar with the front surface of the supporting plate 56 , and a part of the rear surface of the supporting layer 54 corresponding to the first frame 21 is fixed and covers the front surface of the supporting plate 56 .
- each of the two connecting hinges moves with the supporting member 52 relative to a corresponding first connecting rod 263 .
- the first connecting rod 263 moves toward the first limiting portion 2401 relative to the connecting hinge, until it abuts against the first limiting portion to prevent the bendable mechanism 25 from further unfolding or bending.
- the first connecting rod 263 moves toward the second limiting portion relative to the connecting hinge, until it abuts against the second limiting portion to prevent the bendable mechanism 25 from further unfolding or bending.
- the rear surface of the intermediate hinge 251 is provided with a supporting portion 25101 .
- the shielding mechanism 29 b is supported by the supporting portion 25101 of the intermediate hinge 251 .
- Side portions of the shielding mechanism 29 b away from the supporting portion 25101 are slidably connected to the connecting hinges.
- the connecting hinge can drive the shielding mechanism 29 b to slide relative to the bendable mechanism 25 . That is, the supporting portion 25101 is used to support one side of each covering member 291 close to the intermediate hinge 251 on the rear surface of the intermediate hinge 251 .
- the shielding mechanism 29 b includes a fixing member 296 positioned on the supporting portion 25101 and two covering members 291 hinged with two opposite sides of the fixing member 296 .
- the covering member 291 is used to cover the rear surface of the bendable mechanism 25 .
- One side of the covering member 291 away from the fixing member 296 is connected to a corresponding connecting hinge.
- the supporting portion 25101 includes two rows of positioning pieces 25102 disposed on two opposite sides of the rear surface of the intermediate hinge 251 .
- the intermediate hinge 251 defines a cavity at a position corresponding to the covering member 291 , and the supporting portion 25101 is disposed in the cavity.
- the rear surface of the intermediate hinge 251 cooperates with the two rows of positioning pieces 25102 to define a positioning space 25103 therebetween.
- the fixing member 296 is positioned in the positioning space 25103 , so as to position the shielding mechanism 29 b on the intermediate hinge 251 and to limit a movement stroke of the shielding mechanism 29 b .
- the fixing member 296 can be positioned on the intermediate hinge 251 through clamping connection, screw connection, or adhesive connection.
- the fixing member 296 includes a fixing strip 2960 and multiple connecting rods 297 .
- Each connecting rod 297 is connected between the fixing strip 2960 and the corresponding covering member 291 .
- Each connecting rod 297 is provided with a rotating shaft at each of two opposite ends thereof. One of the rotating shafts is rotatably connected to the fixing member 296 , and the other one of the rotating shafts is rotatably connected to the corresponding covering member 291 .
- each connecting rod 297 includes a connecting rod body 2971 , a first rotating shaft 2972 disposed at one end of the connecting rod body 2971 , and a second rotating shaft 2974 movably connected to the other end of the connecting rod 2971 .
- the connecting rod body 2971 defines a waist-shaped or circular hole 2973 at one end thereof away from the first rotating shaft 2972 .
- the second rotating shaft 2974 is inserted into the waist-shaped or circular hole 2973 and connected with the fixing strip 2960 .
- both ends of the connecting rod body 2971 can be provided with a rotating shaft integrated with the connecting rod body 2971 , and alternatively, both ends of the connecting rod body 2971 can be provided with a waist-shaped or circular hole to movably connect to a rotating shaft.
- the positioning piece 25102 of the supporting portion 25101 extends toward the covering member 291 .
- the supporting portion 25101 is used to support the covering member 291 or is spaced apart from the covering member 291 .
- the supporting portion 25101 is used to support the covering member 291 .
- the supporting portion 25101 slides relative to the covering member 291 .
- the supporting portion 25101 is used to support the covering member 291 to prevent the covering member 291 from being significantly sagged when being excessively pressed by a user.
- the supporting portion 25101 supports one side of the covering member 291 close to the intermediate hinge 251 .
- a pair of positioning pieces 25102 for supporting each of the two covering members 291 has different heights.
- one of the positioning pieces 25102 directly abuts against or is adjacent to the rear surface of one covering member 291
- the other one of the positioning pieces 25102 directly abuts against or is adjacent to a rear surface of the fixing piece 2912 of the other covering member 291 .
- the supporting portion 25101 can abut against or be adjacent to the covering member 291 .
- the supporting portion 25101 since the supporting portion 25101 is used to prevent the covering member 291 from being significantly sagged under pressure, the supporting portion 25101 does not have to abut against the covering member 291 , but can be separated from the covering member 291 by a small gap and adjacent to the covering member 291 .
- a small gap between the supporting portion 25101 and the covering member 291 it is possible to reduce or avoid friction between the supporting portion 25101 and the covering member 291 when bending the foldable device 22 b , and thus influence to the sliding of the covering member 291 can be avoided.
- the supporting portion 25101 when the supporting portion 25101 is adjacent to the covering member 291 , it indicates that the gap between the supporting portion 25101 and the covering member 291 is less than or equal to a preset distance.
- the preset distance can be greater than zero and less than or equal to 8 mm. That is, it is only necessary to ensure that the covering member 291 does not appear to sag significantly when being pressed.
- the supporting portion 25101 can also directly abut against the covering member 291 to provide a better supporting.
- the supporting portion 25101 when the foldable device 22 b is in the unfolded state, the supporting portion 25101 is covered by the covering member 291 .
- the supporting portion 25101 When the foldable device 22 b is in the unfolded state, the supporting portion 25101 is located outside the covering member 291 .
- an outer side of the supporting portion 25101 abuts against one side of the bendable mechanism 25 , and an inner side is disposed corresponding to the supporting portion 25101 .
- the fixing member 296 is provided with multiple protrusions 2962 on one side of the fixing member 296 facing the supporting portion 25101 .
- Each protrusion 2962 defines a through hole 2963 which extends along a direction parallel to the rotation axis.
- the rotating shaft of the connecting rod 297 away from the covering member 291 is accommodated in the through hole 2963 .
- the middle hinge 251 defines an avoidance hole 25105 corresponding to the protrusion 2962 .
- the two connecting rods 297 are respectively disposed at the two opposite ends of the fixing strip 2960 , and each connecting rod 297 is rotatably connected to the fixing strip 2960 .
- each of two opposite sides of each end of the fixing strip 2960 defines a receiving groove 29601 thereon, and each receiving groove 29601 rotatably accommodates the connecting rod 297 .
- Each end of the fixing strip 2960 is provided with one protrusion 2962 on one side of each receiving groove 29601 , and each protrusion 2962 defines the through hole 2963 which extends along the axial direction of the rotating shaft 2972 .
- the second rotating shaft 2974 at one end of each connecting rod 297 is rotatably inserted into the through hole 2963 of the fixing strip 2960
- the first rotating shaft 2972 at the other end of the connecting rod 297 is rotatably inserted into the connecting sleeve 2916 of the corresponding covering member 291 .
- the fixing strip 2960 defines multiple through holes 2965 corresponding to the multiple locking holes 25106 of the intermediate hinge 251 .
- the fixing strip 2960 defines multiple clamping holes 29604 corresponding to the multiple clamping posts 25105 of the intermediate hinge 251 .
- the fixing member 296 is accommodated in the positioning space 25103 of the intermediate hinge 251 , so that the clamping post 25105 is clamped into the corresponding clamping hole 29604 of the fixing member 296 .
- the locking holes 25106 of the intermediate hinge 251 respectively face the through holes 2965 of the fixing strip 2960 .
- a locking member extends through the through hole 2965 and is locked in the locking hole 25106 .
- the fixing pieces 2912 on one of the covering members 291 are staggered with the fixing pieces 2912 on other one of the covering members 291 .
- the fixing piece 2912 is fixedly connected with the corresponding covering member 291 via clamping posts and clamping holes.
- the covering member 291 defines a fixing groove 29106 corresponding to the fixing piece 2912 on the rear surface of the covering member 291 , and the fixing piece 2912 is accommodated in the fixing groove 29106 .
- the covering member 291 is provided with a clamping post 29107 on the rear surface of the covering member 291 in the fixing groove 29106 .
- Each fixing piece 2912 defines a clamping hole 29120 thereon.
- each clamping post 29107 is clamped into the corresponding clamping hole 29120 , so that the fixing piece 2912 is fixedly connected to the covering member 291 .
- each fixing piece 2912 defines two clamping holes 29120 thereon, and the two clamping holes 29120 are spaced apart from one another, and each fixing groove 29106 of the covering member 291 is provided with two clamping posts 29107 .
- the two clamping posts 29107 are respectively clamped into the two clamping holes 29120 .
- each fixing piece 2912 when each fixing piece 2912 is received in a corresponding fixing groove 29106 , the connection between the fixing piece 2912 and the fixing groove 29106 can be reinforced via an adhesive.
- a surface of each fixing piece 2912 facing the covering member 291 defines an adhesive containing groove.
- the adhesive containing groove is defined by protrudes on surface edges of the fixing piece 2912 facing the covering member 291 and is used for accommodating the adhesive adhered to the fixing piece 2912 and the covering member 291 .
- the protrusion 2910 on the rear surface of the covering member 291 defines a hook 29109 corresponding to the abutting member 2923 thereon.
- the compression spring 2921 abuts and pushes the abutting member 2923 to be clamped with the hook 29109 .
- the protrusion 2910 on the rear surface of the covering member 291 defines a hook 29109 on one side thereof facing the abutting member 2923 .
- the hook 29109 is provided with a clasp 29230 on one side of the abutting member 2923 facing the hook 29109 .
- the elastic member 2921 abuts against the abutting member 2923 , so that the clasp 29230 is engaged with the hook 29109 .
- the clasp 29230 of the abutting member 2923 remains in engagement with the hook 29109 to prevent the covering member 291 from being separated from the bendable mechanism 25 .
- a positioning rod 29232 is provided on one side of the abutting member 2923 away from the clasp 29230 , and one end of the elastic member 2921 is sleeved on the positioning rod 29232 , so that the elastic member 2921 and the abutting member 2923 are fixedly connected.
- each fixing piece 2912 can also be directly fixedly connected to the rear surface of the covering member 291 .
- the covering member 291 is provided with a clamping block 29108 in a rectangular shape on the rear surface of the covering member 291 corresponding to the fixing piece 2912 .
- the fixing piece 2912 defines a clamping hole 29121 corresponding to the clamping block 29108 thereon.
- each fixing piece 2912 when each fixing piece 2912 is connected to the covering member 291 through connection of the clamping block 29108 and the clamping hole 29121 , the connection between the fixing piece 2912 and the covering member 291 can be reinforced via an adhesive.
- the surface of each fixing piece 2912 facing the covering member 291 defines an adhesive containing groove.
- the adhesive containing groove is defined by protrudes on surface edges of the fixing piece 2912 facing the covering member 291 and is used for accommodating the adhesive adhered to the fixing piece 2912 and the covering member 291 .
- each fixing piece 2912 is fixedly connected with the covering member 291 via an adhesive.
- a positioning member is connected between the middle hinge 250 and the connecting hinge.
- the first limiting portion 2401 and the second limiting portion 2402 are both provided on the positioning member.
- the first connecting rod 263 moves relative to the connecting member 264 and the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the first connecting rod 263 moves toward the first limiting portion 2401 relative to the connecting hinge until it abuts against or is adjacent to the first limiting portion 2401 .
- the first connecting rod 263 moves relative to the connecting hinge toward the second limiting portion 2402 until it abuts against or is adjacent to the second limiting portion 2402 .
- the positioning member includes a first positioning member 27 a disposed on the rear surface of the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the first positioning member 27 a includes an end connecting block 273 at one end thereof.
- the first limiting portion 2401 is a first limiting surface disposed on the end connecting block 273 and facing the first connecting rod 264 .
- the second limiting portion 2402 is a second limiting surface disposed on the end connecting block 273 and adjacent to the first limiting surface.
- the second limiting surface is parallel to the bending axis of the bendable mechanism 250 .
- the first limiting surface is inclined relative to the second limiting surface.
- the first limit surface is adjacent to or connected to the second limit surface.
- the bendable mechanism 25 When the bendable mechanism 25 is bent to the folded state, the side surface of the first connecting rod 263 abuts against or is adjacent to the second limiting portion 2402 . When the bendable mechanism 25 is unfolded to the unfolded state, the side surface of the first connecting rod 263 abuts against or is adjacent to the first limiting portion 2401 . That is, when bending or unfolding the bendable mechanism 25 , the end connecting block 273 moves relative to the first connecting rod 264 . When the first connecting rod 264 is in contact with the first limiting surface, the bendable mechanism 25 remains in the unfolded state. When the first connecting rod 264 is in contact with the second limiting surface, the bendable mechanism 25 remains in the folded state.
- the first positioning member 27 a also includes a middle connecting block 271 hinged on one side of the end connecting block 273 away from the connecting hinge.
- the middle connecting block 271 is connected to the corresponding rotating hinge 253 .
- the end connecting block 273 is connected to the corresponding moving hinge 256 .
- the middle connecting block 271 is fixed to a corresponding rotating hinge 253 through screw connection, clamping connection, adhesive connection, etc.
- the end connecting block 273 is fixed to a corresponding moving hinge 256 through screw connection, clamping connection, adhesive connection, etc.
- the elastic member 276 is used to elastically push the end connecting block 273 toward the corresponding first connecting rod 263 .
- the end connecting block 273 enables the first limiting portion 2401 on the end connecting block 273 to be in close contact with a corresponding first connecting rod 263 under an elastic pushing force of the elastic member 276 .
- the first limiting surface is in close contact with the corresponding first connecting rod 263 .
- the end connecting block 273 is hinged with a corresponding middle connecting block 271 via a rotating shaft. There is a gap between the end connecting block 273 and the middle connecting block 271 along an axial direction of the rotating shaft.
- the elastic member 276 is sleeved on the rotating shaft and is elastically compressed between the middle connecting block 271 and the end connecting block 273 .
- the rotating shaft is parallel to the first shaft 281 and the second shaft 275 .
- the elastic member 276 elastically drives the positioning member 27 a to move toward the corresponding first connecting rod 264 , so that the first connecting rod 264 comes into contact with the first limiting portion 2401 to prevent the connecting hinge from further moving toward the foldable assembly 24 .
- the elastic member 276 keep elastically pushing the end connecting block 273 to move toward the first connecting rod 264 until the first limiting surface of the positioning member 27 a is in contact with the first positioning surface of the first connecting rod 264 . That is, there is a clearance between the first limit surface and the first positioning surface.
- the elastic member 276 provided on the end connecting block 273 .
- the elastic member 276 is used to elastically push the end connecting block 273 toward the corresponding first connecting rod 263 .
- the end connecting block 273 enables the first limiting portion 2401 on the end connecting block 273 to be in close contact with a corresponding first connecting rod 263 under an elastic pushing force of the elastic member 276 .
- the first limiting surface is in close contact with the corresponding first connecting rod 263 .
- the end connecting block 273 is hinged with a corresponding middle connecting block 271 via a rotating shaft.
- the elastic member 276 is sleeved on the rotating shaft and is elastically compressed between the middle connecting block 271 and the end connecting block 273 .
- the end connecting block 273 is provided with two spaced first connecting blocks 2733 on one side of the end connecting block 273 facing the middle connecting block 271 .
- the two first connecting blocks 2733 define a hinge notch 2735 therebetween.
- the middle connecting block 271 is provided with a second connecting block 2713 , which is corresponding to the hinge notch 2735 , on one side of the middle connecting block 271 facing the end connecting block 273 .
- the second connecting block 2713 is rotatably received in the hinge notch 2735 .
- the length of the second connecting block 2713 along the axial direction of the rotating shaft 272 is less than a distance between the two first connecting blocks 2733 (the length of the hinge notch 2735 ).
- Each of the two first connecting blocks 2733 defines a connecting hole along the axial direction of the rotating shaft 272
- the second connecting block 2713 defines a through hole along the axial direction of the rotating shaft 272 , and the rotating shaft 272 is inserted into the connecting hole of each first connecting block 2733 and the through hole of the second connecting block 2713 .
- the middle connecting block 271 is provided with a positioning block 2716 at one end, which is away from the first limiting portion 2401 , of one side of the middle connecting block 271 where the second connecting block 2713 is located.
- the rotating shaft 272 has one end connected to the positioning block 2716 and the other end inserted into the connecting holes of the two first connecting blocks 2733 and the through hole of the second connecting block 2713 .
- the elastic member 276 is elastically compressed between the positioning block 2716 and the corresponding first connecting block 2733 .
- the end connecting block 273 is provided with a supporting plate 2737 at one side of the end connecting block 273 facing the first connecting rod 263 .
- the supporting plate 2737 is used to support the first connecting rod 263 .
- the supporting plate 2737 defines an avoidance opening 27370 on one side of the supporting plate 2737 away from the first limiting portion 2401 .
- the avoidance opening 27370 is used to receive a connecting post connected to one end of the first connecting rod 263 away from the connecting member 260 .
- the connecting post connected to the end of the first connecting rod 263 away from the connecting member 260 is accommodated in the avoidance opening 27370 .
- a moving direction of the first limiting portion 2401 relative to the foldable assembly 24 is different from a moving direction of the first limiting portion 2401 relative to the connecting hinge.
- the moving direction of the first limiting portion 2401 relative to the foldable assembly 24 is perpendicular to the moving direction of the first limiting portion 2401 relative to the connecting hinge.
- the end connecting block 273 can slide relative to the middle connecting block 271 along the axial direction of the bending axis of the foldable device 22 b .
- the elastic member 276 is in an elastic compression state and generates an elastic force that pushes the end connecting block 273 toward a corresponding end of the foldable device 24 (that is, an elastic force that pushes the first limiting portion 2401 toward the first connecting rod 263 ).
- the elastic force of the elastic member 276 is perpendicular to the sliding direction of the end connecting block 273 relative to the connecting hinge.
- the compression amount of the elastic member 276 when the foldable device 24 is in the bent state is less than the compression amount of the elastic member 276 when the foldable device 24 is in the unfolded state.
- the elastic member 276 when bending the foldable device 24 , the first limiting portion 2401 moves apart from the first connecting rod 263 , and the elastic member 276 recovers from deformation to drive the first limiting portion 2401 to slide along the bending axis of the foldable device 24 . In an implementation, when bending the foldable device 24 , the first limiting portion 2401 moves apart from the first connecting rod 263 , and the elastic member 276 at least partially recovers from deformation to drive the first limiting portion 2401 to slide toward one end of the foldable device 24 close to the first limiting portion 2401 along the axial direction of the bending axis of the foldable device 24 . At this time, the elastic member 276 stretches.
- the end connecting block 273 stops sliding and the elastic member 276 stops deforming.
- the first limiting portion 2401 gradually approaches the first connecting rod 263
- the elastic member 276 is gradually compressed, and the first limiting portion 2401 slides away from the end of the foldable device 24 close to the first limiting portion 2401 along the axial direction of the bending axis of the foldable device 24 .
- the elastic member 276 has the largest compression.
- a gap between the first connecting rod 263 and the first limiting portion 2401 in the unfolded state due to assembly tolerances, manufacturing accuracy, etc. can be eliminated through the axial sliding of the first limiting portion 2401 and the elastic force of the elastic member 276 , such that the first connecting rod 263 is in close contact with the first limiting portion 2401 , the limitation effect when foldable device 24 is dropped is improved.
- bending axis in the implementations of the present disclosure refers to an axis around which the component is bent or folded, and is not limited to a physical axis or a virtual axis.
- the “bending axis” may refer to a physical shaft (such as the first shaft, the second shaft, etc. of the implementations of the present disclosure) or a virtual axis of a physical shaft hinged between component A and component B, or a virtual shaft around which component A rotates relative to component B.
- the foldable device 24 also includes a reinforcing assembly 27 b on the rear surface of the middle hinge assembly 250 .
- the reinforcing assembly 27 b includes middle connecting blocks 2771 respectively hinged on two opposite sides of the intermediate hinge 251 and end connecting blocks 2773 each hinged on one side of each middle connecting block 2771 away from the intermediate hinge 251 .
- Each middle connecting block 2771 of the reinforcing assembly 27 b is connected to a corresponding rotating hinge.
- Each end connecting block 2773 of the reinforcing assembly 27 b is connected to a corresponding moving hinge 256 .
- the reinforcing assembly 27 b includes two middle connecting blocks 2771 hinged on two opposite sides of the intermediate hinge 251 and one end connecting block 2773 hinged on one end of each middle connecting block 2771 away from the intermediate hinge 251 .
- Each middle connecting block 2771 is connected to the rear surface of the intermediate hinge 251 via a rotating shaft, and the rotating shaft is parallel to the bending shaft, the bending axis, the first shaft, or the second shaft of the bendable mechanism 25 .
- Each middle connecting block 2771 is fixedly connected to the corresponding rotating hinge 253 via screws.
- Each end connecting block 2773 is fixedly connected to the corresponding moving hinge 256 via screws.
- the above-mentioned reinforcing assembly 27 b is substantially identical with the positioning member 27 in structure, except that the positioning member 27 is additionally provided with the first limiting portion 2401 and the second limiting portion 2402 compared to the reinforcing assembly 27 b . Therefore, the positioning member 27 can be understood being used to set the first limiting portion 2401 and the second limiting portion 2402 on the reinforcing assembly 27 b .
- the end connecting block 273 of the positioning member 27 is additionally provided with the first limiting portion 2401 and the second limiting portion 2402 in comparison with the end connecting block 273 of the reinforcing assembly 27 b.
- the flexible positioning member 268 a in this implementation is disposed between the connecting member 260 and the linkage mechanism 28 .
- the elastic positioning member 268 a is used to be selectively clamped between the connecting member 260 and the linkage mechanism 28 to position the bendable mechanism 25 .
- the elastic positioning member 268 a includes the positioning head 2685 and an elastic member 2683 .
- the positioning head 2685 slidably abuts against the linkage mechanism 28 or the connecting member 260 .
- the elastic member 2683 elastically pushes the positioning head 2685 .
- the elastic member 2683 pushes the positioning head 2685 to be positioned at the linkage mechanism 28 or the connecting member 260 , so that the linkage mechanism 28 and the connecting member 260 are relatively positioned.
- the connecting cylinder 2865 of the linkage mechanism 28 defines the first positioning hole 2866 corresponding to the positioning head 2685 on the outer peripheral surface thereof.
- the elastic member 2683 elastically pushes the positioning head 2685 into the first positioning hole 2866 to position the bendable mechanism 25 to maintain in the unfolded state.
- the connecting member 260 defines a first positioning hole corresponding to the positioning head 2685 , the elastic member 2683 elastically pushes the positioning head 2685 into the first positioning hole to position the bendable mechanism 25 to maintain in the unfolded state.
- the linkage mechanism 28 defines the sliding groove 2867 corresponding to the positioning head 2685 , and the elastic member 2683 elastically pushes the positioning head 2685 into the sliding groove 2867 .
- the connecting member 260 defines the sliding groove 2867 corresponding to the positioning head 2685 , and the elastic member 2683 elastically pushes the positioning head 2685 into the sliding groove 2867 .
- the connecting member 260 defines a positioning groove 2640 thereon.
- the elastic member 2683 is accommodated in the positioning groove 2640 .
- the connecting member 260 defines the receiving hole 2646 in communication with the positioning groove 2640 on one side of the connecting member 260 facing the linkage mechanism 28 .
- the positioning head 2685 is a bead accommodated in the receiving hole 2646 .
- the elastic member 2683 is accommodated in the positioning groove 2640 and elastically pushes the bead, such that a part of the bead protrudes from the receiving hole 2646 to be positioned in the first positioning hole 2866 or the sliding groove 2867 of the linkage mechanism 28 .
- connecting block 2681 provided between the elastic member 2683 and the bead.
- the connecting block 2681 defines a recess on one side thereof facing the bead. A part of the bead is rotatably received in the recess.
- the connecting cylinder 2865 is rotatably sleeved in the matching groove 2611 of the connecting member 260 .
- the elastic positioning member 268 a rotates with the connecting member 260 relative to the connecting cylinder 2865 so that the bead is locked into the first positioning hole 2866 or the sliding groove 2867 .
- radius B of the connecting cylinder 2865 is less than radius A of the matching groove 2611 .
- the first shaft 281 is rotationally connected to the connecting member 260 through a positioning bracket 269 to prevent the compression spring 2921 and the elastic positioning member 268 a from being disengaged from the connecting member 260 .
Abstract
A foldable device is provided. The foldable device includes a foldable assembly, a connecting hinge disposed on a side of the foldable assembly, a drop limiting mechanism, and a positioning member. The connecting hinge is slidable relative to the foldable assembly. The positioning member is connected to the foldable assembly. The drop limiting mechanism includes a connecting member connected with the foldable assembly and a first connecting rod connecting the connecting hinge and the connecting member. The positioning member includes a first limiting portion. When unfolding the foldable device, the connecting member moves relative to the connecting hinge to drive the first connecting rod to move toward the first limiting portion relative to the connecting hinge, until the first connecting rod abuts against or is adjacent to the first limiting portion to prevent the connecting hinge from further moving toward the foldable assembly.
Description
- This disclosure claims priority to and the benefit of Chinese Patent Application Serial No. 202010595165.3, filed on Jun. 24, 2020, and International Patent application No. PCT/CN2020/081100, filed on Mar. 25, 2020, the disclosures of both of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties.
- The present disclosure relates to the field of support for flexible members, and particularly to a foldable device for supporting a flexible member and an electronic device provided with the foldable device.
- With the development of displayers, a bendable and ultra-thin electronic display screen (that is, a flexible member) has been developed. The flexible member is widely favored by consumers due to its advantages such as foldability and flexibility in comparison with a traditional display device. Existing plate-type support structures obviously cannot meet requirements of the flexible member, thus the industry has developed a support structure that can adapt to bendability of the flexible member. In order to compensate for the difference in length due to bending, the flexible member is normally connected to a hinge via a sliding member. However, when an end of the flexible member is impacted by an external force, the sliding member will drive the flexible member to slide relative to the hinge, thereby causing arching of the flexible member, which easily damages the flexible member.
- The present disclosure provides a foldable device with a flexible member which is not easily damaged, and an electronic device provided with the foldable device.
- A foldable device is provided. The foldable device includes a foldable assembly, a connecting hinge disposed on a side of the foldable assembly, a drop limiting mechanism, and a positioning member. The connecting hinge is slidable relative to the foldable assembly. The positioning member is connected to the foldable assembly. The drop limiting mechanism includes a connecting member connected with the foldable assembly and a first connecting rod connecting with the connecting hinge and the connecting member. The positioning member includes a first limiting portion. When unfolding the foldable device, the connecting member moves relative to the connecting hinge to drive the first connecting rod to move toward the first limiting portion relative to the connecting hinge, until the first connecting rod abuts against or is adjacent to the first limiting portion to prevent the connecting hinge from further moving relatively toward the foldable assembly.
- An electronic device is further provided. The electronic device includes a flexible member, a housing, and the foldable device. The housing includes a first frame and a second frame. The foldable device is disposed between the first frame and the second frame. The flexible member is disposed on the housing and the foldable device, the flexible member is bent or unfolded with the foldable device.
- The foldable device of the electronic device provided in the present disclosure includes the foldable assembly and the drop limiting mechanism. The drop limiting mechanism includes a connecting member connected with the foldable assembly and a first connecting rod connecting the connecting hinge and the connecting member. The positioning member includes the first limiting portion. When bending the foldable assembly, the first connecting rod moves toward the first limiting portion relative to the connecting hinge, until the first connecting rod abuts against or is adjacent to the first limiting portion to prevent the connecting hinge from further unfolding or bending. As such, the connecting hinges are prevented from retracting relative to one another when the electronic device is dropped, and damage to the flexible screen which is fixedly connected to the connecting hinges due to arching is avoided.
- To describe the technical solutions in the implementations of the present disclosure more clearly, the following briefly introduces the accompanying drawings required for describing the implementations. Apparently, the accompanying drawings in the following description illustrate some implementations of the present disclosure. Those of ordinary skill in the art may also obtain other drawings based on these accompanying drawings without creative efforts.
-
FIG. 1 is a schematic perspective view of an electronic device according to an implementation of the present disclosure. -
FIG. 2 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the electronic device which includes a flexible member, a housing, and a supporting sheet illustrated inFIG. 1 . -
FIG. 3 is an enlarged schematic view of a foldable device of the electronic device illustrated inFIG. 2 . -
FIG. 4 is a partial schematic perspective view of the foldable device illustrated inFIG. 3 from another perspective. -
FIG. 5 is a partial exploded schematic perspective view of the foldable device illustrated inFIG. 3 . -
FIG. 6 is another exploded schematic perspective view of the foldable device illustrated inFIG. 4 . -
FIG. 7 is an exploded schematic perspective view of a middle hinge assembly and two connecting assemblies illustrated inFIG. 5 . -
FIG. 8 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the middle hinge assembly and the two connecting assembles illustrated inFIG. 7 from another perspective. -
FIG. 9 is an exploded schematic perspective view of a first connecting hinge illustrated inFIG. 5 . -
FIG. 10 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the first connecting hinge illustrated inFIG. 9 from another perspective. -
FIG. 11 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the second connecting hinge illustrated inFIG. 5 . -
FIG. 12 is a schematic perspective view of the second connecting hinge illustrated inFIG. 11 from another perspective. -
FIG. 13 is an enlarged schematic perspective view of one of the two connecting assemblies illustrated inFIG. 7 . -
FIG. 14 is a schematic perspective view of the connecting assembly illustrated inFIG. 13 from another perspective. -
FIG. 15 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the connecting assembly illustrated inFIG. 13 . -
FIG. 16 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the connecting assembly illustrated inFIG. 15 . -
FIG. 17 is an enlarged schematic perspective view of one of positioning members illustrated inFIG. 16 . -
FIG. 18 is an enlarged perspective view of a shielding mechanism on the foldable device illustrated inFIG. 5 . -
FIG. 19 is a schematic perspective view of the shielding mechanism illustrated inFIG. 18 . -
FIG. 20 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the shielding mechanism illustrated inFIG. 19 . -
FIG. 21 is a schematic perspective view of structures at an end of the foldable device illustrated inFIG. 3 . -
FIG. 22 is a schematic structural view of front structures of the foldable device illustrated inFIG. 3 . -
FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXIII-XXIII ofFIG. 22 . -
FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXIV-XXIV ofFIG. 22 . -
FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXV-XXV ofFIG. 22 . -
FIG. 26 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXVI-XXVI ofFIG. 22 . -
FIG. 27 is a schematic perspective view of the electronic device illustrated inFIG. 1 in a folded state. -
FIG. 28 is a schematic perspective view of the foldable device of the electronic device in the folded state according to the present disclosure. -
FIG. 29 is a schematic side view of the foldable device illustrated inFIG. 28 . -
FIG. 30 is a schematic view of structures at an end of the foldable device inFIG. 28 . -
FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXXI-XXXI ofFIG. 29 . -
FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXXII-XXXII ofFIG. 29 . -
FIG. 33 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXXIII-XXXIII ofFIG. 29 . -
FIG. 34 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXXIV-XXXIV ofFIG. 29 . -
FIG. 35 is an exploded schematic perspective view of an electronic device which includes a flexible member, a housing, and a supporting sheet according to an implementation of the present disclosure. -
FIG. 36 is a partial exploded schematic perspective view of a foldable device of the electronic device illustrated inFIG. 35 . -
FIG. 37 is a further exploded schematic perspective view of the foldable device of the electronic device illustrated inFIG. 36 . -
FIG. 38 is a schematic perspective view of the foldable device illustrated inFIG. 37 from another perspective. -
FIG. 39 is an enlarged schematic perspective view of one of connecting assemblies of the foldable device illustrated inFIG. 37 . -
FIG. 40 is an enlarged schematic perspective view of another one of the connecting assembly of the foldable device illustrated inFIG. 37 . -
FIG. 41 is a cross-sectional view of the foldable device of the electronic device in a folded state according to an implementation of the present disclosure. -
FIG. 42 is a schematic perspective view of an electronic device according to an implementation of the present disclosure. -
FIG. 43 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the electronic device which includes a flexible member, a supporting member, and a housing illustrated inFIG. 42 . -
FIG. 44 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the electronic device which includes the flexible member, the supporting member, the foldable device, and the housing illustrated inFIG. 42 from another perspective. -
FIG. 45 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XLV-XLV ofFIG. 42 ; -
FIG. 46 is an enlarged view of structures in circle XLVI ofFIG. 45 . -
FIG. 47 is an enlarged schematic perspective view of the foldable device illustrated inFIG. 44 . -
FIG. 48 is a partially exploded schematic perspective view of the foldable device illustrated inFIG. 47 . -
FIG. 49 is a schematic perspective view ofFIG. 48 from another perspective. -
FIG. 50 is an exploded schematic perspective view of a shielding mechanism illustrated inFIG. 49 . -
FIG. 51 is a partially exploded schematic perspective view of the fixing member illustrated inFIG. 50 . -
FIG. 52 is a schematic perspective view of the shielding mechanism illustrated inFIG. 50 from another perspective. -
FIG. 53 is an enlarged schematic view of a covering member and an elastic member illustrated inFIG. 50 . -
FIG. 54 is a schematic perspective view of the shielding mechanism according to another implementation. -
FIG. 55 is an exploded perspective view of a bendable mechanism illustrated inFIG. 48 . -
FIG. 56 is an exploded schematic perspective view of a middle hinge assembly illustrated inFIG. 55 . -
FIG. 57 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the bendable mechanism illustrated inFIG. 49 . -
FIG. 58 is an exploded schematic perspective view of the middle hinge assembly illustrated inFIG. 57 ; -
FIG. 59 is an exploded schematic perspective view of a positioningmember 27 illustrated inFIG. 55 . -
FIG. 60 is schematic perspective view of the folding-assisting assembly illustratedFIG. 59 from another perspective. -
FIG. 61 is a cross-sectional view taken along line LXI-LXI ofFIG. 47 . -
FIG. 62 is a schematic perspective view of one of positioning members illustrated inFIG. 57 . -
FIG. 63 is a schematic perspective view of the positioning member illustrated inFIG. 62 from another perspective. -
FIG. 64 is a cross-sectional view taken along line LXIV-LXIV illustrated inFIG. 47 . -
FIG. 65 is an enlarged view of structures in circle LXV illustrated inFIG. 64 . - Technical solutions in the implementations of the present disclosure will be described clearly and completely hereinafter with reference to the accompanying drawings in the implementations of the present disclosure. Apparently, the described implementations are merely some rather than all implementations of the present disclosure. All other implementations obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art based on the implementations of the present disclosure without creative efforts shall fall within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
- In addition, the implementations is described hereinafter with reference to the accompanying drawings to illustrate specific implementations that can be implemented in the present disclosure. Directional terms such as “up”, “down”, “front”, “rear”, “left”, “right”, “in”, “out”, “side”, and the like referred to herein are only for reference to directions illustrated in accompanying drawings. Thus, the directional terms adopted are for describing and understanding the present disclosure better and more clearly, rather than explicitly or implicitly indicate that apparatuses or components referred to herein must have a certain direction or be configured or operated in a certain direction and therefore cannot be understood as limitation on the present disclosure.
- It is noted that, in the description of the present disclosure, terms such as “installing”, “coupling”, “connecting”, “disposing” should be understood in broader sense. For example, coupling may be a fixed coupling, a removable coupling, or an integrated coupling, may be a mechanical coupling, and may be a direct coupling, an indirect coupling through a medium, or a communication coupling between two components, unless stated otherwise. For those of ordinary skill in the art, the above terms in the present disclosure can be understood according to specific situations.
- Referring to
FIGS. 1 to 6 , anelectronic device 100 in an implementation of the present disclosure includes ahousing 20 and aflexible member 30 disposed on thehousing 20. Theflexible member 30 can be a flexible component with corresponding functions such as a flexible display, a flexible touch screen, and a flexible touch display. Alternatively, theflexible member 30 can be a flexible component to which a flexible support plate is fixedly attached, such as a flexible display screen or a flexible touch screen to which a flexible steel plate is attached. Thehousing 20 includes afirst frame 21, asecond frame 23, and afoldable device 22 connected between thefirst frame 21 and thesecond frame 23. A supportingmember 50 is attached to a front surface of thefoldable device 22. In this implementation, the supportingmember 50 is a bendable supporting sheet. Theflexible member 30 is disposed on thefirst frame 21, thesecond frame 23, and thefoldable device 22 which is disposed on the front surface of thefoldable device 22. Theflexible member 30 has abendable region 31 corresponding to thefoldable device 22 and twonon-bendable regions 33 connected to two opposite sides of thebendable region 31. The twonon-bendable regions 33 of theflexible member 30 can be fixed on thefirst frame 21 and thesecond frame 23 respectively. Thefoldable device 22 is used to support thebendable region 31 of theflexible member 30. Theflexible member 30 is operable to be bent or unfolded with thefoldable device 22. Thefoldable device 22 includes abendable mechanism 25, two connectingassemblies 24, and ashielding mechanism 29. The two connectingassemblies 24 are disposed at two opposite ends of thebendable mechanism 25. In implementations of the present disclosure, thebendable mechanism 25 is a hinge. In an implementation, thebendable mechanism 25 can also be other mechanisms that can meet requirements of bending, such as a flexible belt, a spring, soft rubber, a flexible steel plate, a rubber sheet, and so on. Thebendable mechanism 25 includes amiddle hinge assembly 250 and a connecting hinge disposed on two opposite sides of themiddle hinge assembly 250. Two opposite sides of the supportingmember 50 are respectively fixedly connected to the connecting hinge which is disposed on the two opposite sides of thebendable mechanism 25. Each connectingassembly 24 includes adrop limiting mechanism 26, a positioningmember 27, and alinkage mechanism 28. Thedrop limiting mechanism 26 includes a connectingmember 260 connecting themiddle hinge assembly 250 and the connecting hinge and a first connectingrod 263 connected between the connecting hinge and the connectingmember 260. In this implementation, the positioningmember 27 includes a chain assembly. The connectingmember 260 is connected between themiddle hinge assembly 250 and the connecting hinge. The connectingmember 260 can be bent and unfolded, along with thebendable mechanism 25, to slide relative to the connecting hinge. The connectingassembly 24 includes a first limitingportion 2401. In an implementation, the first limitingportion 2401 is disposed on the positioningmember 27. When bending or unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, the first connectingrod 263 moves relative to the connectingmember 260 and themiddle hinge assembly 250. When unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, the first connectingrod 263 moves toward the first limitingportion 2401 relative to the connecting hinge, until the first connectingrod 263 abuts against or is adjacent to the first limitingportion 2401 to prevent or restrict a movement of the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, the first connectingrod 263 abuts against or is adjacent to the first limitingportion 2401, so as to prevent or restrict thebendable mechanism 25 from bending in a reverse direction. - In an implementation, the
bendable mechanism 25 can be bent until the first connectingrod 263 abuts against or is adjacent to the first limitingportion 2401, so as to avoid an excessive bending of thebendable mechanism 25. - In an implementation, the
middle hinge assembly 250 of thebendable mechanism 25 and thelinkage mechanism 28 of the connectingassembly 24 cooperate to form a foldable assembly. In an implementation, thefoldable device 22 includes the foldable assembly, the connecting hinge, thedrop limiting mechanism 26, and the positioningmember 27. The first limitingportion 2401 is connected to the foldable assembly. The connectingmember 260 is also connected to the foldable assembly. In an implementation, the connecting hinge is located on a side of the foldable assembly and can slide relative to the foldable assembly. In addition to themiddle hinge assembly 250 and thelinkage mechanism 28, the foldable assembly may also include other corresponding matching elements, such as a second shaft, screws, and so on. In an implementation, the first limitingportion 2401 can rotate around the same axis as the connectingmember 260. Alternatively, the first limitingportion 2401 can rotate around an axis which is staggered with an axis around which the connectingmember 260 rotates. In an implementation, when unfolding thefoldable device 22, the connectingmember 260 slides relative to the corresponding connecting hinge. In an implementation, when unfolding thefoldable device 22, the first connectingrod 263 moves toward the first limitingportion 2401 relative to the connecting hinge, until the first connectingrod 263 abuts against or is adjacent to the first limitingportion 2401 to prevent the connecting hinge from further moving toward the foldable assembly. In an implementation, when unfolding thefoldable device 22, the connectingmember 260 slides relative to the connecting hinge to drive the first connectingrod 263 to move relative to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when bending thefoldable device 22, the connectingmember 260 slides relative to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, thefoldable device 22 further includes a second limitingportion 2402. When bending thefoldable device 22, the first connectingrod 263 moves relative to the connecting hinge toward the second limitingportion 2402, until the first connectingrod 263 abuts against or is adjacent to the second limitingportion 2402 to prevent the connecting hinge from further moving toward the foldable assembly. - In an implementation, each of two opposite sides of the
middle hinge assembly 250 is provided with one connecting hinge. There is one connectingmember 260 provided between each connecting hinge and thefoldable assembly 250. There is one first connectingrod 263 provided between each connecting member and the corresponding connecting hinge. When unfolding thefoldable device 25, each first connectingrod 263 moves until it abuts against or is adjacent to a corresponding first limiting portion. When folding thefoldable device 25, each first connectingrod 263 moves until it abuts against or is adjacent to a corresponding second limiting portion. In an implementation, when bending the foldable device, the connectingmember 260 slides relative to the connecting hinge to drive the first connectingrod 263 to move relative to the connecting hinge. - The
shielding mechanism 29 is disposed on an inner side of thebendable mechanism 25. Theshielding mechanism 29 is connected between themiddle hinge assembly 250 and one of the connecting hinge or the connectingmember 260. When bending thebendable mechanism 25, the connecting hinge can drive theshielding mechanism 29 to slide relative to thebendable mechanism 25. Theshielding mechanism 29 always covers the inner side of thebendable mechanism 25. In an implementation, when bending thebendable mechanism 25, theshielding mechanism 29 rotates about a rotation axis relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250. - In this implementation, the connecting hinge includes a first connecting
hinge 255 movably disposed on one side of themiddle hinge assembly 250 and a second connectinghinge 258 movably disposed on the other side of themiddle hinge assembly 250. Each connectingassembly 24 is connected with themiddle hinge assembly 250, the first connectinghinge 255, and the second connectinghinge 258. The connectingassembly 24 also includes the second limitingportion 2402. The first connectingrod 263 moves relative to the connectingmember 260 and the connecting hinge when bending thebendable mechanism 25. When bending thebendable mechanism 25, the first connectingrod 263 moves toward the second limitingportion 2402 relative to the connecting hinge until the first connectingrod 263 abuts against or is adjacent to the second limitingportion 2402 to limit the movement of the connecting hinge. In an implementation, the positioningmember 27 is connected to the foldable assembly. The first limitingportion 2401 is provided on the positioningmember 27. In an implementation, the positioningmember 27 is also provided with a second limitingportion 2402. When bending thebendable mechanism 25, the first connectingrod 263 is moved, until the first connectingrod 263 abuts against or is adjacent to the second limitingportion 2402 to restricting the movement of the connecting hinge toward themiddle hinge assembly 25, and the first connectingrod 263 is separated from the first limitingportion 2401. When unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, the first connectingrod 263 is moved, until the first connectingrod 263 abuts against or is adjacent to the first limitingportion 2401 to restrict the movement of the connecting hinge toward themiddle hinge assembly 25, and the first connectingrod 263 is separated from the second limitingportion 2402. In an implementation, the first limitingportion 2401 is inclined relative to a bending axis of thebendable mechanism 25, and the second limitingportion 2402 is parallel to the bending axis of thebendable mechanism 25. In an implementation, the first limitingportion 2401 is inclined relative to the second limitingportion 2402. In an implementation, the first limitingportion 2401 is adjacent to or connected to the second limitingportion 2402. In an implementation, the first connectingrod 263 has one end rotatably connected to the connectingmember 260 and the other end slidably and rotatably connected to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, the first connectingrod 263 has one end slidably and rotatably connected to the connectingmember 260 and the other end rotatably connected to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, the first connectingrod 263 includes two connecting pieces rotatably connected with one another, one of the two connecting pieces has one end rotatably connected to the connectingmember 260 and the other end rotatably connected to one end of the other of the two connecting pieces, and the other end of the other of the two connecting pieces is rotatably connected to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when bending thebendable mechanism 25, the connectingmember 260 slides outward relative to the connecting hinge, and an end of the first connectingrod 263 connected to the connectingmember 260 slides outward relative to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when bending thebendable mechanism 25, the other end of the first connectingrod 263 connected to the connecting hinge slides inward relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250 and also slides relative to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when bending thebendable mechanism 25, the first connectingrod 263 rotates. In an implementation, when bending thebendable mechanism 25, the positioningmember 27 slides outward relative to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when bending thefoldable assembly 25, a sliding distance of the positioningmember 27 relative to the connecting hinge is less than a sliding distance of the connectingmember 260 relative to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when bending thebendable mechanism 25, the positioningmember 27 is rotatable on an axis which is different from an axis on which the connectingmember 260 is configured to rotate. In an implementation, the axis of the positioningmember 27 is not coplanar with the axis of the connectingmember 260. In an implementation, the axis of the positioningmember 27 is closer to theflexible member 30 than the axis of the connectingmember 260. In an implementation, when thebendable mechanism 25 is bent to be a bent state, a side surface of the first connectingrod 263 is abutted against or is adjacent to the second limitingportion 2402. In an implementation, when unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, the connectingmember 260 slides inward relative to the connecting hinge, and the end of the first connectingrod 263 connected to the connectingmember 260 slides inward relative to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, the other end of the first connectingrod 263 connected to the connecting hinge slides outward relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250 and at the same time also slides relative to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, the first connectingrod 263 rotates in a reverse direction. In an implementation, when unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, the positioningmember 27 slides outward relative to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, a sliding distance of the positioningmember 27 relative to the connecting hinge is less than a sliding distance of the connectingmember 260 slides relative to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when thebendable mechanism 25 is unfolded at a predetermined angle to an unfolded state, the side surface of the first connectingrod 263 is abutted against or is adjacent to the first limitingportion 2401. In an implementation, the unfolded state and the bent state are relative terms, and thebendable mechanism 25 has a greater deployment angle in the unfolded state than the bent state. In an implementation, the unfolded state may include a flatten state, and the bent state may include a folded state. In an implementation, the second limitingportion 2402 may also be a positioning block formed on the connecting hinge, and the positioning block is disposed opposite to an end of the connectingmember 260. When unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, the end of the connectingmember 260 is gradually moved toward the positioning block until it abuts against or is adjacent to the positioning block to prevent the connecting hinge from further moving toward themiddle hinge assembly 250, thereby providing a movement limiting effect when theelectronic device 100 is dropped. In an implementation, the first limitingportion 2401 may also be a positioning block formed on the connectingmember 260, and the positioning block is disposed opposite to the side surface of the first connectingrod 263. When bending thebendable mechanism 25, the side surface of the first connectingrod 263 is gradually moved toward the positioning block until it abuts against or is adjacent to the positioning block to prevent the connecting hinge from further moving toward themiddle hinge assembly 250, thereby providing a movement limiting effect when theelectronic device 100 is dropped. - Terms such as “adjacent to” or “close to” in implementations of the present disclosure mean that a distance between a connecting rod (for example, the first connecting rod 263) and a limiting portion (for example, the first limiting
portion 2401 or the second limiting portion 2402) is less than a preset length. In this way, when theelectronic device 100 is dropped with a side surface hitting the ground or the side surface is impacted, even leading to a decreasing in a gap between the connecting rod and the limiting portion, it will not cause a significant arching of theflexible member 30 or the supportingmember 50, a risk such as damaging theflexible member 30, detachment of theflexible member 30 from the supportingmember 50, and detachment of the supportingmember 50 from thefoldable device 22 can be avoided (in certain cases, a slight arching may be acceptable). In an implementation, the preset length may be any value greater than zero and less than or equal to 1 cm, such as, 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . . 10 mm, and so on. In an implementation, the preset length can be any value greater than zero and less than or equal to 0.8 cm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . . 8 mm, and so on. In an implementation, the preset length can be any value greater than zero and less than or equal to 0.6 cm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . . 6 mm, and so on. In an implementation, the preset length can be any value greater than zero and less than or equal to 0.5 cm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . . 5 mm, and so on. In an implementation, the preset length can also be any value greater than zero and less than 3 mm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . . 3 mm, and so on. In an implementation, the preset length can also be any value greater than zero and less than 1 mm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . . 1 mm, and so on. In an implementation, the preset length can also be any value greater than zero and less than 0.8 mm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . . 0.8 mm, and so on. In an implementation, the preset length can also be any value greater than zero and less than 0.6 mm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . . 0.6 mm, and so on. In an implementation, the preset length can also be any value greater than zero and less than 0.5 mm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . . 0.5 mm, and so on. In an implementation, the preset length can also be any value greater than zero and less than 0.3 mm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . . 0.3 mm, and so on. In an implementation, the preset length can also be any value greater than zero and less than 0.2 mm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, 0.11 mm, 0.12 mm . . . 0.2 mm, and so on. In an implementation, the preset length can also be any value greater than zero and less than 0.1 mm, such as 0.01 mm, 0.02 mm, 0.03 mm, 0.04 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.06 mm, 0.07 mm, 0.08 mm, 0.09 mm, 0.1 mm, and so on. - It is noted that, in implementations of the present disclosure, limiting/restricting the movement of the connecting hinge toward the
middle hinge assembly 250 or the foldable assembly refers to limiting/restricting a movement stroke of the connecting hinge toward themiddle hinge assembly 250 or thefoldable assembly 24. The movement stroke depends on a distance between the first connectingrod 263 and the first limitingportion 2401/the second limitingportion 2402, or depends on a distance between the second connectingrod 267 and the third limitingportion 25553/the fourth limit portion 25554. When the first connectingrod 263 is abutted against the first limitingportion 2401 or the second limitingportion 2402, or when the second connectingrod 267 is abutted against the third limitingportion 25553 or the fourth limiting portion 25554, the movement stroke is equal to zero. When the first connectingrod 263 is adjacent to the first limitingportion 2401 or the second limitingportion 2402, or when the second connectingrod 267 is adjacent to the third limitingportion 25553 or the fourth limiting portion 25554, the movement stroke depends on a range of the aforementioned value which is defined by the terms such as “adjacent to” or “close to” (for example, the preset length). In other words, limiting/restricting the movement of the connecting hinge toward themiddle hinge assembly 250 or the foldable assembly does not mean completely stopping the movement of connecting hinge toward themiddle hinge assembly 250 or the foldable assembly (that is, the movement stroke equals zero), but the movement stroke within the range of the aforementioned value, which is defined by the terms such as “adjacent to” or “close to”, also falls within the definition of limiting/restricting the movement of the connecting hinge toward themiddle hinge assembly 250 or the foldable assembly. - In implementations, the front surface refers to a surface which faces the same direction as a light emitting surface of the flexible screen, and a rear surface refers to a surface which faces an opposite direction to the light emitting surface of the flexible screen. The
electronic device 100 is, for example, but not limited to, a product or an element with display functions such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a display, a liquid crystal panel, an OLED panel, a television, a smart watch, a VR head-mounted displays, a car display, and the like. Term “connect” described in implementations of the present disclosure may refer to direct connect or indirect connect. For example, when A is connected with B, it may refer to that A is directly connected with B or is indirectly connected with B via a third element C or more other elements. The terms “connect” may also refer to integrally connect or non-integrally connect. Term “integrally connect” refers to that A and B are integrally formed and connected, while term “non-integrally connect” refers to that A and B are non-integrally formed and connected. It is noted that, unless specified by modifiers, prefixes, or suffixes, etc., the term “connect” in implementations of the present disclosure can be understood to include but not limited to fixedly connect, rotationally connect, slidably connect, pivotedly connect, threadingly connects, movably connect, connect with interference, frictionally connect, elastically connect, rigidly connect, and connect via an adhesive, etc. It is noted that term “fix” in implementations of the present disclosure may refer to, but not limited to, directly fix two elements, and may also refer to indirectly fix via a third-party element or more elements. It is noted that, terms for defining various specific connection relationships such as “rotationally connect”, “slidably connect”, “elastically connect”, “rigidly connect”, “fixedly connect”, “movably connect”, “pivotedly connect”, and “threadingly connects” are not limited to directly connect two elements, but may also refer to indirectly connect two elements via a third-party element or more other elements, unless otherwise clearly specified that the two elements are directly connected. - The
foldable device 22 of theelectronic device 100 herein includes thebendable mechanism 25 and thedrop limiting mechanism 26. Thedrop limiting mechanism 26 includes the connectingmember 260 connected with themiddle hinge assembly 250 and the connecting hinge and the first connectingrod 263 connected between the connecting hinge and the connectingmember 260. When bending thebendable mechanism 25, it can drive the connectingmember 260 to move relative to the connecting hinge. When unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, the first connectingrod 263 is moved relative to the connecting hinge toward the first limitingportion 2401 until it abuts against or is adjacent to the first limitingportion 2401. When bending thebendable mechanism 25, the first connectingrod 263 is moved relative to the connecting hinge toward the second limitingportion 2402 until it abuts against or is adjacent to the second limitingportion 2402. In this way, the connecting hinge can be prevented from collapsing on thebendable mechanism 25 when theelectronic device 100 is dropped, so as to prevent the supportingmember 50 fixedly connected to the connecting hinge from arching and damaging theflexible member 30. In addition, thedrop limiting mechanism 26 in this implementation is integrated into the outermost hinge (that is, the connecting hinge) of thebendable mechanism 25, and internal structures of the connecting hinge serve as limiting movement of the connecting hinge without additional components when theelectronic device 100 is dropped, the space occupied by thebendable mechanism 25 can be saved, and the arrangement of other components of theelectronic device 100 can be facilitated. - In this implementation, the first connecting
rod 263 has one end movably connected to the connectingmember 260 and the other end movably connected to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, one end of the first connectingrod 263 of each connectingassembly 24 close to the first connectinghinge 255 is movably connected to a corresponding connectingmember 260, and the other end of the first connectingrod 263 is movably connected to the first connectinghinge 255. The first connectinghinge 255 rotates relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250 to allow the corresponding connectingmember 260 to move relative to the first connectinghinge 255, such that the first connectingrod 263 is moved until it abuts against or is adjacent to a corresponding first limitingportion 2401 or a corresponding second limitingportion 2402 of the first connectingrod 263. One end of the first connectingrod 263 of each connectingassembly 24 close to the second connectinghinge 258 is movably connected to a corresponding connectingmember 260, and the other end of the first connectingrod 263 is movably connected to the second connectinghinge 258. The second connectinghinge 258 rotates relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250 to allow the corresponding connectingmember 260 to move relative to the second connectinghinge 258, such that the first connectingrod 263 is moved until it abuts against or is adjacent to a corresponding first limitingportion 2401 or a corresponding second limitingportion 2402 of the first connectingrod 263. - The
linkage mechanism 28 is connected between thedrop limiting mechanism 26 and themiddle hinge assembly 250. That is, thelinkage mechanism 28 is connected between the twodrop limiting mechanisms 26. When one connecting hinge rotates, it drives one connectingmember 260 on the same side with the one connecting hinge to rotate, and through thelinkage mechanism 28, the other connectingmember 260 on the other side is driven to rotate, and the other connectingmember 260 then drives the other connecting hinge to rotate. In an implementation, when the first connectinghinge 255 rotates, it drives the connectingmember 260 connected therewith to rotate, the connectingmember 260 connected with the first connectinghinge 255 drives the other connectingmember 260 opposite thereto to rotate through thelinkage mechanism 28, and the other connectingmember 260 then drives the second connectinghinge 258 to rotate. When the second connectinghinge 258 rotates, it drives the connectingmember 260 connected with the second connectinghinge 258 to rotate, the connectingmember 260 connected with the second connectinghinge 258 drives the other connectingmember 260 opposite thereto to rotate through thelinkage mechanism 28, and the other connectingmember 260 drives the first connectinghinge 255 to rotate. In this way, the linkage of components of thebendable mechanism 25 is realized. - In an implementation, the movement of the connecting hinge relative to the
middle hinge assembly 250 includes rotating movement relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250 and sliding movement relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250. That is, the connecting hinge rotates relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250 while sliding relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250. Thus, the first connectinghinge 255 rotates relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250 while sliding relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250. The second connectinghinge 258 rotates relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250 while sliding relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250. In an implementation, when bending thebendable mechanism 25, the connecting hinge slides toward themiddle hinge assembly 250. In an implementation, when unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, the connecting hinge slides away from themiddle hinge assembly 250 relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250. - Each connecting
member 260 is connected between themiddle hinge assembly 250 and the corresponding connecting hinge and can slide relative to the connecting hinge when bending thebendable mechanism 25. Theshielding mechanism 29 is disposed on the inner side of thebendable mechanism 25. Theshielding mechanism 29 is connected between themiddle hinge assembly 250 and the connecting hinge. Alternatively, theshielding mechanism 29 is connected between themiddle hinge assembly 250 and the connectingmember 260. When bending thebendable mechanism 25, theshielding mechanism 29 can slide relative to thebendable mechanism 25. The connectingmember 260 connects themiddle hinge assembly 250 with the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258. - As illustrated in
FIG. 7 andFIG. 8 , themiddle hinge assembly 250 includes anintermediate hinge 251 and tworotating hinges 253 disposed on two opposite sides of theintermediate hinge 251. Theintermediate hinge 251 is strip-shaped. Theintermediate hinge 251 includes a front surface with a circular arc-shaped cross section and arear surface 2510 opposite to the front surface. Theintermediate hinge 251 defines two fixinggrooves 2511 on two opposite ends therear surface 2510 of theintermediate hinge 251. Theintermediate hinge 251 also defines a connectinggroove 2515 close to the middle of theintermediate hinge 251 on therear surface 2510. Theintermediate hinge 251 defines twoavoidance holes 2512 spaced apart from one another and afixing hole 2513 between the twoavoidance holes 2512 on a bottom surface of each fixinggroove 2511. Theintermediate hinge 251 is provided with arotating space 2516 on two opposite inner sides of the connectinggroove 2515. Theintermediate hinge 251 also defines acutout 2517 on each of two opposite sidewalls of theintermediate hinge 251. Thecutout 2517 is in communication with therotating space 2516. Theintermediate hinge 251 defines afixing hole 2518 on a bottom surface of the connectinggroove 2515. Theintermediate hinge 251 defines two connectingholes 2519 spaced apart from one another on two opposite ends of theintermediate hinge 251. The connectingholes 2519 are used to respectively connect the corresponding connectingassemblies 24. - The
rotating hinge 253 is strip-shaped. Therotating hinge 253 includes a front surface with a circular arc-shaped cross section and a rear surface opposite to the front surface. Themiddle hinge assembly 250 is provided with a reinforcing assembly. The reinforcing assembly is fixedly connected to therotating hinge 253 and rotatably connected to theintermediate hinge 251 and a movinghinge 256. The reinforcing assembly includes a connectingportion 2530 protruding from the middle of the rear surface of therotating hinge 253. The connectingportion 2530 includes a connectingshaft 2531 disposed on a side of the connectingportion 2530 close to theintermediate hinge 251 and ahinge portion 2533 connected to the connectingshaft 2531. The connectingshaft 2531 extends along a length direction parallel to therotating hinge 253. Thehinge portion 2533 defines ahinge hole 2534 along an axial direction parallel to the connectingshaft 2531. Thehinge hole 2534 and the connectingshaft 2531 are respectively located at two opposite ends of thehinge portion 2533. Therotating hinge 253 is provided with a connectingend piece 2535 in a substantial waist-shape on two opposite ends of therotating hinge 253. The connectingend piece 2535 defines a throughhole 2536 at each of two opposite ends of the connectingend piece 2535. Therotating hinge 253 is provided with a connectingpost 2537, between each connectingend piece 2535 and the connectingportion 2530, on the rear surface of therotating hinge 253. - The reinforcing assembly further includes a
positioning plate 2504 and a lockingmember 2508 disposed on themiddle hinge assembly 250. Thepositioning plate 2504 is substantially rectangular. Thepositioning plate 2504 defines a throughhole 2505 on the middle of thepositioning plate 2504. Thepositioning plate 2504 defines acutout 2506 at each of two opposite ends of thepositioning plate 2504. - When assembling the
middle hinge assembly 250, the connectingshafts 2531 of tworotating hinges 253 are respectively accommodated in the tworotating spaces 2516 of theintermediate hinge 251, and the twohinge portions 2533 are respectively accommodated in the twocutouts 2517 of theintermediate hinge 251. Thepositioning plate 2504 is placed in the connectinggroove 2515 of theintermediate hinge 251, such that the throughhole 2505 of thepositioning plate 2504 faces thefixing hole 2518 of theintermediate hinge 251, and the twocutouts 2506 respectively face thehinge portions 2533 of the tworotating hinges 253. The lockingmember 2508 is then inserted through the throughhole 2505 to be locked to thefixing hole 2518, such that the tworotating hinges 253 are rotatably connected to theintermediate hinge 251. Therotating hinge 253 and theintermediate hinge 251 are connected through the reinforcing assembly, such that the connection between therotating hinge 253 and theintermediate hinge 251 is stabilized. - As illustrated in
FIG. 9 andFIG. 10 , the first connectinghinge 255 includes afirst plate body 2551 which is strip-shaped and twosecond plate bodies 2553 disposed at two opposite ends of thefirst plate body 2551. There are two slidingmembers 259 connected to the first connectinghinge 255. Each slidingmember 259 is disposed on a side of the first connectinghinge 255 away from themiddle hinge assembly 250. Themiddle hinge assembly 250 further includes two movinghinges 256 that are slidably connected to the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258, respectively. The movinghinge 256 is slidably connected to a side of the first connectinghinge 255 away from the two slidingmembers 259. Thefirst plate body 2551 is provided with a connectingblock 2552 on each of two opposite ends of thefirst plate body 2551. Each connectingblock 2552 defines a fixing hole thereon and is provided with a bump. Each of the twosecond plate bodies 2553 defines apositioning groove 2554 corresponding to the connectingblock 2552 at one end thereof close to thefirst plate body 2551. Thepositioning groove 2554 defines a connecting hole corresponding to the fixing hole of the connectingblock 2552 and a positioning hole corresponding to the bump of the connectingblock 2552 on an inner surface of thepositioning groove 2554. When the connectingblock 2552 is accommodated in thecorresponding positioning groove 2554, the fixing hole of the connectingblock 2552 faces the connecting hole of thepositioning groove 2554, and the bump of the connectingblock 2552 is inserted into the positioning hole of thepositioning groove 2554, such that thefirst plate body 2551 is fixedly connected with the twosecond plate bodies 2553. Eachsecond plate body 2553 is provided with alug 2555, which extends vertically outward from a side of thesecond plate body 2553, at one end thereof away from thefirst plate body 2551, away from themiddle hinge assembly 250. Eachsecond plate body 2553 is provided with a slidingpiece 2556, which is disposed close to a rear surface of thesecond plate body 2553, at one end thereof facing thefirst plate body 2551. The slidingpiece 2556 extends in a direction parallel to thelug 2555. - Each
lug 2555 defines afirst guide groove 2557, extending from an extending direction of thelug 2555, at a rear surface of thelug 2555. Thefirst guide groove 2557 extends through thesecond plate body 2553 and thelug 2555. Eachsecond plate body 2553 defines asecond guide groove 2558, which is close to thelug 2555 and parallel to thefirst guide groove 2557, at a surface of thesecond plate body 2553 facing themiddle hinge assembly 250. Thesecond guide groove 2558 penetrates thesecond plate body 2553. Eachsecond plate body 2553 defines two avoidance groove spaced apart from one another on a front surface of thesecond plate body 2553. Each avoidance groove defines apositioning hole 2559 on a bottom surface of the avoidance groove. Apositioning block 25590 is inserted into thepositioning hole 2559. Thepositioning hole 2559 is used to fixedly connect a rear surface of the supportingmember 50 with thesecond plate body 2553. - In an implementation, the
lug 2555 defines a throughhole 25551, which is in communication with thefirst guide groove 2557, on a front surface of thelug 2555. Thelug 2555 is provided with astop bar 25552 at one end of the throughhole 25551 away from thesecond plate body 2553. Thebendable mechanism 25 includes the third limitingportion 25553 and the fourth limiting portion 25554 disposed on the first connectinghinge 255. Both the third limitingportion 25553 and the fourth limiting portion 25554 are formed on an inner wall of the throughhole 25551. In an implementation, the third limitingportion 25553 is formed at one end of the inner wall of the throughhole 25551 close to thesecond plate body 2553. Thedrop limiting mechanism 26 also includes the second connectingrod 267 connected between the connectingmember 260 and the sliding member 259 (as illustrated inFIG. 3 ). The second connectingrod 267 is substantially sheet-shaped and has one end rotatably connected to the connectingmember 260 and the other end slidably and rotatably connected to the slidingmember 259. In an implementation, the second connectingrod 267 may have one end slidably and rotatably connected to the connectingmember 260 and the other end rotatably connected to the slidingmember 259. In an implementation, the second connectingrod 267 may be composed of two connecting pieces rotatably connected with one another. One of the two connecting pieces has one end rotatably connected to the connectingmember 260 and the other end rotatably connected to one end of the other one of two connecting pieces, and the other end of the other one of the two connecting pieces rotatably connected to the slidingmember 259. The second connectingrod 267 is located between thestop bar 25552 and the third limitingportion 25553. When unfolding, thebendable mechanism 25 can drive the second connectingrod 26 to move relative to the slidingmember 259. When unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, the second connectingrod 267 moves toward the third limitingportion 25553 relative to the slidingmember 259, until the second connectingrod 267 abuts against or is adjacent to the third limitingportion 25553 to prevent the slidingmember 259 from further moving relative to thebendable mechanism 25. In this implementation, the third limitingportion 25553 is an inclined limiting surface disposed on thelug 2555, and the fourth limiting portion 25554 is disposed on thelug 2555. As an example, the fourth limiting portion 25554 is adjacent to the third limitingportion 25553. The fourth limiting portion 25554 is parallel to the bending axis of thebendable mechanism 250. The third limitingportion 25553 is inclined relative to the bending axis of thebendable mechanism 250. The third limitingportion 25553 has a limiting surface which is inclined with respect to a limiting surface of the fourth limiting portion 25554. In an implementation, the third limitingportion 25553 is a side surface of an extending piece extending from thesecond plate body 2553 to the throughhole 25551. The throughhole 25551 serves as a receiving groove at one side of the third limitingportion 25553. The limiting surface of the third limitingportion 25553 is disposed at one end of the extending piece away from thesecond plate body 2553. The limiting surface of the fourth limiting portion 25554 is connected with the limiting surface of the third limitingportion 25553 and is parallel to a length direction of thesecond plate body 2553. The second connectingrod 267 moves relative to the connectingmember 260 and the slidingmember 259 when bending thebendable mechanism 25. When bending thebendable mechanism 25, the second connectingrod 267 moves relative to the slidingmember 259 toward the fourth limiting portion 25554 until it abuts against or is adjacent to the fourth limiting portion 25554. In an implementation, when bending thebendable mechanism 25, the connectingmember 260 slides outward relative to the first connectinghinge 255, and the slidingmember 259 slides inward relative to the first connectinghinge 255. In an implementation, the sliding distance of the connectingmember 260 relative to the first connectinghinge 255, as well as the sliding distance of the slidingmember 259 relative to the first connectinghinge 255, is related to a bending angle of thebendable mechanism 25. In an implementation, the sliding distance of the connectingmember 260 relative to the first connectinghinge 255, as well as the sliding distance of the slidingmember 259 relative to the first connectinghinge 255, is proportional to the bending angle of thebendable mechanism 25. In an implementation, when bending thebendable mechanism 25, the sliding distance of the slidingmember 259 relative to the first connectinghinge 255 is less than the sliding distance of the connectingmember 260 relative to the first connectinghinge 255. In an implementation, when sliding relative to the first connectinghinge 255, the connectingmember 260 drives one end of the second connectingrod 267 close to the connectingmember 260 to rotate in such a way that the second connectingrod 267 moves gradually away from the third limitingportion 25553. At the same time, the other end of the second connectingrod 267 away from the connectingmember 260 slides and rotates relative to the first connectinghinge 255 to gradually approach the fourth limiting portion 25554. When thebendable mechanism 25 is in the folded state, the other end of the second connectingrod 267 abuts against or is adjacent to the fourth limiting portion 25554. Similarly, when unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, the other end of the second connectingrod 267 slides and rotates relative to the first connectinghinge 255 and gradually moves away from the fourth limiting portion 25554, one end of the second connectingrod 267 close to the connectingmember 260 rotates relative to the connectingmember 260 and gradually approaches the third limitingportion 25553. When thebendable mechanism 25 is in the unfolded state, one end of the second connectingrod 267 close to the connectingmember 260 abuts against or is adjacent to the third limitingportion 25553. - In other implementations, the fourth limiting portion 25554 may also disposed on the sliding
member 259. That is, the slidingmember 259 is provided with a protrusion, and a surface of the protrusion opposite to a distal end of the connectingmember 260 serves as the fourth limiting portion 25554. When thebendable mechanism 25 is in the folded state, a distal end of the second connectingrod 267 is in contact with or adjacent to the fourth limiting portion 25554. - The sliding
member 259 is connected with the connecting hinge via anelastic member 25531. When bending thebendable mechanism 250, the slidingmember 259 slides relative to the connecting hinge in such a way that theelastic member 25531 is compressed. The slidingmember 259 can be fixed to thefirst frame 21 or thesecond frame 23. In an implementation, thesecond plate body 2553 is provided with twoelastic members 25531, which are respectively located at two sides of thelug 2555, on a side surface of thesecond plate body 2553 facing the slidingmember 259. That is, theelastic member 25531 is disposed between the slidingmember 259 and thesecond plate body 2553 so that theelastic member 25531 can elastically drive the slidingmember 259. There is anelastic member 25535 disposed between the connecting hinge and themiddle hinge assembly 250. Theelastic member 25535 is used to drive the connecting hinge to move away from themiddle hinge assembly 250. For this point, theelastic member 25535 is disposed and elastically compressed between the first connectinghinge 255 and themiddle hinge assembly 250. Theelastic member 25535 includes a compression spring and a rod connected to one end of the compression spring. In an implementation, thesecond plate body 2553 defines at least one receivinggroove 25532, which is between thefirst guide groove 2557 and thesecond guide groove 2558, on a side surface of thesecond plate body 2553 away from thelug 2555. The at least one receivinggroove 25532 is used for accommodating theelastic member 25535. In an implementation, theelastic member 25535 is elastically abutted between the first connectinghinge 255 and the corresponding connectingmember 260. - Each
second plate body 2553 defines a receivinggroove 25536, which is in communication with thesecond guide groove 2558, on the rear surface of thesecond plate body 2553. The receivinggroove 25536 is used for accommodating the first connectingrod 263. Thesecond plate body 2553 is provided with ashaft 25537 protruded from a bottom surface of the receivinggroove 25536. Theshaft 25537 is used for movably connecting to the first connectingrod 263. - Each
lug 2555 is slidably sleeved with one slidingmember 259. The second connectingrod 267 is movably accommodated in the throughhole 25551 of eachlug 2555. In an implementation, the slidingmember 259 defines aguide groove 2591 on a front surface of the slidingmember 259. Thelug 2555 can be slidably inserted into theguide groove 2591. The slidingmember 259 is provided with a connectingpost 2593 which protrudes into the slidinggroove 2591 and corresponds to the throughhole 25551 of thelug 2555. The connectingpost 2593 axially defines a connectinghole 2594. The slidingmember 259 is provided with two positioning posts 2595 respectively located at two opposite sides of theguide groove 2591. When the slidingmember 259 is sleeved on thelug 2555, the positioning posts 2595 are clamped into cutouts on thelug 2555. In this way, the slidingmember 259 can be positioned relative to thelug 2555 during pre-assembly, and the positioning posts 2595 are removed from the cutouts on thelug 2555 after complete assembly. - The moving
hinge 256 includes a connectingplate 2561 in a stripe shape. The reinforcing assembly includes multiple connectingrings 2563 arranged on a side of the connectingplate 2561 away from the first connectinghinge 255. In an implementation, the connectingplate 2561 is provided with one connectingring 2563 at each of the two opposite ends of connectingplate 2561. The connectingplate 2561 is further provided with two connectingrings 2563 spaced apart from one other at the middle of the connectingplate 2561, the two connectingrings 2563 cooperate to define a receiving groove which is used for accommodating thehinge portion 2533 of therotating hinge 253, so that thehinge portion 2533 is sandwiched between the two connectingrings 2563. A hinge pin is inserted into the connectingring 2563 and thehinge hole 2534 of thehinge portion 2533 to rotatably connect the movinghinge 256 and the rotating hinge. The connectingplate 2561 defines two throughholes 2566 spaced apart from one another on a front surface of the connectingplate 2561. The reinforcing assembly is connected with the movinghinge 256, therotating hinge 253, and theintermediate hinge 251 in series, good reinforcement effect is achieved, and stable connections among the movinghinge 256, therotating hinge 253, and theintermediate hinge 251 are reinforced. - Referring to
FIG. 5 ,FIG. 6 ,FIG. 9 , andFIG. 10 , when assembling the first connectinghinge 255, the connectingblocks 2552 at the two opposite ends of thefirst plate body 2551 are first engaged with the twosecond plate bodies 2553 correspondingly, where the bump of the connectingblock 2552 is inserted into the positioning hole of thepositioning groove 2554, and a locking member is inserted into and lock the fixing hole of the connectingblock 2552 and the connecting hole of thepositioning groove 2554. Then, each slidingmember 259 is sleeved on a corresponding one of thelugs 2555, and the twoelastic members 25531 is installed between the slidingmember 259 and a corresponding one of thesecond plate bodies 2553. And then, the twoelastic members 25535 are inserted into the receivinggrooves 25532 of the twosecond plate bodies 2553 correspondingly. The movinghinge 256 connected to therotating hinge 253 is movably covered on a front surface of the first connectinghinge 255. - Referring to
FIG. 11 andFIG. 12 , the second connectinghinge 258 is similar to the first connectinghinge 255 in structure, except that compared with the first connectinghinge 255, the second connectinghinge 258 is not provided with thefirst plate body 2551 and the slidingmember 259, which is descried in detail below. - The second connecting
hinge 258 includes a mounting frame but does not include two slidingmembers 259. The mounting frame includes twoplate bodies 2583. Each one of the twoplate bodies 2583 is provided with a connectingplate 2584 at one end thereof facing the other one of the twoplate bodies 2583. The connectingplate 2584 defines several connecting holes thereon. The connectingplate 2584 is connected with thesecond frame 23. The connectingplate 2584 of each of the twoplate bodies 2583 is provided with a slidingpiece 2586 protruded from a side of the connectingplate 2584 that faces the other one of the twoplate bodies 2583. The slidingpiece 2586 extends in a direction parallel to the connectingplate 2584. Theplate body 2583 defines afirst guide groove 2587, which is on a side surface of theplate body 2583 facing themiddle hinge assembly 250, at one end of theplate body 2583 away from the slidingplate 2586. Thefirst guide groove 2587 extends through theplate body 2583. Theplate body 2583 defines asecond guide groove 2588, which is on the side surface of theplate body 2583 facing themiddle hinge assembly 250, at the other end of theplate body 2583 close to the slidingplate 2586. Thesecond guide groove 2588 extends through theplate body 2583. Theplate body 2583 defines a receivinggroove 2589, which is located between thefirst guide groove 2587 and thesecond guide groove 2588, on the side surface of theplate body 2583 facing themiddle hinge assembly 250. - Each
plate body 2583 is provided with anelastic member 2582 which is between the connecting hinge and themiddle hinge assembly 250. Theelastic member 2582 is used to drive the second connectinghinge 258 to move away from themiddle hinge assembly 250. That is, theelastic member 2582 is elastically abutted between the second connectinghinge 258 and themiddle hinge assembly 250. Theelastic member 2582 includes a compression spring and a rod connected with one end of the compression spring of theelastic member 2582. The compression spring of theelastic member 2582 has the other end which is away from the rod and positioned in the receivinggroove 2589. In an implementation, theelastic member 2582 is elastically abutted between the second connectinghinge 258 and the corresponding connectingmember 260. - Each
plate body 2583 defines a receivinggroove 25832, which in communication with thesecond guide groove 2588, on a rear surface thereof. The receivinggroove 25832 is used for accommodating the first connectingrod 263. Theplate body 2583 is provided with ashaft 25834 protruded from a bottom surface of the receivinggroove 25832. Theshaft 25834 is movably connected to the first connectingrod 263. The second connectinghinge 258 movably connected with the movinghinge 256. - Referring to
FIGS. 13 to 16 , in this implementation, each connectingassembly 24 includes onelinkage mechanism 28, the twodrop limiting mechanisms 26 disposed on two opposite sides of thelinkage mechanism 28, and the positioningmember 27 disposed at one end of thelinkage mechanism 28. The positioningmember 27 is connected to one end of themiddle hinge assembly 25, so as to realize connection of the connectingassembly 24 to thebendable mechanism 25. In this implementation, thedrop limiting mechanism 26 includes the two connectingmembers 260 disposed on two opposite sides thereof, the two first connectingrods 263, and one second connectingrod 267. That is, one of the two connectingmembers 260 disposed on one side of thedrop limiting mechanism 26 is connected with one first connectingrod 263 and one second connectingrod 267, and the other one of the connectingmembers 260 disposed the other side of thedrop limiting mechanism 26 is connected with one first connectingrod 263. In an implementation, the connectingmember 260 includes ahinge portion 261, a first connectingportion 262, which is disposed on a side of thehinge portion 261 away from thelinkage mechanism 28, at one end of thehinge portion 261, and a second connectingportion 264, which is disposed on the side of thehinge portion 261 away from thelinkage mechanism 28, at the other end of thehinge portion 261. Thehinge portion 261, the first connectingportion 262, and the second connectingportion 264 may be integrally formed. The first connectingportion 262 is spaced apart from the second connectingportion 264. Thehinge portion 261 defines amatching groove 2611 on a side of thehinge portion 261 away from the first connectingportion 262. Thematching groove 2611 has a cross section in a circular arc shape. There is provided with a connectingsleeve 2613 at one end of an inner surface of thematching groove 2611. The connectingsleeve 2613 defines a waist-shaped connectinghole 2615 which extends along an axial direction of the connectingsleeve 2613. The first connectingportion 262 is a connecting rod extending in a direction perpendicular to thehinge portion 261. The second connectingportion 264 is a connecting rod extending in a direction perpendicular to thehinge portion 261. The first connectingportion 262 has a length less than the second connectingportion 264. Thehinge portion 261 defines apositioning hole 2616, which is located between the first connectingportion 262 and the second connectingportion 264, at a side of thehinge portion 261 away from the connectingsleeve 2613, and thepositioning hole 2616 is used for positioning the elastic member. The first connectingportion 262 is provided with a connectingpost 2621, which is disposed on a rear surface of the first connectingportion 262, at one end thereof away from thehinge portion 261. The connectingpost 2621 is movably connected to one end of the corresponding first connectingrod 263. The second connectingportion 264 defines a connectinghole 2641 at one end thereof away from thehinge portion 261. The connectinghole 2641 is used for movably connecting the second connectingrod 267. - The connecting
member 260 defines apositioning groove 2643 thereon. In an implementation, the second connectingportion 264 defines apositioning groove 2643 on a rear surface of the second connectingportion 264, and thepositioning groove 2643 is elongated along an extending direction of the second connectingportion 264. An inner end wall of thepositioning groove 2643 away from thehinge portion 261 is provided with apositioning post 2644. The second connectingportion 264 defines a receivinggroove 2640 on a front surface of the second connectingportion 264, and the receivinggroove 2640 is elongated along the extending direction of the second connectingportion 264. Thepositioning groove 2643 is staggered with the receivinggroove 2640. An inner end wall of the receivinggroove 2640 away from thehinge portion 261 is provided with twopositioning posts 2642 spaced apart from one another. The receivinggroove 2640 is provided with apartition plate 2645 on a bottom surface of the receivinggroove 2640, where thepartition plate 2645 is between the twopositioning posts 2642 to partition the receivinggroove 2640 into two spaces. The receivinggroove 2640 defines two receivingholes 2646 on an inner end wall thereof close to thehinge portion 261. The two receivingholes 2646 is in communication with the two spaces of the receivinggroove 2640 and thematching groove 2611. Eachdrop limiting mechanism 26 also includes anelastic positioning member 268 arranged between the connectingmember 260 and thelinkage mechanism 28. Theelastic positioning member 268 is selectively clamped between the connectingmember 260 and thelinkage mechanism 28 to position thebendable mechanism 25. In an implementation, theelastic positioning member 268 includes a connectingblock 2681, anelastic member 2683 disposed on one side of the connectingblock 2681, and apositioning head 2685 disposed on the other side of the connectingblock 2681 away from theelastic member 2683. Theelastic member 2683 is connected between thepositioning head 2685 and the connectingmember 260. Thepositioning head 2685 is slidably abutted against and positioned on thelinkage mechanism 28. In this implementation, eachelastic positioning member 268 includes twoelastic members 2683 disposed on one side of the connectingblock 2681 and twopositioning heads 2685 disposed on the other side of the connectingblock 2681 away from theelastic member 2683. One end of each of the twoelastic members 2683 away from the positioning heads 2685 extends through a corresponding one of the two receivingholes 2646 and is clamped on a corresponding one of the twopositioning posts 2642. One end surface of eachpositioning head 2685 away from theelastic member 2683 is a spherical surface. Thelinkage mechanism 28 defines at least one first positioning hole 2866 (as illustrated inFIG. 15 orFIG. 16 ). Theelastic member 2683 is used to elastically push thepositioning head 2685 to move toward thelinkage mechanism 28, such that thepositioning head 2685 is inserted into thefirst positioning hole 2866, and thebendable mechanism 25 can be positioned in the unfolded state. - As illustrated in
FIG. 15 , each first connectingrod 263 is a substantially strip-shaped plate, which has two opposite end surfaces in a circular arc shape. The first connectingrod 263 defines anelongated hole 2631 at one end of the first connectingrod 263 and a connectinghole 2633 at the other end of the first connectingrod 263. Theelongated hole 2631 is movably connected to the connecting hinge or the connectingmember 261. The connectinghole 2633 is rotatably connected to the connectingmember 261 or the connecting hinge. In an implementation, theelongated hole 2631 of the first connectingrod 263 is movably connected to the connectingmember 261, the connectinghole 2633 of the first connectingrod 263 is rotatably connected to the corresponding connecting hinge. Alternatively, theelongated hole 2631 of the first connectingrod 263 is movably connected to the corresponding connecting hinge, the connectinghole 2633 of the first connectingrod 263 is rotatably connected to the connectingmember 261. Theelongated hole 2631 extends along a length direction of the first connectingrod 263. In an implementation, the first connectingrod 263 is provided with aroller 2635 received theelongated hole 2631. Theshaft 25537 of the connecting hinge, theshaft 25834 of the connecting hinge, or the connectingpost 2621 of the connectingmember 261 can be inserted into theroller 2635. - As illustrated in
FIG. 15 , each second connectingrod 267 is a substantially strip-shaped plate, which has two opposite end surfaces in a circular arc shape. The second connectingrod 267 defines anelongated hole 2671 at one end of the second connectingrod 267 and a connectinghole 2673 at the other end of the second connectingrod 267. Theelongated hole 2671 is movably connected to the slidingmember 259 or the connectingmember 261. The connectinghole 2673 is rotatably connected to the connectingmember 261 or the slidingmember 259. Theelongated hole 2671 extends along a length direction of the second connectingrod 267. In an implementation, the connectinghole 2673 of the second connectingrod 267 is aligned with the connectinghole 2641 of the second connectingportion 264, and the two are connected via a pin so that the second connectingrod 267 and the second connectingportion 264 are rotationally connected. Theelongated hole 2671 of the second connectingrod 267 is movably connected to the slidingmember 259 via a pin, so that the second connectingrod 267 is movably connected to the slidingmember 259. In an implementation, the second connectingrod 267 is also provided with a roller (not illustrated) received in theelongated hole 2671, and the pin is inserted into the roller. - In implementations of the present disclosure, term “movably connect” refers to at least one of rotatably connect or slidably connect.
- As illustrated in
FIG. 15 andFIG. 17 , thelinkage mechanism 28 includes two parallelfirst shafts 281 which are spaced apart from one another, alinkage 282, two fixingpiece assemblies 283, a connectingframe 284, a fixingblock 286, a connectingpost 287, and anend plate 288. The twofirst shafts 281 are disposed on two opposite sides of thelinkage 282. The fixingpiece assemblies 283, the connectingframe 284, and the fixingblock 286 cooperate to connect the twofirst shafts 281 with thelinkage 282. The twofirst shafts 281 are solid. Each of the twofirst shafts 281 is connected to a corresponding one of the two connectingmembers 260. Thelinkage 282 is connected between the twofirst shafts 281. When each connectingmember 260 rotates, it drives one of the twofirst shafts 281 that is connected therewith to rotate, and thefirst shaft 281 connected with the connectingmember 260 then drives the other one of the twofirst shafts 281 to rotate via thelinkage 282, such that the other one of the two connectingmembers 260 also rotates. The twofirst shafts 281 are symmetrical about the center line of thelinkage 282. - Each
first shaft 281 is connected to thelinkage 282 through a spiral guide groove 2811 a slidingblock 2821 that matches thespiral guide groove 2811. One of the twofirst shafts 281 rotates to drive the slidingblock 2821 to slide in thespiral guide groove 2811 matched with the slidingblock 2821, such that thelinkage 282 moves in a direction parallel to the axial direction of thefirst shaft 281 to drive the other one of the twofirst shafts 281 to rotate together. - The
linkage 282 is in a block shape. Thelinkage 282 includes two opposite side surfaces 2822. Each of the two side surfaces 2822 defines a receivinggroove 2823 thereon which extends along the axial direction of thefirst shaft 281. Each receivinggroove 2823 has a cross section in a circular arc shape. The slidingblock 2821 protrudes from an inner surface of the receivinggroove 2823. In an implementation, each slidingblock 2821 has a spherical outer surface. In this implementation, the inner surface of each receivinggroove 2823 has a semicircular cross section. Thelinkage 282 is provided with at least one slidingblock 2821, which extend along on an extending direction of the receivinggroove 2823, on the inner surface of each receivinggroove 2823 of thelinkage 282. In other implementations, there are two or more slidingblocks 2821, which are spaced apart from one another and extend along the extending direction of the receivinggroove 2823, provided on the inner surface of each receivinggroove 2823. Thelinkage 282 defines a throughhole 2825, which extends along the extending direction of the receivinggroove 2823, at the middle of thelinkage 282. - Each of the two
first shafts 281 has an outer peripheral wall which is rotatably received in a corresponding one of the two receivinggrooves 2823. Each of the twofirst shafts 281 defines at least onespiral guide groove 2811 on the outer peripheral wall thereof. When eachfirst shaft 281 is received in thecorresponding receiving groove 2823, the slidingblock 2821 in the receivinggroove 2823 is slidably inserted into thespiral guide groove 2811. In an implementation, eachspiral guide groove 2811 has an inner surface which has a semicircular cross section. The outer surface of the slidingblock 2821 is slidably fitted to the inner surface of the correspondingspiral guide groove 2811. In an implementation, eachfirst shaft 281 is provided with arotating cylinder 2812 which is fixedly sleeved on the middle of thefirst shaft 281. Therotating cylinder 2812 is a cylinder. Thespiral guide groove 2811 is defined on an outer peripheral wall of therotating cylinder 2812. In this implementation, eachrotating cylinder 2812 defines onespiral guide groove 2811 on the outer peripheral wall thereof. In other implementations, eachrotating cylinder 2812 defines two or morespiral guide grooves 2811, which are spaced apart from one another, on the outer peripheral wall thereof. In an implementation, therotating cylinder 2812 has a radius equal to that of the receivinggroove 2823, so that the outer peripheral wall of eachrotating cylinder 2812 is closely attached to an inner peripheral wall of thecorresponding receiving groove 2823. Therotating cylinder 2812 of eachfirst shaft 281 defines anannular groove 2814, which extends along a circumferential direction of therotating cylinder 2812, at two opposite end thereof. Thegroove 2814 is used for clamping the fixingpiece assembly 283. Eachfirst shaft 281 has afirst end 2815 which has a waist-shaped cross section and asecond end 2816 which is opposite thefirst end 2815 and has a circular cross section. Thefirst end 2815 of eachfirst shaft 281 is used to be connected with the corresponding connectingmember 260, so that the connectingmember 260 is fixedly connected to thefirst shaft 281. - Each fixing
piece assembly 283 includes aclamping piece 2831 and afixing piece 2835. Theclamping piece 2831 defines ahook 2832 at each of two opposite ends of theclamping piece 2831 and aclamping hole 2834 at the middle of theclamping piece 2831. Eachhook 2832 can be inserted into a corresponding one of thegrooves 2814. Thefixing piece 2835 defines one shaft hole 2836 at each of two opposite ends of thefixing piece 2835 and a throughhole 2837 at the middle of thefixing piece 2835. Thefixing piece 2835 defines one connectinghole 2838 between each shaft hole 2836 and the throughhole 2837. The connectingframe 284 includes anabutting block 2841, a connectingblock 2843, andseveral spacers 2844 sandwiched between theabutting block 2841 and the connectingblock 2843. Theabutting block 2841 is substantially strip-shaped. Theabutting block 2841 has a front surface in a circular arc shape. Theabutting block 2841 includes two opposite side surfaces. Theabutting block 2841 defines two opposite receivinggrooves 28411, which extend along the axial direction of thefirst shaft 281, on the two opposite side surfaces of theabutting block 2841. Theabutting block 2841 defines a connectinghole 28413 at the middle of theabutting block 2841 along the axial direction of thefirst shaft 281. The connectingblock 2843 is provided with alap piece 28431, which extends along the axial direction of thefirst shaft 281, on one side surface of the connectingblock 2843 and a positioning rod 28433, which extends along the axial direction of thefirst shaft 281, on the other side surface of the connectingblock 2843. The connectingblock 2843 defines oneshaft hole 28435 at two opposite ends of the connectingblock 2843 and one connectinghole 28436 between eachshaft hole 28435 and thelap piece 28431. Theseveral spacers 2844 are stacked in sequence. Eachspacer 2844 defines oneshaft hole 28441 at two opposite ends thereof and onepositioning hole 28443 at the middle thereof. Eachspacer 2844 defines a connecting hole 28445 between eachshaft hole 28441 and thepositioning hole 28443. Each connecting hole 28445 communicates with theshaft hole 28441 close thereto. - The fixing
block 286 includes afront surface 2861 in a circular arc shape, two opposite end surfaces, and two opposite side surfaces 2862. Thefront surface 2861 of the fixingblock 286 defines a throughhole 2863 at the middle thereof. The fixingblock 286 is provided with alap piece 2864 extended outward at the middle of one side of the fixingblock 286. The fixingblock 286 is provided with one connectingcylinder 2865, which extends along the axial direction of thefirst shaft 281, on each of the twoside surfaces 2862 of the fixedblock 286. The connectingcylinder 2865 defines twofirst positioning holes 2866 which is spaced apart from one another and two slidinggrooves 2867 which each is aligned with a corresponding one of the twofirst positioning holes 2866 on an outer peripheral wall of the connectingcylinder 2865. In implementations, the connectingcylinder 2865 can be regarded as a first portion, and the connectingmember 260 can be regarded as a second portion. In an implementation, the first portion includes but is not limited to a connecting cylinder, and the second portion includes but is not limited to a connecting member. The slidinggroove 2867 extends along a circumferential direction of the connectingcylinder 2865. Each slidinggroove 2867 has a width less than a diameter of thefirst positioning hole 2866. The fixingblock 286 defines apositioning groove 2868 at the middle of the fixingblock 286 along the axial direction of thefirst shaft 281. Theend plate 288 is provided with twopositioning rods 2883 and aposition post 2881 between twopositioning rods 2883, which protrude along the axial direction of thefirst shaft 281, at a side of theend plate 288 facing the fixedblock 286. Thepositioning post 2881 corresponds to thepositioning groove 2868 of the fixingblock 286. The twopositioning rods 2883 correspond to inner cavities of the two connectingcylinders 2865 of the fixingblock 286. - In an implementation, referring to
FIGS. 61 to 64 , thefirst positioning hole 2866 is spaced apart from the slidinggroove 2867 aligned with thefirst positioning hole 2866, and the connectingcylinder 2865 is provided with a resisting portion between thefirst positioning hole 2866 and the slidinggroove 2867 aligned with thefirst positioning hole 2866. An outer diameter of the connectingcylinder 2865 at a position of the abutting portion is greater than its outer diameter at thefirst positioning hole 2866 and its outer diameter at the slidinggroove 2867. Thefirst positioning hole 2866 has a diameter gradually inwardly decreased. In an implementation, the diameter of thefirst positioning hole 2866 gradually decreases from a side close to theelastic positioning member 268 to a side away from theelastic positioning member 268. In an implementation, thefirst positioning hole 2866 is a through hole. The diameter of thefirst positioning hole 2866 at the side away from theelastic positioning member 268 is less than an outer diameter of thepositioning head 2685 of theelastic positioning member 268. In an implementation, thefirst positioning hole 2866 has a depth greater than the slidinggroove 2867. Theelastic positioning member 268 can be clamped in thefirst positioning hole 2866 to provide force feedback when unfolding thefoldable device 22 to the unfolded state. In an implementation, theelastic positioning member 268 can be clamped in thefirst positioning hole 2866 to provide transient damping when thefoldable device 22 is bent from the unfolded state. - In an implementation, when the
elastic positioning member 268 slides from the slidinggroove 2867 to slide over the abutting portion, since the outer diameter of the connectingcylinder 2865 at the position of abutting portion is greater than its outer diameter at the slidinggroove 2867, theelastic member 2683 of theelastic positioning member 268 is further compressed. When theelastic positioning member 268 slides into thefirst positioning hole 2866 from the resisting portion, theelastic member 2683 is instantaneously released, so that theelastic positioning member 268 is locked into thefirst positioning hole 2866. In other words, when thefoldable device 22 is expanded from the bent state to the unfolded state, the compression amount of theelastic positioning member 268 will first increase and then decrease. Theelastic positioning member 268 has the maximum elastic potential energy when being abutted against the resisting portion, and the elastic potential energy stored in theelastic positioning member 268 will be released when theelastic positioning member 268 slides into thefirst positioning hole 2866. In an implementation, the connectingcylinder 2865 may not be provided with a resisting portion, that is, thefirst positioning hole 2866 is in communication with the slidinggroove 2867. Since theelastic member 2683 has a greater compression amount when being at thegroove 2867 than being at thefirst positioning hole 2866, a similar force feedback or transient damping can also be achieved. - In an implementation, the sliding
groove 2867 has a depth which gradually decreases along a direction toward thefirst positioning hole 2866. As a result, theelastic positioning member 268 will have a gradually increased elastic potential energy when sliding in the slidinggroove 2867 toward thefirst positioning hole 2866, and will have the maximum elastic potential energy when sliding to be abutted against the resisting portion. In an implementation, when thefoldable device 22 is in the unfolded state, theelastic positioning member 268 is located at a first position in thegroove 2867. An end of the slidinggroove 2867 between the first position and the resisting portion is referred to as a second position. The slidinggroove 2867 has the maximum depth at the first position and the minimum depth at the second position. The slidinggroove 2867 has a depth gradually decreased from the first position to the second position. As a result, theelastic positioning member 268 has the minimum compression when thefoldable device 22 is in the folded state, so as to reduce the load of theelastic member 2683 in the folded state. Since the slidinggroove 2867 has a continuously varied depth, theelastic positioning member 268 can be prevented from being stuck and jammed during sliding. - In other implementations, the
linkage mechanism 28 further defines at least a second positioning hole thereon. Theelastic member 2683 elastically pushes thepositioning head 2685 to move toward thelinkage mechanism 28, so that thepositioning head 2685 snaps into the second positioning hole, so as to keep thebendable mechanism 25 in the bent state (for example, the folded state). In an implementation, the second positioning hole is defined on an outer peripheral surface of the connectingcylinder 2865 away from thefirst positioning hole 2866. When thebendable mechanism 25 is in the bent state (for example, the folded state), thepositioning head 2685 of theelastic positioning member 268 snaps into the second positioning hole, so that thebendable mechanism 25 remains in the bent state. - Each positioning
member 27 includes two second elements, two first elements, and twosecond shafts 275. In an implementation, the second element includes amiddle connecting block 271, the first element includes anend connecting block 273. A surface of each of themiddle connecting blocks 271 close to the other one of themiddle connecting blocks 271 is a circular arc surface 2711. Themiddle connecting block 271 defines ashaft hole 2712 at an end of themiddle connecting block 271 close to the circular arc surface 2711. The circular arc surface 2711 has an axis which is collinear with that of theshaft hole 2712. Each of themiddle connecting blocks 271 defines amatching groove 2714, which has a circular arc-shaped cross section, on a side thereof away from the other one of themiddle connecting blocks 271. There is a connectingsleeve 2715 is provided on an inner surface of thematching groove 2714. The connectingsleeve 2715 defined ashaft hole 2717 which extends along an extending direction of the connectingsleeve 2715. Eachmiddle connecting block 271 defines a connectinghole 2718 extended from a front surface to a rear surface of themiddle connecting block 271. In an implementation, the positioningmember 27 is provided with theend connecting block 273. Alternatively, the positioningmember 27 is provided with theend connecting block 273 and themiddle connecting block 271. Eachend connecting block 273 defines a matching groove 2731 at a side thereof close to themiddle connecting block 271. Eachend connecting block 273 is provided with two connectingcylinders 2733 at two opposite ends of an inner surface of the matching groove 2731. Each of the two connectingcylinders 2733 defines oneshaft hole 2735 thereon, and theshaft hole 2735 extends along an extending direction of the connectingcylinder 2733. The two connectingcylinders 2733 cooperates to define a receivingmouth 2736 therebetween. Theend connecting block 273 is provided with a supportingplate 2737 on a side thereof away from the connectingcylinder 2733. The supportingplate 2737 is used to support the first connectingrod 263. In this implementation, each connectingassembly 24 includes two first limitingportions 2401, and each first limitingportion 2401 corresponds to the first connectingrod 263. When the first connectingrod 263 is adjacent to or in contact with the first limitingportion 2401, the first connectingrod 26 prevent thebendable mechanism 25 from being further bent, so as to realize drop limiting effect. The first limitingportion 2401 is a first limiting surface of theend connecting block 273 facing the first connectingrod 263. The first connectingrod 263 includes afirst positioning surface 2636 facing the first limiting surface. When thefirst positioning surface 2636 is in contact with the first limiting surface, thebendable mechanism 25 is in the unfolded state, and the first connectingrod 263 is inclined relative to an axial direction of thesecond shaft 275 here. A side of eachend connecting block 273, which is close to thesupport plate 2737 is provided with the first limit surface. That is, the first limiting surface is an inclined surface disposed on the side of theend connecting block 273. The inclined surface inclinedly extends in a direction from the connecting hinge to themiddle hinge 250 and the connectingmember 260. Eachend connecting block 273 defines a connectinghole 2738 extending from a front side to a rear side thereof. The twosecond shafts 275 are arranged in parallel with and spaced apart from one another. There is a connectingpiece 2751 provided at one end of the twosecond shafts 275 to keep the twosecond shafts 275 in parallel with and spaced apart with one another. In an implementation, theend connecting block 273 is also provided with the second limitingportion 2402. The second limitingportion 2402 is in connection with the first limitingportion 2401. The second limitingportion 2402 is parallel to the axial direction of thesecond shaft 275. The second limitingportion 2402 is closer to the outside of theend connecting block 273 than the first limitingportion 2401. When thebendable mechanism 25 is in the bent state, the second limitingportion 2402 is adjacent to or in contact with thefirst positioning surface 2636 of the first connectingrod 263, and the first connectingrod 263 is parallel to the axial direction of thesecond shaft 275 here. - In an implementation, when bending the
foldable device 22, the connectingmember 260 slides relative to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when bending thefoldable device 22, the positioningmember 27 is bent and slides relative to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when bending thefoldable device 22, theend connecting block 273 of the positioningmember 27 rotates relative to themiddle connecting block 271 and slides relative to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when bending thefoldable device 22, a sliding distance of the positioningmember 27 relative to the connecting hinge is less than a sliding distance of the connectingmember 260 relative to the connecting hinge. - When assembling each connecting
assembly 24, the two first connectingrods 263 is mounted on the two connectingmembers 260 respectively. As an example, the connectingpost 2621 of each of the two connectingmembers 260 is rotatably inserted into the connectinghole 2633 of a corresponding one of the two first connectingrods 263. Each of the second connectingrods 267 is mounted on a corresponding one of the two connectingmembers 260. In an implementation, the second connectingrod 267 is placed on the second connectingportion 264 of the connectingmember 260. The connectinghole 2673 of the second connectingrod 267 faces the connectinghole 2641 of the second connectingportion 264, and a locking member extends through the connectinghole 2673 to be connected with the connectinghole 2641. The end of theelastic member 2683 of each of the twoelastic positioning members 268 away from thepositioning head 2685 is inserted into the two receivingholes 2646 of a corresponding one of the two connectingmembers 260, and further passes through the two receivingholes 2646 to be clamped with the positioning posts 2642. At this time, the end of eachpositioning head 2685 away from theelastic member 2683 is exposed outside an inner peripheral surface of thematching groove 2611. Therotating cylinder 2812 of each of the twofirst shafts 281 is accommodated in a corresponding one of the two receivinggrooves 2823 of thelinkage 282, such that each slidingblock 2821 is slidably accommodated in a corresponding one of thespiral guide grooves 2811. Eachhook 2832 of each of the clampingpieces 2831 of the two fixingpiece assemblies 283 is inserted into a corresponding one of thegrooves 2814. At this time, the clampingholes 2834 of the two fixingpieces 2831 face the throughhole 2825 of thelinkage 282. Each of the two fixingpieces 2835 is sleeved on a corresponding one of two opposite ends of the twofirst shafts 281. That is, the first ends 2815 of the twofirst shafts 281 are inserted into the two shaft holes 2836 of one of the two fixingpieces 2835, the twosecond ends 2816 are inserted into the two shaft holes 2836 of the other one of the two fixingpieces 2835, and each of the two fixingpieces 2835 is abutted against a corresponding one of the two opposite ends of therotating cylinder 2812. At this time, the throughhole 2837 of thefixing piece 2835 faces theclamping hole 2834 of theclamping piece 2831. In an implementation, theclamping piece 2831 defines a through hole corresponding to the connectinghole 2838 of thefixing piece 2835. Each of the two connectingmembers 260 is mounted on a corresponding one of the twofirst shafts 281. As an example, thefirst end 2815 of each of the twofirst shafts 281 is inserted into the connectinghole 2615 of the connectingsleeve 2613 of a corresponding one of the two connectingmembers 260, an outer peripheral surfaces of the twofirst shafts 281 are closely contacted to the inner peripheral surfaces of the matchinggrooves 2611 of the two connectingmembers 260, so that the first connectingrod 263 is away from the connectingsleeve 2613. The connectingframe 284 is mounted on the twofirst shafts 281. As an example, the abuttingblock 2841 is placed on the connectingsleeves 2613 of the two connectingmembers 260. The two connectingsleeves 2613 are rotatable relative to theabutting block 2841. The connectinghole 28413 of theabutting block 2841 faces the throughhole 2837 of thefixing piece 2835. The two receivinggrooves 28411 face the connectingholes 2838 of thefixing piece 2835. The connectingpost 287 sequentially extends through the throughhole 2837 of thefixing piece 2835, theclamping hole 2834 of one of the two clampingpieces 2831, the throughhole 2825 of thelinkage 282, theclamping hole 2834 of the other one of the two clampingpieces 2831, and the throughhole 2837 of thefixing piece 2835 to be fixedly connected to the connectinghole 28413 of theabutting block 2841. Theseveral spacers 2844 are sleeved on the first ends 2815 of the twofirst shafts 281, that is, the first ends 2815 of the twofirst shafts 281 are inserted into the twoshaft holes 28441 of eachspacer 2844. The connectingblock 2843 is sleeved on the first ends 2815 of the twofirst shafts 281, that is, the first ends 2815 of the twofirst shafts 281 are inserted into the twoshaft holes 28435 of the connectingblock 2843, and the positioning rod 28433 of the connectingblock 2843 is inserted into thepositioning hole 28443 of eachspacer 2844. The positioningmember 27 is mounted on one end of thelinkage mechanism 28. As an example, the connectingsleeves 2715 of the twomiddle connecting blocks 271 are first inserted into the receivingmouths 2736 of the twoend connecting blocks 273, such that theshaft hole 2717 of each connectingsleeve 2715 faces theshaft hole 2735 of a corresponding one of theend connecting blocks 273. Two pin shafts are respectively inserted into the shaft holes 2735 of the twoend connecting blocks 273 and the shaft holes 2717 of themiddle connecting blocks 271, so that the twoend connecting blocks 273 are rotatably connected to the twomiddle connecting blocks 271. An end of each of the twosecond shafts 275 away from the connectingpiece 2751 is inserted to pass through theshaft hole 2712 of themiddle connecting block 271, the connectinghole 28436 of the connectingblock 2843, the connecting hole 28445 of thespacer 2844, the receivinggroove 28411 of theabutting block 2841, the connectinghole 2838 of thefixing piece 2835, and the through hole of theclamping piece 2831. The fixingblock 286 is sleeved on the twofirst shafts 281, that is, the second ends 2816 of the twofirst shafts 281 are inserted into the inner cavities of the two connectingcylinders 2865 of the fixingblock 286, so that thelap piece 2864 of the fixingblock 286 covers a front surface of the slidingblock 2821, a front surface of theclamping piece 2831, and a front surface of thefixing piece 2835. Theend plate 288 is then mounted on one end of the fixingblock 286 away from thefirst shaft 281, that is, thepositioning post 2881 of theend plate 288 is inserted into thepositioning groove 2868 of the fixingblock 286 and the twopositioning rods 2883 of theend plate 288 are inserted into the inner cavities of the connectingcylinders 2865. In this way, the spherical surface of thepositioning head 2685 of theelastic positioning member 268 of each connectingmember 260 is clamped into a corresponding one of thefirst positioning holes 2866, and the connectingassembly 24 is in an unfolded state here. - When one of the two connecting
members 260 rotates toward the other one of the two connectingmembers 260, it will drive thefirst shaft 281 connected therewith to rotate, and thefirst shaft 281 in turn drives the slidingblock 2821 to slide in thespiral guide groove 2811, so as to enable the slidingblock 2821 to slide along the connectingpost 287. The slidingblock 2821 then drives the otherfirst shaft 281 to rotate, thereby realizing linkage of thelinkage mechanism 28. - The
shielding mechanism 29 is disposed on the inner side of thebendable mechanism 25. Theshielding mechanism 29 is connected between themiddle hinge assembly 250 and the connecting hinge. Alternatively, theshielding mechanism 29 is connected between themiddle hinge assembly 250 and the connectingmember 260. When bending thebendable mechanism 25, the connecting hinge can drive theshielding mechanism 29 to slide relative to thebendable mechanism 29. - Referring to
FIGS. 18 to 20 , theshielding mechanism 29 includes two coveringmembers 291 covering a rear portion of thebendable mechanism 25 and ahinge 295 disposed between the two coveringmembers 291. A side of each coveringmember 291 close to themiddle hinge assembly 250 is hinged to themiddle hinge assembly 250 along the rotation axis. In an implementation, each of the two coveringmembers 291 rotates relative to the other one of the two coveringmembers 291 via thehinge 295 when bending or unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, so as to realize bending and unfolding of the two coveringmembers 291. Since there is thelinkage mechanism 28 disposed between the connectingmember 260 and themiddle hinge assembly 250, when one connecting hinge rotates, the one connecting hinge drives one connectingmember 260 on the same side with the one connecting hinge to rotate, and through thelinkage mechanism 28, the other connectingmember 260 on the other side is driven to rotate, and the other connectingmember 260 then drives other connecting hinge to rotate, so that the two coveringmembers 291 rotate synchronously. Each coveringmember 291 includes afirst covering portion 2911 covering the inner side of thebendable mechanism 25 and onesecond covering portion 2913 disposed at each of two opposite ends of thefirst covering portion 2911. Thesecond covering portion 2913 is used to cover ends of thebendable mechanism 25. Thefirst covering portion 2911 is a strip-shaped shielding sheet. Thesecond covering portion 2913 is a shielding sheet protruded on an end side of thefirst covering portion 2911. Eachfirst covering portion 2911 is provided with two fixingpieces 2912, which are spaced apart from one another, on a rear surface thereof. A side surface of each fixingpiece 2912 away from the first connectingrod 263 is fixedly connected to the rear surface of thefirst covering portion 2911. The coveringmember 291 is provided with a connectingsleeve 2916 on a side of the coveringmember 291 away from the connecting hinge. As an example, each fixingpiece 2912 is provided with the connectingsleeve 2916 on a side thereof close to thehinge 295. - In an implementation, the covering
member 291 is connected with the connecting hinge via matching between theguide grooves 2915 and the slidingpieces bendable mechanism 25. When bending or unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, the sliding piece slides in the guide groove to drive the coveringmember 291 to rotate with the connecting hinge relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250. As an example, when bending thefoldable device 22, a sliding distance of the coveringmember 291 relative to the connecting hinge is greater than a sliding distance of the coveringmember 291 relative to the connectingmember 260. In this implementation, theguide grooves 2915 are disposed on the coveringmember 291, and the slidingpieces first covering portion 2911 is provided with oneguide bar 2914 at a position adjacent to each fixingpiece 2912 on the rear surface of thecovering portion 2911. Theguide bar 2914 extends along a length direction perpendicular to thefirst covering portion 2913. Eachguide bar 2914 defines theguide groove 2915, which extends along the length direction of theguide bar 2914, on a side surface thereof away from theother guide bar 2914, and theguide groove 2915 extends through two opposite end surfaces of theguide bar 2914. - The covering
member 291 is provided with aprotrusion 2910 received in thepositioning groove 2643 of the connectingmember 260. There is anelastic member 292 disposed in thepositioning groove 2643. When the coveringmember 291 rotates relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250, theprotrusion 2910 slides in the positioning groove 2643 (seeFIG. 16 ), and theelastic member 292 elastically abuts against theprotrusion 2910. As an example, thefirst covering portion 2913 is provided with theprotrusion 2910, which is on the rear surface of thefirst covering portion 2913, at each of the two opposite ends of thefirst covering portion 2913. Eachprotrusion 2910 can be slidably received in thepositioning groove 2643 of a corresponding one of the connectingmembers 260. Theshielding mechanism 29 also includes fourelastic members 292. Each of the fourelastic members 292 faces a corresponding one of theprotrusions 2910 of the two coveringmembers 291. Eachelastic member 292 is received in thepositioning groove 2643, and eachprotrusion 2910 abuts against a corresponding one of the fourelastic members 292. When the coveringmember 291 rotates relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250, theprotrusion 2910 slides in thepositioning groove 2643 to enable theelastic member 292 to be elastically abutted against theprotrusion 2910, so that the coveringmember 291 remains tightening. Theelastic member 292 applies an elastic force which is parallel to a sliding direction in which the coveringmember 291 slides relative to thebendable mechanism 25, so as to prevent the coveringmember 291 from swinging back and forth along the sliding direction. In addition, theelastic member 292 abutted against theprotrusion 2910 can also play a role in assisting the coveringmember 291 to slide, and prevent jamming at a certain bending angle. In an implementation, theelastic member 292 includes acompression spring 2921 and an abuttingmember 2923 disposed at one end of thecompression spring 2921. Thecompression spring 2921 and the abuttingmember 2923 are received in thepositioning groove 2643. The abuttingmember 2923 abuts against theprotrusion 2910. - In an implementation, the positioning groove can also be defined on the connecting hinge. The
elastic member 292 elastically abuts between an end of the positioning groove of the connecting hinge and theprotrusion 2910 of the coveringmember 291. As such, same effect can be achieved. As an implementation, thepositioning groove 2643 is defined on the connectingmember 260, and theelastic member 292 elastically abuts between the connectingmember 260 and theprotrusion 2910 of the coveringmember 291. When bending thefoldable device 22, since the sliding distance of the coveringmember 291 relative to the connectingmember 260 is less than the sliding distance of the coveringmember 291 relative to the connecting hinge, arranging theelastic member 292 between the connectingmember 260 and the coveringmember 291 is beneficial to reducing the movement stroke of thecompression spring 2921 during unfolding or bending, so as to avoid effecting the overall stability due to excessive compression to thecompression spring 2921 which will generate an excessive elastic force. - In other implementations, the guide groove can be defined on the connecting hinge. The sliding piece is disposed on the covering
member 291. As an example, the first connectinghinge 255 defines the guide groove, which extends in a direction perpendicular to the bending axis of thebendable mechanism 25, on the rear surface of the first connectinghinge 255. The coveringmember 291 covering the rearing surface of the first connectinghinge 255 is provided with the sliding piece corresponding to the guide groove. When bending or unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, the sliding piece slides in the corresponding guide groove to drive the coveringmember 291 to rotate relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250, and the coveringmember 291 remains covering the inner side of thebendable mechanism 25. - Each
hinge 295 includes a fixingmember 296 connected to themiddle hinge assembly 250 and a connectingrod 297 connected between themiddle hinge assembly 250 and the coveringmember 291. The connectingrod 297 is connected to themiddle hinge assembly 250 via the fixingmember 296. Each connectingrod 297 is provided with one rotating shaft on each of two opposite ends thereof. One rotating shaft is rotatably connected to themiddle hinge assembly 250, and the other rotating shaft is rotatably connected to the coveringmember 291. As an example, the fixingmember 296 includes afixing block 2961 which is used to be fixed in the fixinggroove 2511 of themiddle hinge assembly 250. Thefixing block 2961 is provided with oneprotrusion 2962 at each of two opposite ends of thefixing block 2961. The fixingmember 296 defines a throughhole 2963. The rotating shaft disposed one end of the connectingrod 297 is accommodated in the fixinggroove 2511 and rotatably inserted into the throughhole 2963 of the fixingmember 296. The rotating shaft disposed at the other end of the connectingrod 297 is rotatably inserted into the connectingsleeve 2916. As an example, the twoprotrusions 2962 are staggered with one another. The fixingmember 296 defines the throughhole 2963, which extends along a direction parallel to the rotation axis of the coveringmember 291, at an end of eachprotrusion 2962. Thefixing block 2961 defines a throughhole 2965 between the twoprotrusions 2962. Thefixing block 2961 is also provided with a clamping post at a rear surface thereof. The connectingrod 297 is provided with a rotating shaft at each of two opposite ends of the connectingrod 297, where one of two rotating shafts is rotatably connected to themiddle hinge assembly 250, and the other one of the two rotating shafts is rotatably connected to the coveringmember 291. As an example, each connectingrod 297 includes arod 2971 and a rotating shaft disposed at each of two opposite ends of therod 2971. The rotating shaft includes a firstrotating shaft 2972 disposed at one end of therod 2971 and movably connected to therod 2971 and a secondrotating shaft 2974 at the other end of therod 2971. Therod 2971 defines a waist-shaped orcircular hole 2973 at an end thereof away from the first rotating shaft 29723. The secondrotating shaft 2974 is inserted into the waist-shaped orcircular hole 2973 and the throughhole 2963. - In an implementation, when folding the
foldable device 22, the coveringmember 291 slides relative to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when folding thefoldable device 22, the coveringmember 291 slides toward the connecting hinge, and the connecting rod also follows the coveringmember 291 to rotate toward a corresponding side. Thesecond covering portion 2913 of the coveringmember 291 is sandwiched between theend plate 288 and themiddle hinge assembly 250. Thesecond covering portion 2913 partially overlaps theend plate 288 as well as the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when thefoldable device 22 is in the unfolded state, an overlapping region between thesecond covering portion 2913 and theend plate 288 has an area greater than an overlapping region between thesecond covering portion 2913 and the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when thefoldable device 22 is in the bent state, the overlapping region between thesecond covering portion 2913 and theend plate 288 has an area greater than the overlapping region between thesecond covering portion 2913 and the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when bending thefoldable device 22, the overlapping region between thesecond covering portion 2913 and theend plate 288 has a decreased area, while the overlapping region between thesecond covering portion 2913 and the connecting hinge has an increased area. Theend plate 288 has a semi-circular shape. Theend plate 288 cooperates with thesecond covering part 2913 to cover a side of thefoldable device 22, such that internal portions are prevent from being exposed. When bending thefoldable device 22, thesecond covering portion 2913 rotates relative to theend plate 288, thesecond covering portion 2913 slides relative to theend plate 288 and the connecting hinge, and the connecting hinge slides relative to theend plate 288. - When assembling the
shielding mechanism 29, the two coveringmembers 291 are placed side by side and spaced apart from one another, and thehinge 295 is connected between the two coveringmembers 291. As an example, the firstrotating shaft 2972 of each of the two connectingrods 297 of eachhinge 295 is inserted into a corresponding one of the connectingsleeves 2916. As such, the waist-shaped orcircular hole 2973 of each of the two connectingrods 297 faces a corresponding one of the through holes 2963. The two secondrotating shafts 2974 respectively extend through the waist-shaped orcircular holes 2973 of the two connectingrods 297 and are connected to the throughholes 2963, such that each connectingrod 297 is rotatably connected between the fixingmember 296 and the coveringmember 291. When thefoldable device 22 is in the bent state, the overlapping region between thesecond covering portion 2913 and theend plate 288 has an area greater than the overlapping region between thesecond covering portion 2913 and the connecting hinge. When thefoldable device 22 is in the unfolded state, the overlapping region between thesecond covering portion 2913 and theend plate 288 has an area less than the overlapping region between thesecond covering portion 2913 and the connecting hinge. - Referring to
FIGS. 3 to 26 , when assembling thefoldable device 22, the two connectingassemblies 24 are respectively disposed at the two opposite ends of theintermediate hinge 251, such that the twosecond shafts 275 of each connectingassembly 24 are respectively inserted into the two connectingholes 2519 of theintermediate hinge 251. Two connectingend pieces 2535 of the tworotating hinges 253 are abutted against an end surface of the fixingblock 286 away from theintermediate hinge 251, such that adjacent throughholes 2536 of the two connectingend pieces 2535 face the inner cavities of the two connectingcylinders 2865 of the fixingblock 286. Each of the connectingholes 2537 of eachrotating hinge 253 faces a corresponding one of the connectingholes 2718 of themiddle connecting block 271. A locking member extends through the connectinghole 2537 and is locked in the connectinghole 2718. For each of the twoend plates 288, thepositioning post 2881 is inserted into thepositioning grooves 2868 of the fixingblock 286, and thepositioning rods 2883 pass through the throughholes 2536 to insert into the inner cavities of the connectingcylinders 2865. As such, the two connectingassemblies 24 are respectively connected to the two opposite ends of themiddle hinge assembly 250. - The first connecting
hinge 255 is placed on one side of themiddle hinge assembly 250. As an example, the first connectinghinge 255 is placed on a side of the connectingmember 260 where the second connectingrod 267 is provided, such that the first connectingportion 262 is slidably inserted into the first connectinghinge 255 and connected to the first connectingrod 263, and the second connectingportion 264 is slidably inserted into the first connectinghinge 255 and connected to the second connectingrod 267. That is, the first connectingportion 262 and the second connectingportion 264 of each of the connectingmembers 260, which are on such side of themiddle hinge assembly 250, are slidably inserted into thefirst guide groove 2557 and thesecond guide groove 2558 of the first connectinghinge 255. At the same time, each of the supportingplates 2737 disposed on the same side is also inserted into thesecond guide groove 2558, such that two opposite ends of eachelastic member 25535 are respectively inserted into the receivinggroove 25532 and thepositioning hole 2616 of the connectingmember 260. Each first connectingrod 263 is accommodated in the receivinggroove 25536. The first connectingrod 263 is supported on thesupport plate 2737. Theelongated hole 2631 of the first connectingrod 263 is slidably sleeved on theshaft 25537. The connectinghole 2673 of the second connectingrod 267 is slidably sleeved on the connectingpost 2593 of the slidingmember 259. The connectingring 2563 at each of the two opposite ends of the movinghinge 256 is contacted with the connectingend piece 2535 of therotating hinge 253, such that the connectingring 2563 faces the throughhole 2536 at an end of the connectingend piece 2535 away from theintermediate hinge 251. A connecting shaft is inserted into an inner cavity of the connectingring 2563 and the throughhole 2536. Thehinge portion 2533 of therotating hinge 253 is inserted into the receiving groove defined between the two connectingrings 2563 disposed at the middle of the movinghinge 256. A connecting shaft is inserted into inner cavities of the two connectingrings 2563 and thehinge hole 2534. The two throughholes 2566 of the movinghinge 256 face the connectingholes 2738 of the twopositioning members 27. A locking member extends through the throughholes 2566 and is locked in the corresponding connectingholes 2738. - The second connecting
hinge 258 is placed on the other side of themiddle hinge assembly 250. As an example, the second connectinghinge 258 is placed on a side of the connectingmember 260 without the second connectingrod 267, such that the first connectingportion 262 and the second connectingportion 264 of each of the connectingmembers 260 on the such side of themiddle hinge assembly 250 are slidably inserted into thefirst guide groove 2587 and thesecond guide groove 2588 of the second connectinghinge 258. At the same time, each of the supportingplates 2737 disposed on such side of themiddle hinge assembly 250 is also inserted into thesecond guide groove 2558, such that two opposite ends of eachelastic member 2582 are respectively inserted into the receivinggroove 2589 and thepositioning hole 2616 of the connectingmember 260. Each first connectingrod 263 is accommodated in the correspondingsecond guide groove 2588. The first connectingrod 263 is supported on thesupport plate 2737. Theelongated hole 2631 of the first connectingrod 263 is slidably sleeved on theshaft 25834. The connectingring 2563 at each of the two opposite ends of the movinghinge 256 is contacted with the connectingend piece 2535 of therotating hinge 253, such that the connectingring 2563 faces the throughhole 2536 at an end of the connectingend piece 2535 away from theintermediate hinge 251. A connecting shaft is inserted into an inner cavity of the connectingring 2563 and the throughhole 2536. Thehinge portion 2533 of therotating hinge 253 is inserted into the receiving groove defined between the two connectingrings 2563 disposed at the middle of the movinghinge 256. A connecting shaft is inserted into inner cavities of the two connectingrings 2563 and thehinge hole 2534. The two throughholes 2566 of the movinghinge 256 face the connectingholes 2738 of the twopositioning members 27. A locking member extends through the throughholes 2566 and is locked in the corresponding connectingholes 2738. - The
shielding mechanism 29 covers the rear surface of themiddle hinge assembly 250, such that the two slidingpieces 2556 of the first connectinghinge 255 are slidably inserted into theguide grooves 2915 of the twoguide bars 2914 of one of the two coveringmembers 291, and the two slidingpieces 2586 of the second connectinghinge 258 are slidably inserted into theguide grooves 2915 of the twoguide bars 2914 of the other one of the two coveringmembers 291. The two fixingmembers 296 of theshielding mechanism 29 are accommodated in the two fixinggrooves 2511 of theintermediate hinge 251. The twoprotrusions 2962 are accommodated in the twoavoidance holes 2512. The throughhole 2965 of each fixingmember 296 faces thefixing hole 2513. A locking member extends through the throughhole 2965 and is locked in thefixing hole 2513. Eachelastic member 292 is accommodated in a corresponding one of thepositioning grooves 2643, so that the end of thecompression spring 2921 away from the abuttingmember 2923 is sleeved on thepositioning post 2644. Theprotrusion 2910 of the coveringmember 291 is inserted into thepositioning groove 2643 and abuts against the abuttingmember 2923. As such, theshielding mechanism 29 is stably covered on the rear surface of thebendable mechanism 25, dust and other impurities can be prevented from entering thefoldable device 22 through the rear surface of thebendable mechanism 25. The supportingmember 50 is connected to the front surface offoldable device 22. As an example, the rear surface of the supportingmember 50 is fixedly connected to the front surface of the first connectinghinge 255 and the front surface of the second connectinghinge 258. In this implementation, one side of the rear surface of the supportingmember 50 is fixedly connected to a front surface of thepositioning block 25590 of the first connectinghinge 255, the other side of the rear surface of the supportingmember 50 is fixedly connected to the front surface of the second connectinghinge 258. The supportingmember 50 is bent or unfolded along with thefoldable device 22. - In an implementation, the second connecting
hinge 258 is fixed to thesecond frame 23. The slidingmember 259 is fixed to thefirst frame 21. One of two opposite sides of theflexible member 30 is fixed on thefirst frame 21 and the other one of the two opposite sides of theflexible member 30 is fixed on thesecond frame 23. - In an implementation, the supporting
member 50 may have a relatively large length, where one side of the supportingmember 50 is still fixed to the first connectinghinge 255, and the other side of the supportingmember 50 is fixed to thesecond frame 23. - In an implementation, when bending the
electronic device 100, both the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258 slide toward themiddle hinge assembly 250, and the slidingmember 259 slides toward themiddle hinge assembly 250. In an implementation, when bending theelectronic device 100, both the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258 slide toward the movinghinge 256 relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250. In an implementation, when bending theelectronic device 100, the slidingmember 259 slides relative to the first connectinghinge 255. In an implementation, when bending theelectronic device 100, the slidingmember 259 slides toward themiddle hinge assembly 250 relative to the first connectinghinge 255. - In an implementation, the first connecting
hinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258 can slide relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250, such that the supportingmember 50 suffers from to a reduced tensile force when bending theelectronic device 100. Since the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258 can slide relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250, the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258 are provided with a first-level drop limit structure (for example, the first connecting rods 263), so as to reduce or prevent a sliding movement of the first connectinghinge 255 or the second connectinghinge 258 due to being impacted when theelectronic device 100 is dropped, and an undesirable arching of the supportingmember 50 is avoided. - In an implementation, the sliding
member 259 can slide relative to the first connectinghinge 255, such that the supportingmember 50 suffers from to a reduced tensile force when bending theelectronic device 100. Since the slidingmember 259 can slide relative to the first connectinghinge 255, there is also provided with a second-level fall limit structure (for example, the second connecting rods 267), so as to reduce or prevent a sliding movement of the first connectinghinge 255 or the second connectinghinge 258 due to being impacted when theelectronic device 100 is dropped, and an undesirable arching of the supportingmember 50 is avoided. - In an implementation, the sliding distance of the sliding
member 259 relative to the first connectinghinge 255 is less than the sliding distance of the first connectinghinge 255 relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250. In an implementation, the sliding distance of the slidingmember 259 relative to the first connectinghinge 255 is less than the sliding distance of the first connectinghinge 255 relative to the movinghinge 256 of themiddle hinge assembly 250. - The first-level drop limit structure is received within the
foldable device 22 and does not occupy an internal space of thefirst frame 21 and thesecond frame 23, facilitating arrangement of elements within thefirst frame 21 and thesecond frame 23. - In an implementation, the connecting
assembly 24 connects themiddle hinge assembly 250 with the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258, and is used to drive the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258 to move relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250. That is, the connectingassembly 24 has a first end rotatably connected to themiddle hinge assembly 250 and a second end slidably connected to one of the first connectinghinge 255 or the second connectinghinge 258. As an example, the connectingmember 260 on one side of each connectingassembly 24 has one end rotatably connected to themiddle hinge assembly 250 and the other end slidably connected to the first connectinghinge 255, and the connectingmember 260 on the other side of each connectingassembly 24 has one end rotatably connected to themiddle hinge assembly 250 and the other end slidably connected to the second connectinghinge 258. - Referring to
FIGS. 27 to 34 , when bending thefoldable device 22, the first connectinghinge 255 is rotated toward the second connectinghinge 258. The first connectingportion 262 of each of the two connectingmembers 260 slides in a corresponding one of thesecond guide grooves 2558 of the first connectinghinge 255, and the second connectingportion 264 of each of the two connectingmembers 260 slides in a corresponding one of thefirst guide grooves 2557 of the first connectinghinge 255. Each first connectingportion 262 slidably pushes a corresponding one of the first connectingrods 263 to rotate away from themiddle hinge assembly 250, such that one end of the first connectingrod 263 rotates along a corresponding one of the connectingposts 2621, and theelongated hole 2631 at the other end of the first connectingrod 263 slides relative to and rotates around a corresponding one of theshaft 25537. Each second connectingportion 264 slidably drives a corresponding one of the second connectingrods 267 to rotate away from themiddle hinge assembly 250, such that one end of the second connectingrod 267 rotates in a corresponding one of the connectingholes 2641, and theelongated hole 2671 at the other end of the second connectingrod 267 slides relative to and rotates around the connectingpost 2593 of a corresponding one of the slidingmembers 259. At this point, theelastic positioning member 268 is elastically deformed such that thepositioning head 2685 moves out of a corresponding one of the first positioning holes 2866. Theelastic member 25535 is elastically abutted between themiddle hinge assembly 250 and the first connectinghinge 255. Both of the first connectingportion 262 and theend connecting member 273 slide in thesecond guide groove 2558 of the first connectinghinge 255, and the second connectingportion 264 slides in thefirst guide groove 2557 of the first connectinghinge 255. Since the two connectingmembers 260 of each connectingassembly 24 are connected via thelinkage mechanism 28, when the connectingmember 260 connected between the first connectinghinge 255 and thelinkage mechanism 28 rotates, it will drive thefirst shaft 281 on one side of thelinkage mechanism 28 to rotate. Thefirst shaft 281 on the one side of thelinkage mechanism 28 then drives thefirst shaft 281 on the other side of thelinkage mechanism 28 to rotate via thelinkage 282, and thefirst shaft 281 on the other side of thelinkage mechanism 28 in turn drives the connectingmember 260 connected between the second connectinghinge 258 and thelinkage mechanism 28 to rotate, such that the second connectinghinge 258 rotates toward the first connectinghinge 255 synchronously. As such, the second connectinghinge 258 drives the first connectingportion 262 to slide in thesecond guide groove 2588 and drives the second connectingportion 264 to slide in thefirst guide groove 2587. The first connectingportion 262 slidably drives a corresponding one of the first connectingrods 263 to rotate away from themiddle hinge assembly 250, such that the first connectingrod 263 moves apart from the first limitingportion 2401 until it comes into contact with the second limitingportion 2402. Thepositioning head 2685 of theelastic positioning member 268 slides along the slidinggroove 2867 until it slides to one end of the slidinggroove 2867 away from thefirst positioning hole 2866. The two connectingmembers 260 of each connectingassembly 24 are brought close to each other to realize linkage bending of thefoldable device 22. When bending thefoldable device 22, theelastic member 25535 is maintained in compression. - When folding the
foldable device 22, the first connectingportion 262 of the connectingmember 260 drives a first end of the first connectingrod 263 to rotate relative to the first connectingportion 262 and a second end of the first connectingrod 263 to slide and rotate relative to theshaft 25537 of the first connectinghinge 255, such that the first connectingrod 263 moves away from the first limitingportion 2401 until it abuts against the second limitingportion 2402. At the same time, the second connectingportion 264 drives a first end of the second connectingrod 267 to rotate relative to the second connectingportion 264 and a second end of the second connectingrod 267 to slide and rotate relative to the connectingpost 2593 of the slidingmember 259, such that the second connectingrod 267 moves away from the third limitingportion 25553 until it abuts against the fourth limiting portion 25554. The first connectinghinge 255 rotates around thefirst shaft 281 relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250. As an example, the first connectinghinge 255 rotates around thefirst shaft 281 relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250 as well as rotates and slides relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250. The movinghinge 256 connected with the first connectinghinge 255 rotates around thesecond shaft 275 with the positioningmember 27 as well as slides relative to the mounting frame. The second connectinghinge 258 rotates around the otherfirst shaft 281 relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250 as well as slides relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250. The movinghinge 256 connected with the second connectinghinge 258 rotates along thesecond shaft 275 with the positioningmember 27 as well as slides relative to the mounting frame. The two movinghinges 256 respectively drives the tworotating hinges 253 to rotate relative to theintermediate hinge 251 until thefoldable device 22 is in the folded state or the unfolded state. When thefoldable device 22 is in the folded state, a front surface of theintermediate hinge 251, a front surface of therotating hinge 253, a front surface of the movinghinge 256, a front surface of the first connectinghinge 255, and a front surface of the second connectinghinge 258 cooperate together to form a continuous arc-shaped supporting surface, where each first connectingrod 263 is in contact with a corresponding one of the second limitingportions 2402, and each second connectingrod 267 is in contact with a corresponding one of the fourth limiting portions 25554. When thefoldable device 22 is in the unfolded state, the front surface of theintermediate hinge 251, the front surface of therotating hinge 253, the front surface of the movinghinge 256, the front surface of the first connectinghinge 255, and the front surface of the second connectinghinge 258 cooperate together to form a planar support surface, where each first connectingrod 263 is in contact with a corresponding one of the first limitingportions 2401, and each second connectingrod 267 is in contact with a corresponding one of the third limitingportions 25553. - When bending the
foldable device 22, each coveringmember 291 rotates relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250 via a corresponding one of the connectingrods 297. That is, the firstrotating shaft 2972 of the connectingrod 297 rotates in the throughhole 2963, and the waist-shaped orcircular hole 2973 of the connectingrod 297 is movably connected to the connectingsleeve 2916 via the secondrotating shaft 2974. At the same time, each of the two slidingpieces 2556 of the first connectinghinge 255 slides along a corresponding one of theguide grooves 2915, and each of the two slidingpieces 2586 of the second connectinghinge 258 slides along a corresponding one of theguide grooves 2915, so that the two coveringmembers 291 rotate and move toward one another. The coveringmember 291 remains in attachment to the rear surface of thefoldable device 22. Theprotrusion 2910 of the coveringmember 291 slidably pushes theelastic member 292 along thepositioning groove 2643 to allow theelastic member 292 to be elastically abutted between the connectingmember 260 and the coveringmember 291, such that the coveringmember 291 can be positioned and prevented from swinging. - In other implementations, the second connecting
hinge 258 is rotated toward the first connectinghinge 255. The first connectingportion 262 of each of the two connectingmembers 260 slides in a corresponding one of thesecond guide grooves 2558 of the twoplate bodies 2583 of the second connectinghinge 258, and the second connectingportion 264 of each of the two connectingmembers 260 slides in a corresponding one of thefirst guide grooves 2557 of the twoplate bodies 2583 of the second connectinghinge 258. Each first connectingportion 262 slidably pushes a corresponding one of the first connectingrods 263 to rotate away from themiddle hinge assembly 250, such that one end of the first connectingrod 263 rotates along a corresponding one of the connectingposts 2621, and theelongated hole 2631 at the other end of the first connectingrod 263 slides relative to and rotates around a corresponding one of theshaft 25834. Theelastic positioning member 268 is elastically deformed such that thepositioning head 2685 moves out of a corresponding one of the first positioning holes 2866. Theelastic member 2582 is elastically abutted between themiddle hinge assembly 250 and the second connectinghinge 258. Both of the first connectingportion 262 and theend connecting member 273 slide in thesecond guide groove 2588 of the second connectinghinge 258, and the second connectingportion 264 slides in thefirst guide groove 2587 of the second connectinghinge 258. Since the two connectingmembers 260 of each connectingassembly 24 are connected via thelinkage mechanism 28, when the connectingmember 260 connected between the second connectinghinge 258 and thelinkage mechanism 28 rotates, it will drive thefirst shaft 281 on one side of thelinkage mechanism 28 to rotate. Thefirst shaft 281 on the one side of thelinkage mechanism 28 then drives thefirst shaft 281 on the other side of thelinkage mechanism 28 to rotate via thelinkage 282, and thefirst shaft 281 on the other side of thelinkage mechanism 28 in turn drives the connectingmember 260 connected between the first connectinghinge 255 and thelinkage mechanism 28 to rotate, such that the first connectinghinge 255 rotates toward the second connectinghinge 258 synchronously. As such, the first connectinghinge 255 drives the first connectingportion 262 to slide in thesecond guide groove 2558 and drives the second connectingportion 264 to slide in thefirst guide groove 2557. The first connectingportion 262 slidably drives a corresponding one of the first connectingrods 263 to rotate away from themiddle hinge assembly 250, such that the first connectingrod 263 moves away from the first limitingportion 2401 until it comes into contact with the second limitingportion 2402. The second connectingportion 264 slidably drives a corresponding one of the second connectingrods 267 to rotate away from themiddle hinge assembly 250, such that the second connectingrod 267 moves away from the third limitingportion 25553 until it comes into contact with the fourth limiting portion 25554. Thepositioning head 2685 of theelastic positioning member 268 slides along the slidinggroove 2867 until it slides to one end of the slidinggroove 2867 away from thefirst positioning hole 2866. The two connectingmembers 260 of each connectingassembly 24 are brought close to each other to realize linkage bending of thefoldable device 22. When bending thefoldable device 22, theelastic member 25535 is maintained in compression. - In other implementations, the first connecting
hinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258 can also be simultaneously implemented to rotate toward one another. Since the two connectingmembers 260 of each connectingassembly 24 are connected with one another via thelinkage mechanism 28, the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258 together drive the two connectingmembers 260 of each connectingassembly 24 to rotate to drive the twofirst shafts 281 to rotate. As such, the two connectingmembers 260 are brought close to each other, so that the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258 are brought close to each other synchronously, and thefoldable device 22 is bent accordingly. - When unfolding the
foldable device 22, the first connectinghinge 255 is rotated away from the second connectinghinge 258. The first connectingportion 262 of each of the two connectingmembers 260 slides in a corresponding one of thesecond guide grooves 2558 of the first connectinghinge 255, and the second connectingportion 264 of each of the two connectingmembers 260 slides in a corresponding one of thefirst guide grooves 2557 of the first connectinghinge 255. Each first connectingportion 262 slidably drives a corresponding one of the first connectingrods 263 to rotate close to themiddle hinge assembly 250, such that one end of the first connectingrod 263 rotates along a corresponding one of the connectingposts 2621, and theelongated hole 2631 at the other end of the first connectingrod 263 slides relative to and rotates around a corresponding one of theshaft 25537. Each second connectingportion 264 slidably drives a corresponding one of the second connectingrods 267 to rotate close to themiddle hinge assembly 250, such that one end of the second connectingrod 267 rotates around a corresponding one of the connectingholes 2641, and theelongated hole 2671 at the other end of the second connectingrod 267 slides relative to and rotates around the connectingpost 2593 of a corresponding one of the slidingmembers 259. Thepositioning head 2685 of theelastic positioning member 268 slides along the slidinggroove 2867. Theelastic positioning member 268 is elastically deformed such that thepositioning head 2685 moves out of a corresponding one of the first positioning holes 2866. Theelastic member 25535 is elastically abutted between themiddle hinge assembly 250 and the first connectinghinge 255. Both of the first connectingportion 262 and theend connecting member 273 slide in thesecond guide groove 2558 of the first connectinghinge 255, and the second connectingportion 264 slides in thefirst guide groove 2557 of the first connectinghinge 255. Since the two connectingmembers 260 of each connectingassembly 24 are connected via thelinkage mechanism 28, when the connectingmember 260 connected between the first connectinghinge 255 and thelinkage mechanism 28 rotates, it will drive thefirst shaft 281 on one side of thelinkage mechanism 28 to rotate. Thefirst shaft 281 on the one side of thelinkage mechanism 28 then drives thefirst shaft 281 on the other side of thelinkage mechanism 28 to rotate via thelinkage 282, and thefirst shaft 281 on the other side of thelinkage mechanism 28 in turn drives the connectingmember 260 connected between the second connectinghinge 258 and thelinkage mechanism 28 to rotate, such that the second connectinghinge 258 rotates away from the first connectinghinge 255 synchronously. As such, the second connectinghinge 258 drives the first connectingportion 262 to slide in thesecond guide groove 2588 and drives the second connectingportion 264 to slide in thefirst guide groove 2587. The first connectingportion 262 slidably drives a corresponding one of the first connectingrods 263 to rotate toward themiddle hinge assembly 250, such that the first connectingrod 263 moves apart from the second limitingportion 2402 until it comes into contact with the first limitingportion 2401. Thepositioning head 2685 of theelastic positioning member 268 is abutted and stopped in thefirst positioning hole 2866. As such, the two connectingmembers 260 of each connectingassembly 24 are brought away from each other to realize linkage unfolding of thefoldable device 22. When unfolding thefoldable device 22, theelastic member 25535 is maintained in compression. - When unfolding the
foldable device 22, the first connectingportion 262 of the connectingmember 260 drives the first end of the first connectingrod 263 to rotate relative to the first connectingportion 262 and the second end of the first connectingrod 263 to slide and rotate relative to theshaft 25537 of the first connectinghinge 255, such that the first connectingrod 263 moves apart from the first limitingportion 2401 until it abuts against the first limitingportion 2401. At the same time, the second connectingportion 264 drives the first end of the second connectingrod 267 to rotate relative to the second connectingportion 264 and the second end of the second connectingrod 267 to slide and rotate relative to the connectingpost 2593 of the slidingmember 259, such that the second connectingrod 267 moves apart from the fourth limiting portion 25554 until it abuts against the third limitingportion 25553 of the first connectinghinge 255. The first connectinghinge 255 rotates around thefirst shaft 281 relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250. As an example, the first connectinghinge 255 rotates around thefirst shaft 281 relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250 to away from the second connectinghinge 258, as well as slides relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250. The movinghinge 256 connected with the first connectinghinge 255 rotates around thesecond shaft 275 with the positioningmember 27 as well as slides relative to the mounting frame. The second connectinghinge 258 rotates around the otherfirst shaft 281 relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250 to away from the first connectinghinge 255, as well as slides relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250. The movinghinge 256 connected with the second connectinghinge 258 rotates along thesecond shaft 275 with the positioningmember 27 as well as slides relative to the mounting frame. The two movinghinges 256 move away from one another to drive the tworotating hinges 253 to rotate relative to theintermediate hinge 251 and away from one another, until thefoldable device 22 is in the unfolded state. When thefoldable device 22 is in the unfolded state, the front surface of theintermediate hinge 251, the front surface of therotating hinge 253, the front surface of the movinghinge 256, the front surface of the first connectinghinge 255, and the front surface of the second connectinghinge 258 cooperate together to form a planar support surface, where each first connectingrod 263 is in contact with a corresponding one of the first limitingportions 2401, and each second connectingrod 267 is in contact with a corresponding one of the third limitingportions 25553. Thepositioning head 2685 of theelastic positioning member 268 snaps into thefirst positioning hole 2866. - When unfolding the
foldable device 22, each coveringmember 291 rotates relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250 via a corresponding one of the connectingrods 297. That is, the firstrotating shaft 2972 of the connectingrod 297 rotates in the throughhole 2963, and the waist-shaped orcircular hole 2973 of the connectingrod 297 is movably connected to the connectingsleeve 2916 via the secondrotating shaft 2974. At the same time, each of the two slidingpieces 2556 of the first connectinghinge 255 slides along a corresponding one of theguide grooves 2915, and each of the two slidingpieces 2586 of the second connectinghinge 258 slides along a corresponding one of theguide grooves 2915, so that the two coveringmembers 291 rotate to be unfolded relative to one another. The coveringmember 291 remains in attachment to the rear surface of thefoldable device 22. Theprotrusion 2910 of the coveringmember 291 slidably pushes theelastic member 292 along thepositioning groove 2643 to allow theelastic member 292 to be elastically abutted between the connectingmember 260 and the coveringmember 291, such that the coveringmember 291 can be positioned and prevented from swinging. - In other implementations, the second connecting
hinge 258 is rotated away from the first connectinghinge 255. The first connectingportion 262 of each of the two connectingmembers 260 slides in a corresponding one of thesecond guide grooves 2558 of the twoplate bodies 2583 of the second connectinghinge 258, and the second connectingportion 264 of each of the two connectingmembers 260 slides in a corresponding one of thefirst guide grooves 2557 of the twoplate bodies 2583 of the second connectinghinge 258. Each first connectingportion 262 slidably drives a corresponding one of the first connectingrods 263 to rotate close to themiddle hinge assembly 250, such that one end of the first connectingrod 263 rotates along a corresponding one of the connectingposts 2621, and theelongated hole 2631 at the other end of the first connectingrod 263 slides relative to and rotates around a corresponding one of theshaft 25834. Thepositioning head 2685 of theelastic positioning member 268 slides along the slidinggroove 2867. Theelastic member 2582 is elastically abutted between themiddle hinge assembly 250 and the second connectinghinge 258. Both of the first connectingportion 262 and theend connecting member 273 slide in thesecond guide groove 2588 of the second connectinghinge 258, and the second connectingportion 264 slides in thefirst guide groove 2587 of the second connectinghinge 258. Since the two connectingmembers 260 of each connectingassembly 24 are connected via thelinkage mechanism 28, when the connectingmember 260 connected between the second connectinghinge 258 and thelinkage mechanism 28 rotates, it will drive thefirst shaft 281 on one side of thelinkage mechanism 28 to rotate. Thefirst shaft 281 on the one side of thelinkage mechanism 28 then drives thefirst shaft 281 on the other side of thelinkage mechanism 28 to rotate via thelinkage 282, and thefirst shaft 281 on the other side of thelinkage mechanism 28 in turn drives the connectingmember 260 connected between the first connectinghinge 255 and thelinkage mechanism 28 to rotate, such that the first connectinghinge 255 rotates away from the second connectinghinge 258 synchronously. As such, the first connectinghinge 255 drives the first connectingportion 262 to slide in thesecond guide groove 2558 and drives the second connectingportion 264 to slide in thefirst guide groove 2557. The first connectingportion 262 slidably drives a corresponding one of the first connectingrods 263 to rotate close to themiddle hinge assembly 250, such that the first connectingrod 263 moves until it comes into contact with the first limitingportion 2401. The second connectingportion 264 slidably drives a corresponding one of the second connectingrods 267 to rotate toward themiddle hinge assembly 250, such that the second connectingrod 267 moves until it comes into contact with the third limitingportion 25553. Thepositioning head 2685 of theelastic positioning member 268 slides along the slidinggroove 2867 until it slides to be clamped in thefirst positioning hole 2866. The two connectingmembers 260 of each connectingassembly 24 are brought to move away from each other to realize linkage unfolding of thefoldable device 22. When unfolding thefoldable device 22, theelastic member 25535 is maintained in compression. - In other implementations, the first connecting
hinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258 can also be simultaneously implemented to rotate away from one another. Since the two connectingmembers 260 of each connectingassembly 24 are connected with one another via thelinkage mechanism 28, the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258 together drive the two connectingmembers 260 of each connectingassembly 24 to rotate to drive the twofirst shafts 281 to rotate. As such, the two connectingmembers 260 are brought to move away from each other, so that the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258 are brought to move away from each other synchronously, and thefoldable device 22 is unfolded accordingly. - When the connecting hinge moves relative to the
middle hinge assembly 250, thedrop limiting mechanism 26 slides relative to the connecting hinge. As an example, when the first connectinghinge 255 rotates and slides relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250, the connectingmember 260 connected between the first connectinghinge 255 and themiddle hinge assembly 250 slides relative to the first connectinghinge 255. When the second connectinghinge 258 rotates and slides relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250, the connectingmember 260 connected between the second connectinghinge 258 and themiddle hinge assembly 250 slides relative to the second connectinghinge 258. - When the
foldable device 22 is in the unfolded state, the first connectingrod 263 can be in close contact with the first limitingportion 2401. The second connectingrod 267 can be in close contact with the third limitingportion 25553. Thepositioning head 2685 of theelastic positioning member 268 is snapped into thefirst positioning hole 2866. Theelastic member 25535 is elastically abutted between the first connectinghinge 258 and themiddle hinge assembly 250. Theelastic member 2582 is elastically abutted between themiddle hinge assembly 250 and the second connectinghinge 258. As such, when thefoldable device 22 is dropped, the slidingmember 259 is prevented from retracting into thelug 2555 and the connecting hinges are prevented from retracting relative to one another, damage to the flexible screen which is fixedly connected to thefoldable device 22 due to arching is avoided. When thefoldable device 22 is in the folded state, the first connectingrod 263 can be in close contact with the second limitingportion 2402, and the second connectingrod 267 can be in close contact with the fourth limiting portion 25554. Thepositioning head 2685 of theelastic positioning member 268 is positioned at one end of the slidinggroove 2867. Theelastic member 25535 is elastically abutted between the first connectinghinge 258 and themiddle hinge assembly 250. Theelastic member 2582 is elastically abutted between themiddle hinge assembly 250 and the second connectinghinge 258. As such, when thefoldable device 22 is dropped, the slidingmember 259 can also be prevented from retracted into thelug 2555 and the connecting hinges can also be prevented from retracting relative to one another, damage to the flexible screen which is fixedly connected to thefoldable device 22 due to arching is avoided. - Referring to
FIGS. 1 to 4 andFIGS. 11 to 14 , the assembledfoldable device 22 is disposed between thefirst frame 21 and thesecond frame 23. The twolugs 2555 of the first connectinghinge 255 are received within thefirst frame 21. The slidingmembers 259 are received and fixed within thefirst frame 21. The movinghinge 256 and the mountingframe 255 are slidable relative to one another along a direction perpendicular to the bending axis of themiddle hinge assembly 250. Theelastic member 25535 exerts an elastic pushing force to the mountingframe 255 in a direction away from themiddle hinge assembly 250. Theelastic member 25531 exerts an elastic pushing force on the slidingmember 259 in a direction away from the first connectinghinge 255. At this point, one slidingmember 259 is disposed on one side of thebendable mechanism 25 and is connected to thefirst frame 21. Thesecond frame 23 is connected to the other side of thebendable mechanism 25 away from the one slidingmember 259. Theelastic member 2582 exerts an elastic pushing force on the mounting frame in a direction away from themiddle hinge assembly 250. As an example, all of theelastic members 25535, theelastic members 2582, and theelastic members 25531 are pre-compressed and mounted in corresponding positions. The front surface of the supportingmember 50 on thefoldable device 22 is coplanar with a front surface of thefirst frame 21 as well as a front surface of thesecond frame 23. The rear surface of theflexible screen 30 is fixed to the front surface of thefirst frame 21 and the front surface of thesecond frame 23. The rear surface of theflexible screen 30 is slidably connected to the front surface of the supportingmember 50, and optionally, via an elastic adhesive. The rear surface of the supportingmember 50 is slidably connected to themiddle hinge assembly 250, and optionally, via an elastic adhesive. - In an implementation, as illustrated in
FIG. 2 , the supportingmember 50 includes a first connecting region 522, a second connectingregion 524, and abendable region 526 located between the first connecting region 522 and the second connectingregion 524. In an implementation, the first connecting region 522 of the supportingmember 50 is connected to the first connectinghinge 255, and the second connectingregion 524 is connected to the second connectinghinge 258. In an implementation, the first connecting region 522 of the supportingmember 50 is fixed to the first connectinghinge 255, and the second connectingregion 524 is fixed to the second connectinghinge 258. In an implementation, the supportingmember 50 may have a relatively large length, and in this case, the first connecting region 522 of the supportingmember 50 is connected to the first connectinghinge 255, and the second connectingregion 524 is connected to thesecond frame 23 and the second connectinghinge 258. As an example, thebendable region 526 of the supportingmember 50 is slidably connected with themiddle hinge assembly 250 located between the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258. When bending thefoldable device 22, thebendable region 526 of the supportingmember 50 slides relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250 located between the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258. In an implementation, when bending thefoldable device 22, both the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258 slide relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250 to allow the supportingmember 50 to suffer from a reduced tensile force and to have a constant or basically constant length. Since the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258 is capable of providing sliding compensation by themselves when bending thefoldable device 22, there is no need to additionally provide any components to realize the sliding compensation for bending thefoldable device 22, which can effectively save the space occupied by thefoldable device 22. - In an implementation, the
flexible member 30 includes a first connectingportion 301, a second connectingportion 303, and abendable portion 305 located between the first connectingportion 301 and the second connectingportion 303. Thebendable portion 305 faces thebendable region 526 of the supportingmember 50. As an example, the first connectingportion 301 and the second connectingportion 303 include thenon-bendable region 33, and thebendable portion 305 includes thebendable region 31. It is noted that, the first connectingportion 301 and the second connectingportion 303 may also be bendable. As an example, the first connectingportion 301 is connected to thefirst frame 21. The second connectingportion 303 is connected to one of thesecond frame 23 or the second connectingregion 524 of the supportingmember 50. Thebendable portion 305 is slidably connected to thebendable region 526 of the supportingmember 50. As an example, the first connectingportion 301 is fixed to thefirst frame 21, and the second connectingportion 303 is fixed to one of thesecond frame 23 or the second connectingregion 524 of the supportingmember 50. As an example, thefirst frame 21 is connected to the slidingmember 259. In an implementation, thefirst frame 21 is elastically connected or fixedly connected to the slidingmember 259. When bending thefoldable device 22, thefirst frame 21 and thesecond frame 23 slide relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250, thefirst frame 21 slides relative to the first connectinghinge 255, thesecond frame 23 is fixed relative to the second connectinghinge 258, and thebendable portion 305 slides relative to thebendable region 526 of the supportingmember 50. As such, the tensile force exerted on theflexible member 30 is reduced and theflexible member 30 has a constant or basically constant length. - In an implementation, when bending the
foldable device 22, two opposite sides of thebendable region 526 of the supportingmember 50 slide inward relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250. The wholebendable portion 305 of theflexible member 30 slides relative to thebendable region 526 of the supportingmember 50 in a direction from thebendable region 526 to the second connectingregion 524 of the supportingmember 50. Thebendable portion 305 slides relative to thebendable region 526 in a same direction in which a side of thebendable region 526 of the supportingmember 50 adjacent to the first connecting region 522 slides relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250. - In an implementation, when bending the
foldable device 22, a sliding distance of one side of thebendable portion 305 of theflexible member 30 close to the second connectingportion 303 relative to the supportingmember 50 is less than a sliding distance of theflexible member 30 on the other side of thebendable portion 305 close to the first connectingportion 301 relative to the supportingmember 50. - In an implementation, when bending the
foldable device 22, a sliding distance of thebendable portion 305 of theflexible member 30 relative to the supportingmember 50 is less than a sliding distance of the first connectingportion 301 relative to the supportingmember 50. - Since the sliding compensation is implemented bidirectionally inside the
foldable device 22, both a sliding distance of the first connectinghinge 255 and a sliding distance of the second connectinghinge 258 slides can be reduced, thereby improving the reliability of handing thefoldable device 22. The sliding compensation is implemented unidirectionally outside thefoldable device 22, such that a reduced space is occupied within thesecond frame 23, and a layout of components in thesecond frame 23 can be optimized, for example, a large capacity battery can be accommodated in thesecond frame 23. - In an implementation, the sliding compensation is also implemented unidirectionally inside the
foldable device 22. That is, only one of the connecting hinges on one side of thefoldable device 22 is slidable, and the other one of the connecting hinges on the other side of thefoldable device 22 is fixedly or rotatably connected with the adjacent middle hinge assembly. - When the
foldable device 22 is in the unfolded state, the first connectingrod 263 of thedrop limiting mechanism 26 is in contact with or adjacent to the first limitingportion 2401, and the second connectingrod 267 is in contact with or adjacent to the third limitingportion 25553. In this way, when thefoldable device 22 in the unfolded state suffers from a pressing force (for example, an impact force when thefoldable device 22 is dropped) toward the middle region of thefoldable device 22, retraction of thefoldable device 22 in a lateral direction caused by the pressing force can be avoided, and an theflexible screen 30 is prevented from arching. When thefoldable device 22 is in the bent state, the first connectingrod 263 of thedrop limiting mechanism 26 is in contact with or adjacent to the second limitingportion 2402, and the second connectingrod 267 is in contact with to or adjacent to the fourth limiting portion 25554. In this way, when thefoldable device 22 in the bent state suffers from a pressing force (for example, an impact force when thefoldable device 22 is dropped) toward the middle region of thefoldable device 22, retraction of thefoldable device 22 in a lateral direction caused by the pressing force can be avoided, and theflexible screen 30 is prevented from arching. - In an implementation, the supporting
member 50 is fixedly connected to the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258. When bending thefoldable device 22, the mounting frame can be driven to slide relative to the movinghinge 256. The supportingmember 50 can be bent when bending thefoldable device 22. Thebendable region 31 of theflexible member 30 can be bent when bending the supportingmember 50. During bending thefoldable device 22, the supportingmember 50 has a constant size. Theelastic members first frame 21 and thesecond frame 23 outward to allow the supportingmember 50 to be at tension. Theelastic member 25531 pushes the slidingmember 259 outward to allow theflexible screen 30 to be at tension. - When the
flexible member 30 is in the unfolded state, thepositioning head 2685 of eachelastic positioning member 268 is snapped into the correspondingfirst positioning hole 2866. The first connectingrod 263 is abutted against the first limitingportion 2401, and the second connectingrod 267 is abutted against the third limitingportion 25553 to position thebendable mechanism 25 to remain in the unfolded state. - Referring to
FIGS. 26 to 34 , when bending theelectronic device 100, a bending force is applied to at least one of thefirst frame 21 or thesecond frame 23 of theelectronic device 100, which allows the first connectinghinge 255 connected to thefirst frame 21 and the second connectinghinge 258 connected to thesecond frame 23 to rotate toward one another, so as to bend thefoldable device 22 via two connectingassemblies 24, and thebendable region 31 of theflexible member 30 is bent when bending the supportingmember 50. As an example, when the bending force is applied to thefirst frame 21, thefirst frame 21 drives the first connectinghinge 255 to rotate around thefirst shaft 281 relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250 in a direction away from theflexible member 30. The first connectinghinge 255 drives the corresponding connectingmembers 260 of the two connectingassemblies 24 to rotate. The two first connectingportions 262 slide in the twosecond guide grooves 2558 of the first connectinghinge 255, the two second connectingportions 264 respectively slide in the twofirst guide grooves 2557 of the first connectinghinge 255, such that theelastic positioning member 268 is elastically deformed to allow thepositioning head 2685 to disengage from the correspondingfirst positioning hole 2866. Since the two connectingmembers 260 of each connectingassembly 24 are connected via thelinkage mechanism 28, when the connectingmember 260 connecting the first connectinghinge 255 and thelinkage mechanism 28 rotates, it will drive thefirst shaft 281 on one side of thelinkage mechanism 28 to rotate. Thefirst shaft 281 on the one side of thelinkage mechanism 28 then drives thefirst shaft 281 on the other side of thelinkage mechanism 28 to rotate via thelinkage 282, and thefirst shaft 281 on the other side of thelinkage mechanism 28 in turn drives the connectingmember 260 connecting the second connectinghinge 258 and thelinkage mechanism 28 to rotate, such that the second connectinghinge 258 rotates toward the first connectinghinge 255 synchronously. Each of the two first connectingrods 263 rotates toward the second limitingportion 2402 in the receivinggroove 25536 of the first connectinghinge 255, and each of the two second connectingrods 267 rotates in the throughhole 25551 toward the fourth limiting portion 25554, so that the two connectingmembers 260 of each connectingassembly 24 are also close to each other, and thus thefoldable device 22 is bent accordingly. Thebendable region 31 of theflexible member 30 is bent when bending thefoldable device 22 until the rear surface of thefirst frame 21 comes into contact with the rear surface of thesecond frame 23. - At this point, the
foldable device 22 is bent and in the folded state, and theflexible member 30 is bent along with thefoldable device 22. As such, the front surface of themiddle hinge assembly 250, the front surface of the first connectinghinge 255, and the front surface of the second connectinghinge 258 are connected to form an arcuate surface in an arch shape, thereby facilitating attaching of theflexible member 30. - When bending the
foldable device 22, each of the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258 rotates around the correspondingfirst shaft 281 relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250. As an example, the two coveringmembers 291 of theshielding mechanism 29 rotate relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250 when bending thefoldable device 22, so that the coveringmember 291 always covers the rear surface of thebendable mechanism 25 to prevent dust and other impurities from entering thefoldable device 22 from the rear surface of theelectronic device 100. - The
electronic device 100 can also be bent in other manners. As an example, it is also possible to apply the bending force only to thesecond frame 23. Thesecond frame 23 drives the second connectinghinge 258 to rotate around thefirst shaft 281 relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250 in a direction away from theflexible member 30. The second connectinghinge 255 drives the corresponding connectingmembers 260 of the two connectingassemblies 24 to rotate. The two first connectingportions 262 respectively slide in the twosecond guide grooves 2588 of the second connectinghinge 258, the two second connectingportions 264 respectively slide in the twofirst guide grooves 2587 of the second connectinghinge 258, such that theelastic positioning member 268 is elastically deformed to allow thepositioning head 2685 to disengage from the correspondingfirst positioning hole 2866. Since the two connectingmembers 260 of each connectingassembly 24 are connected via thelinkage mechanism 28, when the connectingmember 260 connected between the second connectinghinge 258 and thelinkage mechanism 28 rotates, it will drive thefirst shaft 281 on one side of thelinkage mechanism 28 to rotate. Thefirst shaft 281 on the one side of thelinkage mechanism 28 then drives thefirst shaft 281 on the other side of thelinkage mechanism 28 to rotate via thelinkage 282, and thefirst shaft 281 on the other side of thelinkage mechanism 28 in turn drives the connectingmember 260 connected between the first connectinghinge 255 and thelinkage mechanism 28 to rotate, such that the first connectinghinge 255 rotates toward the second connectinghinge 258 synchronously. Each of the two first connectingrods 263 rotates toward the second limitingportion 2402 in the receivinggroove 25536 of the first connectinghinge 255, and each of the two second connectingrods 267 rotates toward the fourth limiting portion 25554 in the throughhole 25551, so that the two connectingmembers 260 of each connectingassembly 24 are also close to each other, and thus thefoldable device 22 is bent accordingly. Thebendable region 31 of theflexible member 30 is bent when bending thefoldable device 22 until the rear surface of thefirst frame 21 comes into contact with the rear surface of thesecond frame 23. - The
electronic device 100 can also be bent in other manners. For example, it is also possible to apply a bending force to thefirst frame 21 and thesecond frame 23 at the same time. Thefirst frame 21 and thesecond frame 23 respectively drive the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258 to rotate away from theflexible member 30, and implement the bending of theelectronic device 100 via thefoldable device 22. - When unfolding the
electronic device 100, thefirst frame 21 or thesecond frame 23 is pulled outward, so that the first connectinghinge 255 connected to thefirst frame 21 and the second connectinghinge 258 connected to thesecond frame 23 rotate away from one another. As an example, an outward pulling force is applied to at least one of thefirst frame 21 or thesecond frame 23 of theelectronic device 100, so that the first connectinghinge 255 connected to thefirst frame 21 and the second connectinghinge 258 connected to thesecond frame 23 rotate away from one another. When the outward pulling force is applied to thefirst frame 21, thefirst frame 21 drives the connectingmember 260 of the first connectinghinge 255 to rotate around thefirst shaft 281 toward one side of theflexible member 30. The first connectingportion 262 of each of the two connectingmembers 260 slides in a corresponding one of thesecond guide grooves 2558 of the first connectinghinge 255, and the second connectingportion 264 of each of the two connectingmembers 260 slides in a corresponding one of thefirst guide grooves 2557 of the first connectinghinge 255, such that the first connectingrod 263 and the second connectingrod 267 are driven to rotate toward themiddle hinge assembly 250. Theelastic positioning member 268 is elastically deformed, and thepositioning head 2685 slides along the corresponding slidinggroove 2867. Since the two connectingmembers 260 of each connectingassembly 24 are connected through thelinkage mechanism 28, when the connectingmember 260 connected between the first connectinghinge 255 and thelinkage mechanism 28 rotates, it can drive the correspondingfirst shaft 281 to rotate. Thefirst shaft 281 drives the other sidefirst shaft 281 to rotate through thelinkage mechanism 28. The rotation of thefirst shaft 281 on the other side drives the connectingmember 260 connected between the second connectinghinge 258 and thelinkage mechanism 28 to rotate, so that the second connectinghinge 258 rotates synchronously away from the first connectinghinge 255. The connectingmember 260 connected to second the connectinghinge 258 drives the corresponding first connectingrod 263 and the second connectingrod 267 to rotate toward themiddle hinge assembly 250. Theelastic positioning member 268 is elastically deformed until thepositioning head 2685 snaps into the correspondingfirst positioning hole 2866. As such, the two connectingmembers 260 of each connectingassembly 24 are also moved away from one another until thefoldable device 22 comes into the unfolded state. Thebendable region 31 of theflexible member 30 is unfolded when unfolding thefoldable device 22. - The
electronic device 100 can also be unfolded in other manners. For example, it is also possible to apply an outward pulling force to thesecond frame 23 only, and thesecond frame 23 implements the unfolding of theelectronic device 100 via thefoldable device 22. - The
electronic device 100 can also be unfolded in other manners. For example, it is also possible to simultaneously apply an outward pulling force to each of thefirst frame 21 and thesecond frame 23. Thefirst frame 21 and thesecond frame 23 respectively drive the corresponding connecting hinge to rotate around the correspondingfirst shaft 281 toward one side of theflexible member 30. As such, theelectronic device 100 can be unfolded. - Referring to
FIGS. 35 to 41 , an electronic device 100 a provided according to another implementation of the present implementation is substantially identical with theelectronic device 100 illustrated inFIG. 1 toFIG. 34 in structure, except in the electronic device 100 a, a connectingassembly 24 a, a drop limiting mechanism 26 a, ashielding mechanism 29 a, and anelastic member 25535 illustrated inFIGS. 35 to 41 are different from those illustrated inFIGS. 1 to 34 in structure. In addition, the foldable device of the electronic device 100 a illustrated inFIGS. 35 to 41 is not provided with the positioningmember 27, and each connectingassembly 24 a is directly connected to the connecting hinge and themiddle hinge assembly 250. Details are described as follows. - As illustrated in
FIGS. 35 to 41 , the connectingassembly 24 a also includes the drop limiting mechanism and thelinkage mechanism 28. The drop limiting mechanism includes a connectingmember 260 a connected with themiddle hinge assembly 250 and the connecting hinge, and a first connectingrod 263 and a second connectingrod 267 connected between the connecting hinge and the connectingmember 260 a. The connectingmember 260 a includes a first connectingmember 2601 and a second connectingmember 2602 connected to themiddle hinge assembly 250. The first connectingmember 2601 and the second connectingmember 2602 are separated. The first connectingmember 2601 has one end connected to thefirst shaft 281 and the other end, which is away from themiddle hinge assembly 250, inserted into the connecting hinge and connected to the first connectingrod 263. The second connectingmember 2602 has one end connected to thefirst shaft 281 and the other end, which is away from themiddle hinge assembly 250, inserted into the connecting hinge and connected to the second connectingrod 267. As an example, the first connectingmember 2601 of each connectingmember 260 a close to the first connectinghinge 255 is provided with a first connectingportion 2603 at one end away from thefirst shaft 281. The first connectingportion 2603 is slidably inserted into thesecond guide groove 2558 of the first connectinghinge 255. The first connectingrod 263 is connected between the first connectingportion 2603 and theshaft 25537 of the first connectinghinge 255. The second connectingmember 2602 of each connectingmember 260 a close to the first connectinghinge 255 is provided with a second connectingportion 2604 at one end away from thefirst shaft 281. The second connectingportion 2604 is slidingly inserted into thefirst guide groove 2557 of the first connectinghinge 255. The second connectingrod 267 is connected between the second connectingportion 2604 and the connectingpost 2593 of the corresponding slidingmember 259. In this implementation, the first connectingmember 2601 and the second connectingmember 2602 of the connectingmember 260 a are separated. Theelastic member 25535 is elastically abutted between the connectingmember 260 a and the first connectinghinge 255. As an example, theelastic member 25535 is elastically abutted between the first connectingportion 2603 and the first connectinghinge 255. As an example, the first connectinghinge 255 is provided with a protruding post on one side of the first connectingportion 2603 facing the first connectinghinge 255. The first connectinghinge 255 defines a receiving groove thereon. Theelastic member 25535 is received in the receiving groove, and theelastic member 25535 is fixedly sleeved on the protruding post at one end of theelastic member 25535. - The
shielding mechanism 29 a is also rotatably connected to the rear surface of themiddle hinge assembly 250 via thehinge 295. Theshielding mechanism 29 a includes two coveringmembers 291. Each coveringmember 291 is connected to the corresponding connecting member 26 a via an elongated hole and a guide portion. The elongated hole extends in a direction perpendicular to the bending axis of thebendable mechanism 25. The guide portion has one end slidably received in the elongated hole and the other end connected to the coveringmember 291 or the connecting member 26 a. The elongated hole is defined on one of the connecting member 26 a or the coveringmember 291. When the connecting member 26 a rotates around thefirst shaft 281, the guide portion slides in the corresponding elongated hole. In this implementation, the elongated hole is used as thestrip groove 2606. Thestrip groove 2606 is defined on the second connectingmember 2602 and extends in a direction perpendicular to the axis of thefirst shaft 281. The guide portion is a slidingrod 2918 disposed on the coveringmember 291. One end of the slidingrod 2918 away from the coveringmember 291 is slidably received in thestrip groove 2606. - In other implementations, the strip groove may also be defined in the covering
member 291. The strip groove extends in a direction perpendicular to the axis of thefirst shaft 281. The guide portion may be a sliding rod disposed on the connecting member 26 a. One end of the sliding rod away from the connecting member 26 a is slidably accommodated in the elongated hole. - In an implementation, the sliding
rod 2918 is connected to thestrip groove 2606 via a lockingmember 2919. The lockingmember 2919 is slidably disposed in thestrip groove 2606. - The first connecting
portion 2603 is provided with anelastic positioning member 268. That is, the first connectingportion 2603 defines a receiving groove thereon, and theelastic positioning member 268 is received in the receiving groove. Theelastic positioning member 268 has one end abutted against an end wall of the receiving groove away from thefirst shaft 281 and the other end which passes through the first connectingportion 2603 and is clamped to thefirst positioning hole 2866 of the linkage mechanism, so as to position the foldable device 22 a to be in the unfolded state or the bent state. - In this implementation,
several hinges 295 are arranged adjacent to connection between the two coveringmembers 291 along a length direction of the coveringmember 291. Two opposite ends of eachhinge 295 are respectively hinged with a connectingrod 297. One end of the connectingrod 297 away from thehinge 295 is hinged to one of the coveringmembers 291, and one end of the other connectingrod 297 away from thehinge 295 is hinged to theother covering member 291. Themiddle hinge assembly 250 defines several fixinggrooves 2511, which face thehinges 295 of theshielding mechanism 29 a, on the rear surface of themiddle hinge assembly 250. When theshielding mechanism 29 a is covered on the rear surface of the foldable device 22 a, eachhinge 295 is accommodated and fixed in thecorresponding fixing groove 2511, and each connectingrod 297 is movable in thecorresponding fixing groove 2511. - Referring to
FIG. 38 andFIG. 41 , each connectingrod 297 defines a limitinggroove 2975 on one side thereof facing the corresponding coveringmember 291. When the foldable device is in the folded state, one side of the coveringmember 291 close to thehinge 295 is accommodated in the limitinggroove 2975 of the corresponding connectingrod 297 to position the coveringmember 291. That is, when the foldable device 22 a is folded, an edge of the coveringmember 291 close to thehinge 295 is matched with the limitinggroove 2975 of the corresponding connectingrod 297 to position the coveringmember 291. - In other implementations, the
hinge 295 and themiddle hinge assembly 250 may also be integrally formed. - In this implementation, when bending the foldable device 22 a, each covering
member 291 rotates relative to themiddle hinge assembly 250 via a corresponding connectingrod 297. The two slidingrods 2918 of the coveringmember 291 slide along the corresponding twostrip grooves 2606, so that the two coveringmembers 291 rotate and move toward one other. The coveringmember 291 is always in contact with the rear surface of thefoldable device 22 to prevent dust and other impurities from entering thefoldable device 22 from the rear surface of thefoldable device 22. - Referring to
FIGS. 42 to 49 , anelectronic device 100 b provided according to another implementation of the present disclosure is substantially identical with theelectronic device 100 illustrated inFIGS. 1 to 34 in structure, except in theelectronic device 100 b, the supporting member, theshielding mechanism 29 b, the drop limiting mechanism 26 b, and the positioning member illustrated inFIGS. 42 to 50 are different from those illustrated inFIGS. 1 to 34 in structure. Elements, structures, functions, effects, functions, coordination relationships, connection relationships, assembly manners, operating principles, and operating modes that are not mentioned or explicitly mentioned in this implementation are identical with or similar to the foregoing implementations, and reference can be made to descriptions of the foregoing implementations. - As illustrated in
FIGS. 42 to 50 , the supporting member 50 a is provided between theflexible member 30 and the foldable device 22 b. The supporting member 50 a includes a supportingmember 52 and a supportinglayer 54 laminated with the supportingmember 52. The supportingmember 52 has two opposite sides which are respectively connected to front surfaces of the connecting hinges on two opposite sides of thebendable mechanism 25. As an example, the two opposite sides of the supportingmember 52 are respectively fixedly connected to the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258. - In an implementation, the
first frame 21 and thesecond frame 23 are disposed on two opposite sides of thebendable mechanism 25. In this implementation, the first connectinghinge 255 is connected to thefirst frame 21, and the second connectinghinge 258 is connected to thesecond frame 23. The supportingmember 52 has one side fixedly connected to the first connectinghinge 255 and the other side which is away from the first connectinghinge 255 and can be fixedly connected to the second connectinghinge 258 and thesecond frame 23. - Both the supporting
member 52 and the supportinglayer 54 are bendable supporting sheets. Two opposite sides of a rear surface of the supportingmember 52 are respectively fixedly connected to a front surface of the first connectinghinge 255 and a front surface of the second connectinghinge 258 of thebendable mechanism 25. The supportingmember 52 has a cross section, which is perpendicular to the bending axis of thebendable mechanism 25, with a constant length. That is, the length of the cross section of the supportingmember 52 when thefoldable device 22 is unfolded remains the same as that of the supportingmember 52 when thefoldable device 22 is folded. - Both the supporting
member 52 and the supportinglayer 54 can be, but are not limited to, a sheet made of copper foil, liquid metal, plastic or other composite materials. In this implementation, the supportingmember 52 is a liquid metal sheet. - In other implementations, the supporting
layer 54 may also be a flexible transparent cover plate, such as a transparent polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film layer, a polyimide (PI) film layer, and the like. - In an implementation, the supporting
member 52 is fixedly connected to the front surface of the connecting hinge via clamping posts and clamping holes matched with the clamping posts. Alternatively, the supportingmember 52 is connected with the connecting hinge via an adhesive. As an example, the supportingmember 52 is provided with multiple clampingposts 521 on the rear surface thereof, and each of the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258 defines multiple clamping holes on the front surface thereof. Themultiple clamping posts 521 of the supportingmember 52 are respectively clamped into the corresponding clamping holes, so that the supportingmember 52 is fixedly connected between the first connectinghinge 255 and the second connectinghinge 258. - In this implementation, the first connecting
hinge 255 defines multiple clampingholes 25501 on the front surface of the first connectinghinge 255 along its length direction. The supportingmember 52 is provided with multiple clampingposts 521 on the rear surface of the supportingmember 52 corresponding to the multiple clamping holes 25501. Each clampingpost 521 is clamped in thecorresponding clamping hole 25501 to fix one side of the supportingmember 52 to the first connectinghinge 255. As an example, several clampingholes 25501 are defined on the front surface of the first connectinghinge 255, and the clamping posts 521 of the supportingmember 52 are respectively clamped into the corresponding clampingholes 25501 to fixedly connect to the first connectinghinge 255. The other side of the supportingmember 52 away from the first connectinghinge 255 is fixedly connected to the second connectinghinge 258 and thesecond frame 23 via an adhesive. - In this implementation, each of two opposite ends of one side of the first connecting
hinge 255 away from the second connectinghinge 258 is provided with thelug 2555 which extends vertically outwardly. There is a slidingmember 259 slidingly sleeved on eachlug 2555. Thefirst frame 21 is connected to the slidingmember 259. Thesecond frame 23 is connected to the second connectinghinge 258. The rear surface of the supportingmember 52 is fixedly connected to the first connectinghinge 255, the second connectinghinge 258, and thesecond frame 23. - In an implementation, the supporting
layer 54 can be considered as a part of theflexible member 30. That is, theflexible member 30 includes a flexible screen and a supportinglayer 54 attached to the bottom of the flexible screen. The supportinglayer 54 can have a same size as the flexible screen. The supportinglayer 54 can be fixedly connected with the flexible screen via an adhesive. - In an implementation, the rear surface of the supporting
layer 54 has one side fixedly connected to thefirst frame 21 and the slidingmember 259 and the other side fixedly connected to thesecond frame 23. When bending or unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, thefirst frame 21 and the slidingmember 259 slide with the supportinglayer 54 relative to the corresponding connecting hinge, and the supportingmember 52 is slidable relative to the supporting layer. As an example, the supportinglayer 54 is laminated on the front surface of the supportingmember 52. The rear surface of the supportinglayer 54 has one end fixedly connected to the front surface of the supportingmember 52 away from the bendable mechanism 25 (that is, the rear surface of the supportinglayer 54 is fixedly connected to the supportingmember 52 which is on the front surface of the second frame 23) and the other side fixedly connected to thefirst frame 21. The supportingmember 52 is in sliding contact with the supportinglayer 54 at a bendable region. In this implementation, the supportingmember 52 can be connected with the supportinglayer 54 by means of adhesive connection, clamping connection, etc. The supportinglayer 54 can be connected with thefirst frame 21 by means of adhesive connection, clamping connection, screw connection, etc. - As illustrated in
FIG. 43 andFIG. 44 , in an implementation, the supportingmember 50 further includes a supporting plate 56 which is fixedly covered on the front surface of thefirst frame 21. When the supporting plate 56 is connected to the front surface of thefirst frame 21, the front surface of the supportingmember 52 is coplanar with the front surface of the supporting plate 56, and a part of the rear surface of the supportinglayer 54 corresponding to thefirst frame 21 is fixed and covers the front surface of the supporting plate 56. - In an implementation, when unfolding the
bendable mechanism 25, each of the two connecting hinges moves with the supportingmember 52 relative to a corresponding first connectingrod 263. When unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, the first connectingrod 263 moves toward the first limitingportion 2401 relative to the connecting hinge, until it abuts against the first limiting portion to prevent thebendable mechanism 25 from further unfolding or bending. When bending thebendable mechanism 25, the first connectingrod 263 moves toward the second limiting portion relative to the connecting hinge, until it abuts against the second limiting portion to prevent thebendable mechanism 25 from further unfolding or bending. - As illustrated in
FIG. 48 , the rear surface of theintermediate hinge 251 is provided with a supportingportion 25101. Theshielding mechanism 29 b is supported by the supportingportion 25101 of theintermediate hinge 251. Side portions of theshielding mechanism 29 b away from the supportingportion 25101 are slidably connected to the connecting hinges. When bending thebendable mechanism 25, the connecting hinge can drive theshielding mechanism 29 b to slide relative to thebendable mechanism 25. That is, the supportingportion 25101 is used to support one side of each coveringmember 291 close to theintermediate hinge 251 on the rear surface of theintermediate hinge 251. - In this implementation, the
shielding mechanism 29 b includes a fixingmember 296 positioned on the supportingportion 25101 and two coveringmembers 291 hinged with two opposite sides of the fixingmember 296. The coveringmember 291 is used to cover the rear surface of thebendable mechanism 25. One side of the coveringmember 291 away from the fixingmember 296 is connected to a corresponding connecting hinge. - As illustrated in
FIGS. 50 to 56 , the supportingportion 25101 includes two rows of positioningpieces 25102 disposed on two opposite sides of the rear surface of theintermediate hinge 251. Theintermediate hinge 251 defines a cavity at a position corresponding to the coveringmember 291, and the supportingportion 25101 is disposed in the cavity. The rear surface of theintermediate hinge 251 cooperates with the two rows of positioningpieces 25102 to define apositioning space 25103 therebetween. The fixingmember 296 is positioned in thepositioning space 25103, so as to position theshielding mechanism 29 b on theintermediate hinge 251 and to limit a movement stroke of theshielding mechanism 29 b. The fixingmember 296 can be positioned on theintermediate hinge 251 through clamping connection, screw connection, or adhesive connection. In this implementation, the rear surface of theintermediate hinge 251 is provided with multiple clampingposts 25105 and defines multiple lockingholes 25106 in thepositioning space 25103. The fixingmember 296 includes afixing strip 2960 and multiple connectingrods 297. Each connectingrod 297 is connected between the fixingstrip 2960 and the corresponding coveringmember 291. Each connectingrod 297 is provided with a rotating shaft at each of two opposite ends thereof. One of the rotating shafts is rotatably connected to the fixingmember 296, and the other one of the rotating shafts is rotatably connected to the corresponding coveringmember 291. As an example, each connectingrod 297 includes a connectingrod body 2971, a firstrotating shaft 2972 disposed at one end of the connectingrod body 2971, and a secondrotating shaft 2974 movably connected to the other end of the connectingrod 2971. The connectingrod body 2971 defines a waist-shaped orcircular hole 2973 at one end thereof away from the firstrotating shaft 2972. The secondrotating shaft 2974 is inserted into the waist-shaped orcircular hole 2973 and connected with thefixing strip 2960. It is noted that, both ends of the connectingrod body 2971 can be provided with a rotating shaft integrated with the connectingrod body 2971, and alternatively, both ends of the connectingrod body 2971 can be provided with a waist-shaped or circular hole to movably connect to a rotating shaft. - In an implementation, the
positioning piece 25102 of the supportingportion 25101 extends toward the coveringmember 291. As an example, when the foldable device 22 b is in the bent state, the supportingportion 25101 is used to support the coveringmember 291 or is spaced apart from the coveringmember 291. As an example, when the foldable device 22 b is in the unfolded state, the supportingportion 25101 is used to support the coveringmember 291. As an example, when bending thefoldable device 22 bt, the supportingportion 25101 slides relative to the coveringmember 291. The supportingportion 25101 is used to support the coveringmember 291 to prevent the coveringmember 291 from being significantly sagged when being excessively pressed by a user. In an implementation, the supportingportion 25101 supports one side of the coveringmember 291 close to theintermediate hinge 251. As an example, a pair ofpositioning pieces 25102 for supporting each of the two coveringmembers 291 has different heights. For the pair ofpositioning pieces 25102, one of thepositioning pieces 25102 directly abuts against or is adjacent to the rear surface of one coveringmember 291, and the other one of thepositioning pieces 25102 directly abuts against or is adjacent to a rear surface of thefixing piece 2912 of theother covering member 291. In an implementation, the supportingportion 25101 can abut against or be adjacent to the coveringmember 291. As an example, since the supportingportion 25101 is used to prevent the coveringmember 291 from being significantly sagged under pressure, the supportingportion 25101 does not have to abut against the coveringmember 291, but can be separated from the coveringmember 291 by a small gap and adjacent to the coveringmember 291. By defining a small gap between the supportingportion 25101 and the coveringmember 291, it is possible to reduce or avoid friction between the supportingportion 25101 and the coveringmember 291 when bending the foldable device 22 b, and thus influence to the sliding of the coveringmember 291 can be avoided. As an example, when the supportingportion 25101 is adjacent to the coveringmember 291, it indicates that the gap between the supportingportion 25101 and the coveringmember 291 is less than or equal to a preset distance. In an implementation, the preset distance can be greater than zero and less than or equal to 8 mm. That is, it is only necessary to ensure that the coveringmember 291 does not appear to sag significantly when being pressed. In an implementation, the supportingportion 25101 can also directly abut against the coveringmember 291 to provide a better supporting. - In an implementation, when the foldable device 22 b is in the unfolded state, the supporting
portion 25101 is covered by the coveringmember 291. When the foldable device 22 b is in the unfolded state, the supportingportion 25101 is located outside the coveringmember 291. In an implementation, an outer side of the supportingportion 25101 abuts against one side of thebendable mechanism 25, and an inner side is disposed corresponding to the supportingportion 25101. - The fixing
member 296 is provided withmultiple protrusions 2962 on one side of the fixingmember 296 facing the supportingportion 25101. Eachprotrusion 2962 defines a throughhole 2963 which extends along a direction parallel to the rotation axis. The rotating shaft of the connectingrod 297 away from the coveringmember 291 is accommodated in the throughhole 2963. Themiddle hinge 251 defines anavoidance hole 25105 corresponding to theprotrusion 2962. As an example, the two connectingrods 297 are respectively disposed at the two opposite ends of thefixing strip 2960, and each connectingrod 297 is rotatably connected to thefixing strip 2960. Each of two opposite sides of each end of thefixing strip 2960 defines a receivinggroove 29601 thereon, and each receivinggroove 29601 rotatably accommodates the connectingrod 297. Each end of thefixing strip 2960 is provided with oneprotrusion 2962 on one side of each receivinggroove 29601, and eachprotrusion 2962 defines the throughhole 2963 which extends along the axial direction of therotating shaft 2972. The secondrotating shaft 2974 at one end of each connectingrod 297 is rotatably inserted into the throughhole 2963 of thefixing strip 2960, and the firstrotating shaft 2972 at the other end of the connectingrod 297 is rotatably inserted into the connectingsleeve 2916 of the corresponding coveringmember 291. The fixingstrip 2960 defines multiple throughholes 2965 corresponding to the multiple lockingholes 25106 of theintermediate hinge 251. The fixingstrip 2960 defines multiple clampingholes 29604 corresponding to the multiple clampingposts 25105 of theintermediate hinge 251. The fixingmember 296 is accommodated in thepositioning space 25103 of theintermediate hinge 251, so that the clampingpost 25105 is clamped into thecorresponding clamping hole 29604 of the fixingmember 296. The locking holes 25106 of theintermediate hinge 251 respectively face the throughholes 2965 of thefixing strip 2960. A locking member extends through the throughhole 2965 and is locked in thelocking hole 25106. - The fixing
pieces 2912 on one of the coveringmembers 291 are staggered with the fixingpieces 2912 on other one of the coveringmembers 291. Thefixing piece 2912 is fixedly connected with the corresponding coveringmember 291 via clamping posts and clamping holes. As illustrated inFIG. 50 , in this implementation, the coveringmember 291 defines a fixinggroove 29106 corresponding to thefixing piece 2912 on the rear surface of the coveringmember 291, and thefixing piece 2912 is accommodated in the fixinggroove 29106. The coveringmember 291 is provided with a clampingpost 29107 on the rear surface of the coveringmember 291 in the fixinggroove 29106. Eachfixing piece 2912 defines aclamping hole 29120 thereon. When thefixing piece 2912 is received in the corresponding fixinggroove 29106, each clampingpost 29107 is clamped into thecorresponding clamping hole 29120, so that thefixing piece 2912 is fixedly connected to the coveringmember 291. In this implementation, each fixingpiece 2912 defines two clampingholes 29120 thereon, and the two clampingholes 29120 are spaced apart from one another, and each fixinggroove 29106 of the coveringmember 291 is provided with two clampingposts 29107. When the fixingmember 2912 is received in the fixinggroove 29106, the two clampingposts 29107 are respectively clamped into the two clampingholes 29120. As an example, when each fixingpiece 2912 is received in acorresponding fixing groove 29106, the connection between the fixingpiece 2912 and the fixinggroove 29106 can be reinforced via an adhesive. As an example, a surface of each fixingpiece 2912 facing the coveringmember 291 defines an adhesive containing groove. The adhesive containing groove is defined by protrudes on surface edges of thefixing piece 2912 facing the coveringmember 291 and is used for accommodating the adhesive adhered to thefixing piece 2912 and the coveringmember 291. - As illustrated in
FIG. 50 ,FIG. 52 , andFIG. 53 , theprotrusion 2910 on the rear surface of the coveringmember 291 defines ahook 29109 corresponding to the abuttingmember 2923 thereon. Thecompression spring 2921 abuts and pushes the abuttingmember 2923 to be clamped with thehook 29109. As an example, theprotrusion 2910 on the rear surface of the coveringmember 291 defines ahook 29109 on one side thereof facing the abuttingmember 2923. Thehook 29109 is provided with aclasp 29230 on one side of the abuttingmember 2923 facing thehook 29109. Theelastic member 2921 abuts against the abuttingmember 2923, so that theclasp 29230 is engaged with thehook 29109. When the coveringmember 291 rotates with thebendable mechanism 25 relative to theintermediate hinge 251, theclasp 29230 of the abuttingmember 2923 remains in engagement with thehook 29109 to prevent the coveringmember 291 from being separated from thebendable mechanism 25. - In this implementation, a
positioning rod 29232 is provided on one side of the abuttingmember 2923 away from theclasp 29230, and one end of theelastic member 2921 is sleeved on thepositioning rod 29232, so that theelastic member 2921 and the abuttingmember 2923 are fixedly connected. - As illustrated in
FIG. 54 , in an implementation, each fixingpiece 2912 can also be directly fixedly connected to the rear surface of the coveringmember 291. As an example, the coveringmember 291 is provided with aclamping block 29108 in a rectangular shape on the rear surface of the coveringmember 291 corresponding to thefixing piece 2912. Thefixing piece 2912 defines aclamping hole 29121 corresponding to theclamping block 29108 thereon. When mounting thefixing piece 2912, theclamping block 29108 is clamped into theclamping hole 29121 of thefixing piece 2912, so that thefixing piece 2912 is fixedly connected with the coveringmember 291. As an example, when each fixingpiece 2912 is connected to the coveringmember 291 through connection of theclamping block 29108 and theclamping hole 29121, the connection between the fixingpiece 2912 and the coveringmember 291 can be reinforced via an adhesive. As an example, the surface of each fixingpiece 2912 facing the coveringmember 291 defines an adhesive containing groove. The adhesive containing groove is defined by protrudes on surface edges of thefixing piece 2912 facing the coveringmember 291 and is used for accommodating the adhesive adhered to thefixing piece 2912 and the coveringmember 291. - In other implementations, each fixing
piece 2912 is fixedly connected with the coveringmember 291 via an adhesive. - Referring to
FIGS. 57 to 61 , a positioning member is connected between themiddle hinge 250 and the connecting hinge. The first limitingportion 2401 and the second limitingportion 2402 are both provided on the positioning member. When unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, the first connectingrod 263 moves relative to the connectingmember 264 and themiddle hinge assembly 250. When unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, the first connectingrod 263 moves toward the first limitingportion 2401 relative to the connecting hinge until it abuts against or is adjacent to the first limitingportion 2401. When bending thebendable mechanism 25, the first connectingrod 263 moves relative to the connecting hinge toward the second limitingportion 2402 until it abuts against or is adjacent to the second limitingportion 2402. - The positioning member includes a
first positioning member 27 a disposed on the rear surface of themiddle hinge assembly 250. Thefirst positioning member 27 a includes anend connecting block 273 at one end thereof. The first limitingportion 2401 is a first limiting surface disposed on theend connecting block 273 and facing the first connectingrod 264. The second limitingportion 2402 is a second limiting surface disposed on theend connecting block 273 and adjacent to the first limiting surface. The second limiting surface is parallel to the bending axis of thebendable mechanism 250. The first limiting surface is inclined relative to the second limiting surface. The first limit surface is adjacent to or connected to the second limit surface. When thebendable mechanism 25 is bent to the folded state, the side surface of the first connectingrod 263 abuts against or is adjacent to the second limitingportion 2402. When thebendable mechanism 25 is unfolded to the unfolded state, the side surface of the first connectingrod 263 abuts against or is adjacent to the first limitingportion 2401. That is, when bending or unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, theend connecting block 273 moves relative to the first connectingrod 264. When the first connectingrod 264 is in contact with the first limiting surface, thebendable mechanism 25 remains in the unfolded state. When the first connectingrod 264 is in contact with the second limiting surface, thebendable mechanism 25 remains in the folded state. - The
first positioning member 27 a also includes amiddle connecting block 271 hinged on one side of theend connecting block 273 away from the connecting hinge. Themiddle connecting block 271 is connected to the correspondingrotating hinge 253. Theend connecting block 273 is connected to the corresponding movinghinge 256. As an example, themiddle connecting block 271 is fixed to a correspondingrotating hinge 253 through screw connection, clamping connection, adhesive connection, etc. Theend connecting block 273 is fixed to a corresponding movinghinge 256 through screw connection, clamping connection, adhesive connection, etc. - There is an
elastic member 276 provided on theend connecting block 273. Theelastic member 276 is used to elastically push theend connecting block 273 toward the corresponding first connectingrod 263. When unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, theend connecting block 273 enables the first limitingportion 2401 on theend connecting block 273 to be in close contact with a corresponding first connectingrod 263 under an elastic pushing force of theelastic member 276. As such, the first limiting surface is in close contact with the corresponding first connectingrod 263. - In an implementation, the
end connecting block 273 is hinged with a correspondingmiddle connecting block 271 via a rotating shaft. There is a gap between theend connecting block 273 and themiddle connecting block 271 along an axial direction of the rotating shaft. Theelastic member 276 is sleeved on the rotating shaft and is elastically compressed between the middle connectingblock 271 and theend connecting block 273. The rotating shaft is parallel to thefirst shaft 281 and thesecond shaft 275. - When unfolding the foldable device 22 b, the
elastic member 276 elastically drives the positioningmember 27 a to move toward the corresponding first connectingrod 264, so that the first connectingrod 264 comes into contact with the first limitingportion 2401 to prevent the connecting hinge from further moving toward thefoldable assembly 24. As an example, when unfolding the foldable device, theelastic member 276 keep elastically pushing theend connecting block 273 to move toward the first connectingrod 264 until the first limiting surface of the positioningmember 27 a is in contact with the first positioning surface of the first connectingrod 264. That is, there is a clearance between the first limit surface and the first positioning surface. - Furthermore, there is the
elastic member 276 provided on theend connecting block 273. Theelastic member 276 is used to elastically push theend connecting block 273 toward the corresponding first connectingrod 263. When unfolding thebendable mechanism 25, theend connecting block 273 enables the first limitingportion 2401 on theend connecting block 273 to be in close contact with a corresponding first connectingrod 263 under an elastic pushing force of theelastic member 276. As such, the first limiting surface is in close contact with the corresponding first connectingrod 263. - In an implementation, the
end connecting block 273 is hinged with a correspondingmiddle connecting block 271 via a rotating shaft. Theelastic member 276 is sleeved on the rotating shaft and is elastically compressed between the middle connectingblock 271 and theend connecting block 273. - In this implementation, the
end connecting block 273 is provided with two spaced first connectingblocks 2733 on one side of theend connecting block 273 facing themiddle connecting block 271. The two first connectingblocks 2733 define ahinge notch 2735 therebetween. Themiddle connecting block 271 is provided with a second connecting block 2713, which is corresponding to thehinge notch 2735, on one side of themiddle connecting block 271 facing theend connecting block 273. The second connecting block 2713 is rotatably received in thehinge notch 2735. There is a gap defined between theend connecting block 273 and themiddle connecting block 271 along an axial direction of the rotating shaft 272. That is, the length of the second connecting block 2713 along the axial direction of the rotating shaft 272 is less than a distance between the two first connecting blocks 2733 (the length of the hinge notch 2735). Each of the two first connectingblocks 2733 defines a connecting hole along the axial direction of the rotating shaft 272, and the second connecting block 2713 defines a through hole along the axial direction of the rotating shaft 272, and the rotating shaft 272 is inserted into the connecting hole of each first connectingblock 2733 and the through hole of the second connecting block 2713. - The
middle connecting block 271 is provided with a positioning block 2716 at one end, which is away from the first limitingportion 2401, of one side of themiddle connecting block 271 where the second connecting block 2713 is located. The rotating shaft 272 has one end connected to the positioning block 2716 and the other end inserted into the connecting holes of the two first connectingblocks 2733 and the through hole of the second connecting block 2713. Theelastic member 276 is elastically compressed between the positioning block 2716 and the corresponding first connectingblock 2733. - The
end connecting block 273 is provided with a supportingplate 2737 at one side of theend connecting block 273 facing the first connectingrod 263. The supportingplate 2737 is used to support the first connectingrod 263. The supportingplate 2737 defines an avoidance opening 27370 on one side of the supportingplate 2737 away from the first limitingportion 2401. The avoidance opening 27370 is used to receive a connecting post connected to one end of the first connectingrod 263 away from the connectingmember 260. As an example, when thefoldable device 22 is in the folded state, the connecting post connected to the end of the first connectingrod 263 away from the connectingmember 260 is accommodated in the avoidance opening 27370. - In an implementation, when unfolding the foldable device 22 b, a moving direction of the first limiting
portion 2401 relative to thefoldable assembly 24 is different from a moving direction of the first limitingportion 2401 relative to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, when unfolding the foldable device 22 b, the moving direction of the first limitingportion 2401 relative to thefoldable assembly 24 is perpendicular to the moving direction of the first limitingportion 2401 relative to the connecting hinge. In an implementation, theend connecting block 273 can slide relative to themiddle connecting block 271 along the axial direction of the bending axis of the foldable device 22 b. As an example, theelastic member 276 is in an elastic compression state and generates an elastic force that pushes theend connecting block 273 toward a corresponding end of the foldable device 24 (that is, an elastic force that pushes the first limitingportion 2401 toward the first connecting rod 263). In an implementation, the elastic force of theelastic member 276 is perpendicular to the sliding direction of theend connecting block 273 relative to the connecting hinge. As an example, the compression amount of theelastic member 276 when thefoldable device 24 is in the bent state is less than the compression amount of theelastic member 276 when thefoldable device 24 is in the unfolded state. In an implementation, when bending thefoldable device 24, the first limitingportion 2401 moves apart from the first connectingrod 263, and theelastic member 276 recovers from deformation to drive the first limitingportion 2401 to slide along the bending axis of thefoldable device 24. In an implementation, when bending thefoldable device 24, the first limitingportion 2401 moves apart from the first connectingrod 263, and theelastic member 276 at least partially recovers from deformation to drive the first limitingportion 2401 to slide toward one end of thefoldable device 24 close to the first limitingportion 2401 along the axial direction of the bending axis of thefoldable device 24. At this time, theelastic member 276 stretches. When theend connecting block 273 abuts against the limit mechanism of themiddle connecting block 271, theend connecting block 273 stops sliding and theelastic member 276 stops deforming. In an implementation, when unfolding thefoldable device 24, the first limitingportion 2401 gradually approaches the first connectingrod 263, theelastic member 276 is gradually compressed, and the first limitingportion 2401 slides away from the end of thefoldable device 24 close to the first limitingportion 2401 along the axial direction of the bending axis of thefoldable device 24. When the first limitingportion 2401 abuts against the first connectingrod 263, theelastic member 276 has the largest compression. - A gap between the first connecting
rod 263 and the first limitingportion 2401 in the unfolded state due to assembly tolerances, manufacturing accuracy, etc. can be eliminated through the axial sliding of the first limitingportion 2401 and the elastic force of theelastic member 276, such that the first connectingrod 263 is in close contact with the first limitingportion 2401, the limitation effect whenfoldable device 24 is dropped is improved. - It is noted that, term “bending axis” in the implementations of the present disclosure refers to an axis around which the component is bent or folded, and is not limited to a physical axis or a virtual axis. For example, the “bending axis” may refer to a physical shaft (such as the first shaft, the second shaft, etc. of the implementations of the present disclosure) or a virtual axis of a physical shaft hinged between component A and component B, or a virtual shaft around which component A rotates relative to component B.
- In an implementation, the
foldable device 24 also includes a reinforcingassembly 27 b on the rear surface of themiddle hinge assembly 250. The reinforcingassembly 27 b includesmiddle connecting blocks 2771 respectively hinged on two opposite sides of theintermediate hinge 251 and end connectingblocks 2773 each hinged on one side of each middle connectingblock 2771 away from theintermediate hinge 251. Eachmiddle connecting block 2771 of the reinforcingassembly 27 b is connected to a corresponding rotating hinge. Eachend connecting block 2773 of the reinforcingassembly 27 b is connected to a corresponding movinghinge 256. As an example, the reinforcingassembly 27 b includes two middle connectingblocks 2771 hinged on two opposite sides of theintermediate hinge 251 and oneend connecting block 2773 hinged on one end of each middle connectingblock 2771 away from theintermediate hinge 251. Eachmiddle connecting block 2771 is connected to the rear surface of theintermediate hinge 251 via a rotating shaft, and the rotating shaft is parallel to the bending shaft, the bending axis, the first shaft, or the second shaft of thebendable mechanism 25. Eachmiddle connecting block 2771 is fixedly connected to the correspondingrotating hinge 253 via screws. Eachend connecting block 2773 is fixedly connected to the corresponding movinghinge 256 via screws. - The above-mentioned reinforcing
assembly 27 b is substantially identical with the positioningmember 27 in structure, except that the positioningmember 27 is additionally provided with the first limitingportion 2401 and the second limitingportion 2402 compared to the reinforcingassembly 27 b. Therefore, the positioningmember 27 can be understood being used to set the first limitingportion 2401 and the second limitingportion 2402 on the reinforcingassembly 27 b. As an example, theend connecting block 273 of the positioningmember 27 is additionally provided with the first limitingportion 2401 and the second limitingportion 2402 in comparison with theend connecting block 273 of the reinforcingassembly 27 b. - Referring to
FIGS. 62 to 65 , theflexible positioning member 268 a in this implementation is disposed between the connectingmember 260 and thelinkage mechanism 28. Theelastic positioning member 268 a is used to be selectively clamped between the connectingmember 260 and thelinkage mechanism 28 to position thebendable mechanism 25. Theelastic positioning member 268 a includes thepositioning head 2685 and anelastic member 2683. Thepositioning head 2685 slidably abuts against thelinkage mechanism 28 or the connectingmember 260. Theelastic member 2683 elastically pushes thepositioning head 2685. Theelastic member 2683 pushes thepositioning head 2685 to be positioned at thelinkage mechanism 28 or the connectingmember 260, so that thelinkage mechanism 28 and the connectingmember 260 are relatively positioned. - In an implementation, the connecting
cylinder 2865 of thelinkage mechanism 28 defines thefirst positioning hole 2866 corresponding to thepositioning head 2685 on the outer peripheral surface thereof. Theelastic member 2683 elastically pushes thepositioning head 2685 into thefirst positioning hole 2866 to position thebendable mechanism 25 to maintain in the unfolded state. Alternatively, the connectingmember 260 defines a first positioning hole corresponding to thepositioning head 2685, theelastic member 2683 elastically pushes thepositioning head 2685 into the first positioning hole to position thebendable mechanism 25 to maintain in the unfolded state. - In an implementation, the
linkage mechanism 28 defines the slidinggroove 2867 corresponding to thepositioning head 2685, and theelastic member 2683 elastically pushes thepositioning head 2685 into the slidinggroove 2867. Alternatively, the connectingmember 260 defines the slidinggroove 2867 corresponding to thepositioning head 2685, and theelastic member 2683 elastically pushes thepositioning head 2685 into the slidinggroove 2867. - In this implementation, the connecting
member 260 defines apositioning groove 2640 thereon. Theelastic member 2683 is accommodated in thepositioning groove 2640. The connectingmember 260 defines the receivinghole 2646 in communication with thepositioning groove 2640 on one side of the connectingmember 260 facing thelinkage mechanism 28. Thepositioning head 2685 is a bead accommodated in thereceiving hole 2646. Theelastic member 2683 is accommodated in thepositioning groove 2640 and elastically pushes the bead, such that a part of the bead protrudes from the receivinghole 2646 to be positioned in thefirst positioning hole 2866 or the slidinggroove 2867 of thelinkage mechanism 28. - In an implementation, there is a connecting
block 2681 provided between theelastic member 2683 and the bead. The connectingblock 2681 defines a recess on one side thereof facing the bead. A part of the bead is rotatably received in the recess. - As illustrated in
FIG. 62 ,FIG. 64 , andFIG. 65 , the connectingcylinder 2865 is rotatably sleeved in thematching groove 2611 of the connectingmember 260. Theelastic positioning member 268 a rotates with the connectingmember 260 relative to the connectingcylinder 2865 so that the bead is locked into thefirst positioning hole 2866 or the slidinggroove 2867. In this implementation, radius B of the connectingcylinder 2865 is less than radius A of thematching groove 2611. When folding or unfolding thefoldable device 24, matching relationships between theelastic positioning member 268 a and thefirst positioning hole 2866, the resisting portion, and the slidinggroove 2867 can refer to the forgoing implementations, which will not be repeated herein. - In this implementation, when the
compression spring 2921 is accommodated in thepositioning groove 2643 and theelastic positioning member 268 a is accommodated in thepositioning groove 2640, thefirst shaft 281 is rotationally connected to the connectingmember 260 through apositioning bracket 269 to prevent thecompression spring 2921 and theelastic positioning member 268 a from being disengaged from the connectingmember 260. - The above description are preferred implementations of the present disclosure, and it is noted that various improvements and modifications can be made without departing from the principle of the application to those of ordinary skill in the art, and the improvement and the modification are also considered as the protection scope of the present disclosure.
Claims (20)
1. A foldable device, comprising a foldable assembly, a connecting hinge disposed on a side of the foldable assembly, a drop limiting mechanism, and a positioning member, wherein
the connecting hinge is slidable relative to the foldable assembly;
the positioning member is connected to the foldable assembly;
the drop limiting mechanism comprises a connecting member connected with the foldable assembly and a first connecting rod connecting the connecting hinge and the connecting member; and
the positioning member comprises a first limiting portion;
when unfolding the foldable device, the connecting member moves relative to the connecting hinge to drive the first connecting rod to move toward the first limiting portion relative to the connecting hinge, until the first connecting rod abuts against or is adjacent to the first limiting portion to prevent the connecting hinge from further moving toward the foldable assembly.
2. The foldable device of claim 1 , wherein
the positioning member further comprises a second limiting portion; and
when bending the foldable device, the first connecting rod moves toward the second limiting portion relative to the connecting hinge, until the first connecting rod abuts against or is adjacent to the second limiting portion to prevent the connecting hinge from further moving toward the foldable assembly.
3. The foldable device of claim 2 , wherein the second limiting portion is disposed on the positioning member, the first limiting portion and the second limiting portion face different directions.
4. The foldable device of claim 1 , wherein the connecting member slides relative to the connecting hinge to drive the first connecting rod to rotate relative to the connecting hinge, when bending the foldable assembly.
5. The foldable device of claim 1 , wherein the positioning member is bent and slides relative to the connecting hinge, when bending the foldable assembly.
6. The foldable device of claim 1 , wherein a sliding distance of the positioning member relative to the connecting hinge is less than a sliding distance of the connecting member relative to the connecting hinge, when bending the foldable assembly.
7. The foldable device of claim 2 , wherein one end of the first connecting rod is movably connected to the connecting member and the other end of the first connecting rod is movably connected to the connecting hinge.
8. The foldable device of claim 3 , wherein the first connecting rod defines an elongated hole at one end of the first connecting rod and a connecting hole at the other end of the first connecting rod, wherein
the elongated hole of the first connecting rod is movably connected to the connecting hinge and the connecting hole of the first connecting rod is rotatably connected to the connecting member; or
the elongated hole of the first connecting rod is movably connected to the connecting member and the connecting hole of the first connecting rod is rotatably connected to the connecting hinge.
9. The foldable device of claim 8 , wherein
the connecting member or the connecting hinge is provided with a connecting post, the connecting post is inserted into the elongated hole or the connecting hole; and
the connecting post moves in the elongated hole along a direction in which the elongated hole extends, when folding or unfolding the foldable assembly.
10. The foldable device of claim 9 , wherein the first connecting rod is provided with a roller received in the elongated hole, wherein
the connecting post of the connecting hinge is inserted into the roller; or
the connecting post of the connecting member is inserted into the roller.
11. The foldable device of claim 1 , wherein
the foldable assembly comprises an intermediate hinge and a rotating hinge rotatably connected to the intermediate hinge, wherein the rotating hinge is connected to the positioning member; and
the positioning member rotates together with the rotating hinge rotate, when folding the foldable assembly.
12. The foldable device of claim 11 , wherein
the positioning member comprises a middle connecting block rotatably connected to the intermediate hinge and an end connecting block rotatably connected to the middle connecting block; and
the foldable assembly further comprises a moving hinge rotatably connected to the rotating hinge, wherein the rotating hinge is fixed to the middle connecting block, and the moving hinge is fixed to the end connecting block.
13. The foldable device of claim 1 , wherein
the foldable device further comprises a sliding member disposed on a side of the connecting hinge away from the foldable assembly, the sliding member being slidably connected to the connecting hinge;
the drop limiting mechanism further comprising a second connecting rod connected to the connecting hinge and the connecting member;
the connecting hinge comprises a third limiting portion; and
when unfolding the foldable device, the second connecting rod moves relative to the sliding member toward the third limiting portion, until the second connecting rod abuts against or is adjacent to the third limiting portion to prevent the sliding member from further moving toward the foldable assembly.
14. The foldable device of claim 13 , wherein
the sliding member or the connecting hinge is provided with a fourth limiting portion;
when folding the foldable assembly, the second connecting rod moves toward the fourth limiting portion relative to the sliding member, until the second connecting rod abuts against or is adjacent to the fourth limiting portion to prevent the sliding member from further moving relative to the bendable mechanism.
15. The foldable device of claim 13 , wherein
the sliding member is connected with the connecting hinge via an elastic member; and
the sliding member slides toward the connecting hinge such that the elastic member is compressed, when folding the foldable device.
16. The foldable device of claim 13 , wherein
the connecting member comprises a first connecting portion and a second connecting portion spaced apart from the first connecting portion; and
the first connecting portion is slidably inserted into the connecting hinge and connected to the first connecting rod, the second connecting portion is slidably inserted into the connecting hinge and connected to the second connecting rod.
17. The foldable device of claim 1 , wherein
an elastic member is provided between the connecting hinge and the foldable assembly; and
when folding the foldable device, the connecting hinge slides toward the foldable assembly such that the elastic member is compressed.
18. The foldable device of claim 2 , wherein
each of two opposite sides of the foldable assembly is provided with one connecting hinge;
one connecting member is provided between each connecting hinge and the foldable assembly;
one first connecting rod is provided between each connecting member and the corresponding connecting hinge;
when unfolding the foldable device, each first connecting rod moves until it abuts against or is adjacent to a corresponding the first limiting portion; and
when folding the foldable device, each first connecting rod moves until is abuts against or is adjacent to a corresponding second limiting portion.
19. The foldable device of claim 18 , wherein
the foldable assembly also comprises a middle hinge assembly and a linkage mechanism, the linkage mechanism is connected between the drop limiting mechanism and the middle hinge assembly; and
when rotating one connecting hinge, the one connecting hinge drives one connecting member on the same side with the one connecting hinge to rotate, and through the linkage mechanism, the other connecting member on the other side is driven to rotate, and the other connecting member drives the other connecting hinge to rotate.
20. An electronic device, comprising a flexible member, a housing, and a foldable device, wherein
the foldable device comprises a foldable assembly, a connecting hinge disposed on a side of the foldable assembly, a drop limiting mechanism, and a positioning member, wherein
the connecting hinge is slidable relative to the foldable assembly;
the positioning member is connected to the foldable assembly;
the drop limiting mechanism comprises a connecting member connected with the foldable assembly and a first connecting rod connecting the connecting hinge and the connecting member; and
the positioning member comprises a first limiting portion;
when unfolding the foldable device, the connecting member moves relative to the connecting hinge to drive the first connecting rod to move toward the first limiting portion relative to the connecting hinge, until the first connecting rod abuts against or is adjacent to the first limiting portion to prevent the connecting hinge from further moving toward the foldable assembly;
the housing comprises a first frame and a second frame, the foldable device is disposed between the first frame and the second frame; and
the flexible member is disposed on the housing and the foldable device, the flexible member is bent or unfolded with the foldable device.
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2019/096011 WO2021007750A1 (en) | 2019-07-15 | 2019-07-15 | Folding device and electronic apparatus |
PCT/CN2019/101253 WO2021007907A1 (en) | 2019-07-15 | 2019-08-18 | Linkage mechanism, folding device, and electronic apparatus |
PCT/CN2020/081100 WO2020211608A1 (en) | 2019-04-18 | 2020-03-25 | Folding device and electronic apparatus |
CNPCT/CN2020/081100 | 2020-03-25 | ||
CN202010595165.3 | 2020-06-24 | ||
CN202010595165.3A CN112392851B (en) | 2019-07-15 | 2020-06-24 | Folding device and electronic equipment |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20210307186A1 true US20210307186A1 (en) | 2021-09-30 |
Family
ID=69918773
Family Applications (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/929,587 Active 2040-07-26 US11372453B2 (en) | 2019-07-15 | 2020-07-15 | Electronic device |
US17/211,233 Abandoned US20210303033A1 (en) | 2019-07-15 | 2021-03-24 | Foldable device and an electronic device |
US17/211,106 Abandoned US20210307186A1 (en) | 2019-07-15 | 2021-03-24 | Foldable device and an electronic device |
US17/211,031 Abandoned US20210303032A1 (en) | 2019-07-15 | 2021-03-24 | Foldable device and an electronic device |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/929,587 Active 2040-07-26 US11372453B2 (en) | 2019-07-15 | 2020-07-15 | Electronic device |
US17/211,233 Abandoned US20210303033A1 (en) | 2019-07-15 | 2021-03-24 | Foldable device and an electronic device |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US17/211,031 Abandoned US20210303032A1 (en) | 2019-07-15 | 2021-03-24 | Foldable device and an electronic device |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (4) | US11372453B2 (en) |
CN (31) | CN113366927A (en) |
WO (12) | WO2021007750A1 (en) |
Cited By (17)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20210352812A1 (en) * | 2020-05-07 | 2021-11-11 | Samsung Display Co., Ltd. | Display device |
US20210368640A1 (en) * | 2020-05-22 | 2021-11-25 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | Support frame for bendable display screen, and bendable display screen |
US20220039277A1 (en) * | 2020-07-31 | 2022-02-03 | Shenzhen Royole Technologies Co., Ltd. | Foldable display device and foldable terminal |
US11287907B1 (en) * | 2020-09-29 | 2022-03-29 | Chicony Electronics Co., Ltd. | Touch pad module |
US20220137675A1 (en) * | 2020-10-29 | 2022-05-05 | Kem Hongkong Limited | Multiaxial hinge device and electronic device using the same |
US20220183167A1 (en) * | 2020-12-07 | 2022-06-09 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | Electronic device |
US20220192041A1 (en) * | 2020-12-14 | 2022-06-16 | Lg Display Co., Ltd. | Foldable display device |
US20220206543A1 (en) * | 2020-12-28 | 2022-06-30 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Hinge structure and foldale electronic device including the same |
US20220236773A1 (en) * | 2021-01-27 | 2022-07-28 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Electronic device including flexible display |
US20220283607A1 (en) * | 2021-03-04 | 2022-09-08 | Chengdu Boe Optoelectronics Technology Co., Ltd. | Foldable screen and display device |
US11449109B2 (en) * | 2019-09-12 | 2022-09-20 | Google Llc | Multi-axis soft hinge mechanism and foldable device having same |
US11474567B2 (en) * | 2017-11-03 | 2022-10-18 | Hangzhou Amphenol Phoenix Telecom Parts Co., Ltd. | Hinge for inner flexible screen mobile terminal and inner flexible screen mobile terminal |
US20230027462A1 (en) * | 2021-07-20 | 2023-01-26 | Fositek Corporation | Foldable display device |
US20230050832A1 (en) * | 2021-08-12 | 2023-02-16 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | Hinge assembly and electronic device |
US20230100341A1 (en) * | 2020-06-15 | 2023-03-30 | Wuhan China Star Optoelectronics Semiconductor Display Technology Co., Ltd. | Foldable display device |
CN116658512A (en) * | 2022-10-27 | 2023-08-29 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Rotating mechanism and foldable electronic device |
US11940839B2 (en) | 2021-03-31 | 2024-03-26 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Hinge structure including compound gear and foldable electronic device including the same |
Families Citing this family (44)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN109192380A (en) * | 2018-10-25 | 2019-01-11 | 上海新时达线缆科技有限公司 | Modular cable |
CN113366927A (en) * | 2019-07-15 | 2021-09-07 | 深圳市柔宇科技股份有限公司 | Folding device and electronic equipment |
CN111997991B (en) * | 2020-07-29 | 2022-03-29 | 华为技术有限公司 | Rotating shaft mechanism and electronic equipment |
TWI723702B (en) * | 2019-12-26 | 2021-04-01 | 富世達股份有限公司 | Shaft chain group structure |
KR20210102527A (en) * | 2020-02-10 | 2021-08-20 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Hinge structure and foldable electronic apparatus including the same |
CN111613137B (en) * | 2020-05-12 | 2022-04-01 | Oppo(重庆)智能科技有限公司 | Interior folding flexible screen strutting arrangement, interior folding flexible screen module and electronic equipment |
TWI730766B (en) * | 2020-05-15 | 2021-06-11 | 仁寶電腦工業股份有限公司 | Electronic device |
US11402877B2 (en) * | 2020-05-19 | 2022-08-02 | Otter Products, Llc | Protective case for folding electronic device |
CN113936551A (en) * | 2020-06-29 | 2022-01-14 | 深圳市柔宇科技有限公司 | Sliding mechanism, bendable supporting mechanism and flexible display device |
CN113870692B (en) * | 2020-06-30 | 2023-10-13 | 比亚迪股份有限公司 | Folding device for flexible screen and mobile terminal |
CN113948000A (en) * | 2020-07-17 | 2022-01-18 | 深圳市柔宇科技股份有限公司 | Folding device and electronic equipment |
WO2022025324A1 (en) * | 2020-07-31 | 2022-02-03 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Mobile terminal |
CN114070915A (en) * | 2020-08-10 | 2022-02-18 | 深圳市柔宇科技股份有限公司 | Folding device and electronic equipment |
CN114079681A (en) * | 2020-08-18 | 2022-02-22 | 深圳市柔宇科技股份有限公司 | Bendable electronic device |
CN114076144A (en) * | 2020-08-20 | 2022-02-22 | 深圳市柔宇科技股份有限公司 | Rotating shaft mechanism, bendable supporting mechanism and flexible display device |
CN111901461B (en) * | 2020-08-21 | 2022-02-25 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Electronic device |
CN114141133A (en) * | 2020-09-04 | 2022-03-04 | 深圳市柔宇科技股份有限公司 | Bendable display device |
CN112901643B (en) * | 2020-09-14 | 2022-05-24 | 华为技术有限公司 | Folding device and electronic equipment |
CN112049861A (en) * | 2020-09-17 | 2020-12-08 | 东莞市劲丰电子有限公司 | Arc inward-folding rotating mechanism |
CN114203027A (en) * | 2020-09-18 | 2022-03-18 | 深圳市柔宇科技股份有限公司 | Bendable display device |
CN116685087A (en) * | 2020-09-29 | 2023-09-01 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Mobile terminal and folding shell thereof |
CN114333569A (en) * | 2020-10-10 | 2022-04-12 | 深圳市柔宇科技股份有限公司 | Foldable device and electronic equipment |
CN112233557B (en) * | 2020-10-29 | 2022-06-24 | 厦门天马微电子有限公司 | Flexible display device and control method thereof |
CN114439846A (en) * | 2020-10-30 | 2022-05-06 | 深圳市柔宇科技股份有限公司 | Covering mechanism, folding device and electronic equipment |
CN112333308B (en) * | 2020-11-03 | 2022-09-09 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Folding device, folding machine shell and mobile terminal |
CN112769984B (en) * | 2021-01-22 | 2023-05-23 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Folding mechanism and electronic equipment |
CN112887460B (en) * | 2021-01-22 | 2023-05-23 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Folding mechanism and electronic equipment |
CN112911038B (en) * | 2021-02-02 | 2023-07-07 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Electronic equipment |
KR20220135689A (en) * | 2021-03-31 | 2022-10-07 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Structure of Hinge including a compound gear and foldable electronic device including the same |
CN113314037B (en) * | 2021-07-30 | 2022-01-04 | 武汉华星光电半导体显示技术有限公司 | Flexible display panel, electronic device and hinge |
CN113638961B (en) * | 2021-08-20 | 2022-11-15 | 成都拓米电子装备制造有限公司 | Hinge mechanism capable of being folded by 360 degrees and folding display terminal thereof |
CN115875355A (en) * | 2021-09-27 | 2023-03-31 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Hinge member and electronic device |
CN115875356A (en) * | 2021-09-28 | 2023-03-31 | 华为技术有限公司 | Folding device and electronic equipment |
CN114017436B (en) * | 2021-10-26 | 2023-06-27 | 武汉华星光电技术有限公司 | Hinge, flexible display panel and electronic device |
CN114023197B (en) * | 2021-11-22 | 2022-12-06 | 武汉华星光电半导体显示技术有限公司 | Folding display device |
US11937390B2 (en) | 2021-11-22 | 2024-03-19 | Wuhan China Star Optoelectronics Semiconductor Display Technology Co., Ltd. | Foldable display device |
CN114038337B (en) * | 2021-12-07 | 2023-01-24 | 武汉华星光电半导体显示技术有限公司 | Folding display device and electronic apparatus |
CN116733831A (en) * | 2022-03-03 | 2023-09-12 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Rotating shaft device, folding shell and electronic equipment |
CN116055593B (en) * | 2022-05-26 | 2023-10-20 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Foldable electronic equipment |
CN117319530A (en) * | 2022-06-22 | 2023-12-29 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Synchronous rotating mechanism and foldable electronic equipment |
CN114992229B (en) * | 2022-08-05 | 2022-12-16 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Slewing mechanism and folding terminal |
CN117156029A (en) * | 2023-03-03 | 2023-12-01 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Foldable device |
CN117128233A (en) * | 2023-03-07 | 2023-11-28 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Damping mechanism, folding hinge and electronic equipment |
CN117284698B (en) * | 2023-11-27 | 2024-01-30 | 山西省农业机械发展中心 | Cereal conveying device and conveying method thereof |
Family Cites Families (162)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP3253767B2 (en) * | 1993-07-13 | 2002-02-04 | オリンパス光学工業株式会社 | Camera drive |
FR1238357A (en) * | 1959-06-30 | 1960-08-12 | Pathe Marconi Ind Music | Tip holder mount for stereo disc playback head |
US7103380B1 (en) * | 1997-04-04 | 2006-09-05 | Ditzik Richard J | Wireless handset communication system |
JP2004121201A (en) * | 2002-10-04 | 2004-04-22 | Sasaki Corporation | Folding rice paddy preparation tiller |
US6831229B1 (en) * | 2003-09-11 | 2004-12-14 | Nokia Corporation | Hinge cover mechanism for folding casings with lift function |
CN1691694A (en) * | 2004-04-26 | 2005-11-02 | 明基电通股份有限公司 | Folding electronic apparatus |
US7714801B2 (en) * | 2005-01-05 | 2010-05-11 | Nokia Corporation | Foldable electronic device and a flexible display device |
CN100575723C (en) * | 2005-01-25 | 2009-12-30 | 三洋电机株式会社 | Hinge means |
JP4381376B2 (en) * | 2005-01-25 | 2009-12-09 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Folding electronics |
JP4562083B2 (en) * | 2005-03-30 | 2010-10-13 | 京セラ株式会社 | Small electronic equipment |
TWI281811B (en) * | 2005-07-01 | 2007-05-21 | Wintek Corp | Mobile communication device |
JP4212577B2 (en) * | 2005-07-28 | 2009-01-21 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Folding device hinge mechanism and folding device provided with this hinge mechanism |
JP2007040373A (en) * | 2005-08-02 | 2007-02-15 | Sanyo Electric Co Ltd | Foldable mobile phone |
CN1959135B (en) * | 2005-11-04 | 2011-06-29 | 深圳富泰宏精密工业有限公司 | Hinge structure, and folding electronic equipment of using the hinge structure |
CN101140008B (en) * | 2006-09-05 | 2012-11-21 | 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 | Hinge mechanism |
US7787917B2 (en) * | 2006-12-28 | 2010-08-31 | Intel Corporation | Folding electronic device with continuous display |
TW200920237A (en) * | 2007-10-17 | 2009-05-01 | Jarllytec Co Ltd | Embedded rotating shaft structure |
TW200920238A (en) * | 2007-10-25 | 2009-05-01 | Jarllytec Co Ltd | Wrapped shaft structure with automatic lock function |
US7886903B1 (en) * | 2008-09-19 | 2011-02-15 | Aileron Designs, LLC | Articulated notebook computer cover and mounting device |
KR101148397B1 (en) * | 2010-08-17 | 2012-05-23 | 주식회사 팬택 | Mobile Device |
US20120154999A1 (en) * | 2010-12-15 | 2012-06-21 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Electronic apparatus |
US20120314399A1 (en) * | 2011-06-07 | 2012-12-13 | Microsoft Corporation | Flexible display foldable assembly |
US8787016B2 (en) * | 2011-07-06 | 2014-07-22 | Apple Inc. | Flexible display devices |
JP5799731B2 (en) * | 2011-10-12 | 2015-10-28 | 日産自動車株式会社 | Axle support structure |
CN202326676U (en) * | 2011-10-18 | 2012-07-11 | 宏碁股份有限公司 | Folding electronic equipment and pivot structure |
TW201324091A (en) * | 2011-12-06 | 2013-06-16 | Compal Electronics Inc | Hinge mechanism and foldable electrinic device |
CN202587097U (en) * | 2012-01-19 | 2012-12-05 | 陈嘉全 | A foldable cell phone pedestal |
CN203285202U (en) * | 2012-09-28 | 2013-11-13 | 毛立荣 | Hinge with automatic locating structure |
CN103174351A (en) * | 2012-09-28 | 2013-06-26 | 毛立荣 | Hinge provided with automatic positioning structure |
EP2728432A1 (en) * | 2012-11-02 | 2014-05-07 | BlackBerry Limited | Support for a flexible display |
KR101452871B1 (en) * | 2013-01-11 | 2014-10-22 | (주) 프렉코 | Foldable Flexible Display Device |
KR101442622B1 (en) * | 2013-05-21 | 2014-09-22 | 오재헌 | Electric Device having Flexible Disply Module |
US9342106B2 (en) * | 2013-06-05 | 2016-05-17 | Nokia Corporation | Apparatus and method for accessing components in a folded device |
KR101547640B1 (en) * | 2013-09-16 | 2015-08-27 | (주) 프렉코 | Foldable flexible display device with guide device |
KR102171118B1 (en) * | 2013-09-30 | 2020-10-28 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Foldable device |
US9229481B2 (en) * | 2013-12-20 | 2016-01-05 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor device |
KR101875855B1 (en) * | 2014-02-17 | 2018-07-06 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Hinge apparatus and foldable display apparatus having the same |
KR101727971B1 (en) * | 2014-02-21 | 2017-04-18 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Foldable device |
US9798359B2 (en) * | 2014-02-21 | 2017-10-24 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Foldable device |
TWI525421B (en) * | 2014-07-17 | 2016-03-11 | 緯創資通股份有限公司 | Foldable electronic device and limit structure thereof |
KR101779012B1 (en) * | 2014-08-15 | 2017-09-18 | 주식회사 가난한동지들 | Flexible display apparatus with ability of sliding during a folding and unfolding process |
KR102233119B1 (en) * | 2014-09-23 | 2021-03-30 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Display device |
CN105715666B (en) * | 2014-12-05 | 2018-12-14 | 联想(北京)有限公司 | A kind of electronic equipment |
CN105864274B (en) * | 2015-01-22 | 2019-03-08 | 联想(北京)有限公司 | Pivot structure and electronic equipment |
KR102353760B1 (en) | 2015-04-01 | 2022-01-20 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Foldable display device |
KR101752708B1 (en) * | 2015-04-09 | 2017-07-04 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Foldable device |
WO2016163852A1 (en) * | 2015-04-09 | 2016-10-13 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Foldable device |
CN106286580B (en) * | 2015-05-15 | 2018-04-20 | 深圳创锐思科技有限公司 | Damp hinge mechanism and folding-type electronic device |
DE102015109524B3 (en) * | 2015-06-15 | 2016-07-07 | Yuan Deng Metals Industrial Co., Ltd. | Double rotary axis arrangement for hinged electronic devices |
KR102366516B1 (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2022-02-22 | 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 | Foldable display apparatus |
WO2017062437A1 (en) * | 2015-10-06 | 2017-04-13 | Corning Incorporated | Foldable apparatus, foldable apparatus kits and methods of customizing a foldable apparatus |
US10359733B2 (en) * | 2015-10-09 | 2019-07-23 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Support member connection mechanism and electrical apparatus including the same |
KR102421579B1 (en) * | 2015-11-16 | 2022-07-18 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Foldable display apparatus |
KR102572724B1 (en) * | 2015-11-18 | 2023-09-01 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Display apparatus and method for controlling the same |
CN107831830B (en) * | 2015-12-29 | 2020-05-05 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Folding terminal |
CN105530340B (en) * | 2015-12-29 | 2018-01-19 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | Collapsible terminal |
CN105491193B (en) * | 2015-12-29 | 2018-03-27 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | A kind of collapsible terminal with flexible screen |
US10459482B2 (en) * | 2016-01-15 | 2019-10-29 | William James McDermid | Projected neutral bend axis hinge |
TWM531996U (en) * | 2016-02-05 | 2016-11-11 | First Dome Corp | Rotatable coupling device for flexible display screen |
US10296054B2 (en) * | 2016-02-09 | 2019-05-21 | Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Lobster hinge assembly |
CN205812097U (en) * | 2016-03-14 | 2016-12-14 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | Fold mechanism and mobile terminal |
CN205721487U (en) * | 2016-03-21 | 2016-11-23 | 杭州安费诺飞凤通信部品有限公司 | Flexible screen supporting hinges and mobile terminal |
EP3433794B1 (en) * | 2016-03-24 | 2023-05-03 | Commscope Technologies LLC | A fiber optic wall jack |
CN205847346U (en) * | 2016-06-07 | 2016-12-28 | 杭州安费诺飞凤通信部品有限公司 | The hinge of a kind of flexible screen mobile terminal, hinge means and flexible screen mobile terminal |
CN206100081U (en) * | 2016-06-07 | 2017-04-12 | 杭州安费诺飞凤通信部品有限公司 | Flexible screen mobile terminal's hinge, hinge means and flexible screen mobile terminal |
CN105915680B (en) | 2016-06-24 | 2019-02-05 | 重庆墨希科技有限公司 | Flexible dustproof smart phone and flexible shell |
CN205942179U (en) * | 2016-08-04 | 2017-02-08 | 珠海市魅族科技有限公司 | Flexible display device |
KR20180030422A (en) | 2016-09-15 | 2018-03-23 | 노완동 | 2 Step folderabl Display Device |
KR102595230B1 (en) * | 2016-10-13 | 2023-10-30 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Foldable electronic device including flexible display |
CN108071907B (en) * | 2016-11-17 | 2021-02-09 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Supporting mechanism and mobile terminal |
CN108076171B (en) * | 2016-11-17 | 2020-04-03 | 华为技术有限公司 | Folding assembly and mobile terminal |
US9874906B1 (en) * | 2016-12-09 | 2018-01-23 | First Dome Corporation | Bendable display apparatus and supporting device |
CN206369993U (en) * | 2016-12-12 | 2017-08-01 | 珠海市魅族科技有限公司 | Electronic installation |
CN206369990U (en) | 2016-12-12 | 2017-08-01 | 珠海市魅族科技有限公司 | Electronic installation |
CN206369992U (en) * | 2016-12-12 | 2017-08-01 | 珠海市魅族科技有限公司 | Electronic installation |
CN106713542B (en) * | 2016-12-21 | 2020-11-10 | 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 | Foldable terminal |
EP3564749A4 (en) * | 2016-12-30 | 2020-07-01 | Shenzhen Royole Technologies Co., Ltd | Supporting assembly and display device |
CN207053559U (en) * | 2017-01-26 | 2018-02-27 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | Housing unit, display device and mobile terminal |
CN106790829B (en) * | 2017-01-26 | 2023-08-04 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Shell assembly, display device and mobile terminal |
CN206559413U (en) * | 2017-01-26 | 2017-10-13 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | Display device and mobile terminal |
CN207200775U (en) * | 2017-04-06 | 2018-04-06 | 杭州安费诺飞凤通信部品有限公司 | Hinge, hinge means and the flexible screen mobile terminal of flexible screen mobile terminal |
CN107135288B (en) * | 2017-04-25 | 2020-03-24 | 珠海市魅族科技有限公司 | Folding terminal with flexible screen |
KR102426694B1 (en) * | 2017-05-02 | 2022-07-29 | 삼성전자주식회사 | electronic device including flexible display |
CN108965500A (en) | 2017-05-17 | 2018-12-07 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | Fold mechanism, fold mechanism component and Foldable mobile terminal |
CN108965503B (en) * | 2017-05-17 | 2024-04-16 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Foldable mobile terminal |
WO2018210187A1 (en) * | 2017-05-17 | 2018-11-22 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Folding mechanism, folding mechanism assembly, and foldable mobile terminal |
CN108965502B (en) * | 2017-05-17 | 2024-02-20 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Foldable mobile terminal |
EP3637741B1 (en) * | 2017-05-17 | 2021-03-24 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Foldable mobile terminal |
TWM559431U (en) * | 2017-05-19 | 2018-05-01 | Fositek Corp | Flexible display equipment and supporting device |
CN207782858U (en) * | 2017-06-06 | 2018-08-28 | 杭州安费诺飞凤通信部品有限公司 | Flexible screen mobile terminal hinge and flexible screen mobile terminal |
TWM551804U (en) * | 2017-06-08 | 2017-11-11 | First Dome Corp | Hinge and foldable electronic device with the hinge |
US10015897B1 (en) * | 2017-06-21 | 2018-07-03 | Dell Products L.P. | Flexible information handling system display sliding frame |
CN109257460A (en) * | 2017-07-12 | 2019-01-22 | 杭州安费诺飞凤通信部品有限公司 | A kind of hinge and flexible screen mobile terminal of flexible screen mobile terminal |
KR102369212B1 (en) * | 2017-07-28 | 2022-03-03 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Display apparatus |
CN207067960U (en) * | 2017-08-03 | 2018-03-02 | 深圳市柔宇科技有限公司 | Fold mechanism and terminal |
CN107395817B (en) * | 2017-08-25 | 2023-05-05 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Folding mechanism and foldable mobile terminal |
CN207560064U (en) * | 2017-09-05 | 2018-06-29 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | Folding mobile terminal |
CN107690010B (en) * | 2017-09-06 | 2023-12-12 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Flexible screen folding mobile terminal and folding structure assembly thereof |
CN107654484A (en) * | 2017-09-26 | 2018-02-02 | 联想(北京)有限公司 | A kind of connection member and flexible display screen, flexible electronic devices |
TWI660260B (en) * | 2017-10-13 | 2019-05-21 | 富世達股份有限公司 | Flexible display apparatus and supporting device |
CN109819071B (en) * | 2017-11-21 | 2020-03-31 | 华为技术有限公司 | Folding assembly and mobile terminal |
CN207589333U (en) * | 2017-11-28 | 2018-07-06 | 深圳市柔宇科技有限公司 | Fold mechanism and electronic device |
US10863641B2 (en) * | 2017-12-04 | 2020-12-08 | Lg Display Co., Ltd. | Foldable display apparatus |
CN109936648B (en) * | 2017-12-18 | 2020-08-07 | 华为技术有限公司 | Slewing mechanism and folding terminal |
KR102529149B1 (en) * | 2017-12-27 | 2023-05-04 | 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 | Foldable Display Device |
CN207909434U (en) * | 2017-12-29 | 2018-09-25 | 深圳市柔宇科技有限公司 | Bend component, support member and flexible display apparatus |
CN207975120U (en) * | 2018-01-16 | 2018-10-16 | 杭州安费诺飞凤通信部品有限公司 | A kind of hinge and hinge means of outer flexible screen mobile terminal |
CN110138916B (en) * | 2018-02-09 | 2021-10-22 | 华为技术有限公司 | Rotating device and mobile terminal |
WO2019174156A1 (en) * | 2018-03-12 | 2019-09-19 | 深圳市柔宇科技有限公司 | Bending component and flexible display device |
CN208225377U (en) * | 2018-03-12 | 2018-12-11 | 深圳市柔宇科技有限公司 | Bend component and flexible display apparatus |
CN209029007U (en) * | 2018-03-12 | 2019-06-25 | 深圳市柔宇科技有限公司 | Bending mechanism and flexible display apparatus |
CN209861329U (en) * | 2018-03-12 | 2019-12-27 | 深圳市柔宇科技有限公司 | Hinge device, shell and electronic device |
CN208173128U (en) * | 2018-03-12 | 2018-11-30 | 深圳市柔宇科技有限公司 | Bend component and flexible display apparatus |
CN108650367B (en) * | 2018-04-20 | 2020-08-04 | 歌尔科技有限公司 | Cell-phone fixture and wear product |
CN108428408A (en) * | 2018-05-16 | 2018-08-21 | 深圳市天珑移动技术有限公司 | Fold mechanism, collapsible display and the electronic equipment of flexible screen |
WO2019223013A1 (en) * | 2018-05-25 | 2019-11-28 | 深圳市柔宇科技有限公司 | Bendable mechanism, bendable display module, and bendable terminal |
CN208734722U (en) * | 2018-05-25 | 2019-04-12 | 深圳市柔宇科技有限公司 | Flexible display module and flexible terminal |
CN208734715U (en) * | 2018-05-25 | 2019-04-12 | 深圳市柔宇科技有限公司 | Bendable mechanism, flexible display module and flexible terminal |
CN108738258B (en) * | 2018-05-28 | 2019-11-15 | 武汉华星光电半导体显示技术有限公司 | Bent mobile terminal |
KR102085236B1 (en) * | 2018-05-28 | 2020-03-05 | (주) 프렉코 | Foldable Display Device |
CN208314628U (en) * | 2018-06-15 | 2019-01-01 | 深圳市柔宇科技有限公司 | Electronic device and its flexible screen supporting mechanism |
WO2019237337A1 (en) * | 2018-06-15 | 2019-12-19 | 深圳市柔宇科技有限公司 | Electronic apparatus and flexible screen supporting mechanism thereof |
WO2019237340A1 (en) * | 2018-06-15 | 2019-12-19 | 深圳市柔宇科技有限公司 | Flexible screen dust-proof mechanism, electronic device and fabrication method for flexible screen dust-proof mechanism |
CN109002079B (en) | 2018-06-27 | 2021-07-13 | 努比亚技术有限公司 | Folding mechanism for flexible screen and mobile terminal |
CN208595386U (en) * | 2018-07-03 | 2019-03-12 | 深圳市柔宇科技有限公司 | Flexible display screen supporting mechanism and flexible display apparatus |
CN208421695U (en) * | 2018-07-13 | 2019-01-22 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Electronic equipment |
CN208421694U (en) * | 2018-07-13 | 2019-01-22 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Electronic equipment |
CN208656822U (en) * | 2018-07-13 | 2019-03-26 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Folding device and electronic equipment |
CN208638396U (en) * | 2018-07-27 | 2019-03-22 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Folding mobile terminal |
CN108712538B (en) | 2018-07-27 | 2021-06-04 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Foldable device and installation method |
CN112740307A (en) * | 2018-08-09 | 2021-04-30 | 深圳市柔宇科技股份有限公司 | Foldable display device |
CN208804113U (en) * | 2018-08-09 | 2019-04-30 | 深圳市柔宇科技有限公司 | Rotating assembly and Foldable display device |
CN208737802U (en) * | 2018-08-21 | 2019-04-12 | 深圳市柔宇科技有限公司 | Electronic device and its flexible display apparatus |
CN208908130U (en) * | 2018-09-19 | 2019-05-28 | 云谷(固安)科技有限公司 | A kind of foldable support device and foldable flexible display device |
CN208778480U (en) * | 2018-09-25 | 2019-04-23 | 中新国际电子有限公司 | A kind of rotating shaft connecting structure folding electronic product |
TWI687795B (en) * | 2018-09-27 | 2020-03-11 | 兆利科技工業股份有限公司 | A hinge module for the foldable type device |
CN108999882A (en) * | 2018-10-10 | 2018-12-14 | 东莞市劲丰电子有限公司 | Coaxial the 190 of a kind of flexible screen application, which are outside one's consideration, rolls over rotating mechanism |
US10809767B2 (en) * | 2018-10-25 | 2020-10-20 | Google Llc | Electronic device with flexible display |
CN109661131B (en) * | 2018-11-06 | 2020-07-21 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Electronic device |
CN109658827B (en) * | 2018-11-06 | 2021-06-15 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Electronic device |
CN109256048A (en) * | 2018-11-08 | 2019-01-22 | 上海富驰高科技股份有限公司 | A kind of fold mechanism of flexible screen |
CN110007715B (en) * | 2018-12-10 | 2023-03-31 | 兆利科技工业股份有限公司 | Rotating shaft module of folding device |
CN109600466B (en) * | 2018-12-15 | 2020-07-07 | 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 | Electronic device |
CN109451114B (en) * | 2018-12-17 | 2020-06-12 | 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 | Electronic device |
CN109780403B (en) * | 2019-01-29 | 2020-08-18 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Rotary connecting assembly and folding terminal equipment |
US10820433B2 (en) * | 2019-01-31 | 2020-10-27 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Flexible display device |
CN109611443A (en) * | 2019-02-21 | 2019-04-12 | 东莞市劲丰电子有限公司 | Two axis three pieces infolding rotating mechanisms |
CN109872630B (en) * | 2019-03-01 | 2021-11-16 | 联想(北京)有限公司 | Foldable device and electronic equipment |
CN109712537A (en) * | 2019-03-05 | 2019-05-03 | 东莞市劲丰电子有限公司 | The two axis contract type structures based on the rotation of flexible screen infolding |
CN111692196B (en) * | 2019-03-15 | 2021-10-22 | 华为技术有限公司 | Rotating shaft mechanism and mobile terminal |
CN109887417B (en) * | 2019-03-25 | 2021-05-04 | 云谷(固安)科技有限公司 | Screen body supporting device and foldable flexible display device |
TWM587285U (en) * | 2019-04-12 | 2019-12-01 | 宏碁股份有限公司 | Electronic device |
CN110010008A (en) * | 2019-04-26 | 2019-07-12 | 拓米(成都)应用技术研究院有限公司 | A kind of interior folding linkage suitable for showing equipment |
CN109922181B (en) * | 2019-04-28 | 2021-07-20 | 武汉天马微电子有限公司 | Supporting structure of foldable display device and foldable display device |
KR102121267B1 (en) * | 2019-06-25 | 2020-06-10 | 삼성전자주식회사 | foldable electronic device having flexible display |
US10659576B1 (en) * | 2019-07-10 | 2020-05-19 | Fositek Corporation | Outward-folding display device having hinge units |
CN113366927A (en) * | 2019-07-15 | 2021-09-07 | 深圳市柔宇科技股份有限公司 | Folding device and electronic equipment |
CN112399735A (en) * | 2019-08-18 | 2021-02-23 | 深圳市柔宇科技有限公司 | Folding device and electronic equipment |
CN213424437U (en) * | 2019-08-18 | 2021-06-11 | 深圳市柔宇科技股份有限公司 | Folding device and electronic equipment |
KR20210047389A (en) * | 2019-10-21 | 2021-04-30 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Display device |
TWI739561B (en) * | 2019-12-23 | 2021-09-11 | 仁寶電腦工業股份有限公司 | Electronic device |
KR20210092862A (en) * | 2020-01-16 | 2021-07-27 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Foldable display device |
-
2019
- 2019-07-15 CN CN201980090105.1A patent/CN113366927A/en active Pending
- 2019-07-15 WO PCT/CN2019/096011 patent/WO2021007750A1/en active Application Filing
- 2019-08-18 CN CN201921340358.3U patent/CN211123831U/en active Active
- 2019-08-18 WO PCT/CN2019/101260 patent/WO2021007914A1/en active Application Filing
- 2019-08-18 CN CN201980090080.5A patent/CN113383289A/en active Pending
- 2019-08-18 CN CN201980090076.9A patent/CN113383377A/en active Pending
- 2019-08-18 WO PCT/CN2019/101257 patent/WO2021007911A1/en active Application Filing
- 2019-08-18 CN CN201921358962.9U patent/CN211117099U/en active Active
- 2019-08-18 WO PCT/CN2019/101251 patent/WO2021007905A1/en active Application Filing
- 2019-08-18 WO PCT/CN2019/101259 patent/WO2021007913A1/en active Application Filing
- 2019-08-18 CN CN201921350294.5U patent/CN211370998U/en active Active
- 2019-08-18 CN CN201980090075.4A patent/CN113366407A/en active Pending
- 2019-08-18 CN CN201980090074.XA patent/CN113366406A/en active Pending
- 2019-08-18 WO PCT/CN2019/101252 patent/WO2021007906A1/en active Application Filing
- 2019-08-18 WO PCT/CN2019/101256 patent/WO2021007910A1/en active Application Filing
- 2019-08-18 CN CN201980090096.6A patent/CN113383308A/en active Pending
- 2019-08-18 WO PCT/CN2019/101255 patent/WO2021007909A1/en active Application Filing
- 2019-08-18 CN CN201921340487.2U patent/CN211370997U/en active Active
- 2019-08-18 CN CN201980090079.2A patent/CN113366555A/en active Pending
- 2019-08-18 CN CN201921350320.4U patent/CN211117098U/en active Active
- 2019-08-18 CN CN201921340329.7U patent/CN211370996U/en active Active
- 2019-08-18 WO PCT/CN2019/101253 patent/WO2021007907A1/en active Application Filing
- 2019-08-18 CN CN201921346709.1U patent/CN210839652U/en active Active
- 2019-08-18 CN CN201980090073.5A patent/CN113383288A/en active Pending
- 2019-08-18 CN CN201980090070.1A patent/CN113383171A/en active Pending
- 2019-08-18 CN CN201921346706.8U patent/CN210225477U/en active Active
- 2019-08-18 CN CN201980090252.9A patent/CN113366230A/en active Pending
- 2019-08-18 WO PCT/CN2019/101254 patent/WO2021007908A1/en active Application Filing
- 2019-08-18 CN CN201921358861.1U patent/CN210839653U/en active Active
- 2019-08-18 WO PCT/CN2019/101258 patent/WO2021007912A1/en active Application Filing
- 2019-08-18 CN CN201921346708.7U patent/CN210670152U/en active Active
- 2019-08-18 CN CN201980090101.3A patent/CN113424248A/en active Pending
- 2019-09-04 CN CN201980090077.3A patent/CN113424512A/en active Pending
- 2019-09-04 CN CN201921465120.3U patent/CN212899350U/en active Active
- 2019-09-04 WO PCT/CN2019/104429 patent/WO2021007936A1/en active Application Filing
- 2019-10-21 CN CN201980090078.8A patent/CN113383378A/en active Pending
-
2020
- 2020-06-24 CN CN202010595165.3A patent/CN112392851B/en active Active
- 2020-06-24 CN CN202021211030.4U patent/CN213744464U/en active Active
- 2020-06-24 CN CN202021229818.8U patent/CN213586493U/en active Active
- 2020-07-15 US US16/929,587 patent/US11372453B2/en active Active
- 2020-08-26 CN CN202010875620.5A patent/CN112449525B/en active Active
- 2020-08-29 CN CN202010893249.5A patent/CN112443565A/en active Pending
- 2020-08-29 CN CN202010893500.8A patent/CN112447107A/en active Pending
- 2020-10-30 CN CN202011200387.7A patent/CN113446303A/en active Pending
-
2021
- 2021-03-24 US US17/211,233 patent/US20210303033A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2021-03-24 US US17/211,106 patent/US20210307186A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2021-03-24 US US17/211,031 patent/US20210303032A1/en not_active Abandoned
Cited By (27)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11474567B2 (en) * | 2017-11-03 | 2022-10-18 | Hangzhou Amphenol Phoenix Telecom Parts Co., Ltd. | Hinge for inner flexible screen mobile terminal and inner flexible screen mobile terminal |
US11449109B2 (en) * | 2019-09-12 | 2022-09-20 | Google Llc | Multi-axis soft hinge mechanism and foldable device having same |
US11792946B2 (en) * | 2020-05-07 | 2023-10-17 | Samsung Display Co., Ltd. | Display device having a folding area |
US20210352812A1 (en) * | 2020-05-07 | 2021-11-11 | Samsung Display Co., Ltd. | Display device |
US11627676B2 (en) * | 2020-05-22 | 2023-04-11 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | Support frame for bendable display screen, and bendable display screen |
US20210368640A1 (en) * | 2020-05-22 | 2021-11-25 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | Support frame for bendable display screen, and bendable display screen |
US20230100341A1 (en) * | 2020-06-15 | 2023-03-30 | Wuhan China Star Optoelectronics Semiconductor Display Technology Co., Ltd. | Foldable display device |
US11846991B2 (en) * | 2020-06-15 | 2023-12-19 | Wuhan China Star Optoelectronics Semiconductor Display Technology Co., Ltd. | Foldable display device |
US20220039277A1 (en) * | 2020-07-31 | 2022-02-03 | Shenzhen Royole Technologies Co., Ltd. | Foldable display device and foldable terminal |
US11287907B1 (en) * | 2020-09-29 | 2022-03-29 | Chicony Electronics Co., Ltd. | Touch pad module |
US20220137675A1 (en) * | 2020-10-29 | 2022-05-05 | Kem Hongkong Limited | Multiaxial hinge device and electronic device using the same |
US11644874B2 (en) * | 2020-10-29 | 2023-05-09 | Kem Hongkong Limited | Multiaxial hinge device and electronic device using the same |
US20220183167A1 (en) * | 2020-12-07 | 2022-06-09 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | Electronic device |
US11647597B2 (en) * | 2020-12-07 | 2023-05-09 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | Electronic device |
US20220192041A1 (en) * | 2020-12-14 | 2022-06-16 | Lg Display Co., Ltd. | Foldable display device |
US11856722B2 (en) * | 2020-12-14 | 2023-12-26 | Lg Display Co., Ltd. | Foldable display device |
US20220206543A1 (en) * | 2020-12-28 | 2022-06-30 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Hinge structure and foldale electronic device including the same |
US11886254B2 (en) * | 2020-12-28 | 2024-01-30 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Hinge structure and foldale electronic device including the same |
US20220236773A1 (en) * | 2021-01-27 | 2022-07-28 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Electronic device including flexible display |
US20220283607A1 (en) * | 2021-03-04 | 2022-09-08 | Chengdu Boe Optoelectronics Technology Co., Ltd. | Foldable screen and display device |
US11947393B2 (en) * | 2021-03-04 | 2024-04-02 | Chengdu Boe Optoelectronics Technology Co., Ltd. | Foldable screen and display device |
US11940839B2 (en) | 2021-03-31 | 2024-03-26 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Hinge structure including compound gear and foldable electronic device including the same |
US20230027462A1 (en) * | 2021-07-20 | 2023-01-26 | Fositek Corporation | Foldable display device |
US11809228B2 (en) * | 2021-07-20 | 2023-11-07 | Fositek Corporation | Foldable display device |
US11889644B2 (en) * | 2021-08-12 | 2024-01-30 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | Hinge assembly and electronic device |
US20230050832A1 (en) * | 2021-08-12 | 2023-02-16 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | Hinge assembly and electronic device |
CN116658512A (en) * | 2022-10-27 | 2023-08-29 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Rotating mechanism and foldable electronic device |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20210307186A1 (en) | Foldable device and an electronic device | |
WO2021031694A1 (en) | Folding apparatus and electronic device | |
US20210307185A1 (en) | Foldable device and an electronic device | |
CN111614806B (en) | Folding device and electronic equipment | |
CN115665293A (en) | Folding device and electronic equipment | |
JP4035051B2 (en) | Foldable case for portable information display device | |
WO2016101897A1 (en) | Flexible screen component and terminal | |
CN112228445A (en) | Linkage mechanism, folding device and electronic equipment | |
CN113542457B (en) | Folding device and electronic equipment | |
US11181947B2 (en) | Hinge mechanism with integrated slider and foldable device having same | |
US20220120124A1 (en) | Hinge module and foldable electronic device including the same | |
CN111833724B (en) | Electronic device | |
US20220019270A1 (en) | Foldable device and electronic equipment | |
US20220248550A1 (en) | Electronic device | |
CN111835895B (en) | Folding device and electronic equipment | |
US20230209750A1 (en) | Electronic device having flexible display | |
EP4075767A1 (en) | Electronic device with rollable screen | |
US20230021638A1 (en) | Foldable display device | |
CN213424438U (en) | Folding device and electronic equipment | |
CN112230714A (en) | Electronic device | |
WO2021088020A1 (en) | Electronic device | |
CN219673084U (en) | Electronic equipment | |
CN218850818U (en) | Protective shell | |
KR102655543B1 (en) | Electronic device with rollable screen | |
WO2020211608A1 (en) | Folding device and electronic apparatus |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: SHENZHEN ROYOLE TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD., CHINA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:HONG, ZHUPING;SU, SHUAI;LIU, WENJUN;REEL/FRAME:055702/0300 Effective date: 20210203 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |